]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - src/xdisp.c
Trailing whitespace deleted.
[gnu-emacs] / src / xdisp.c
1 /* Display generation from window structure and buffer text.
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
6
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* New redisplay written by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>.
23
24 Redisplay.
25
26 Emacs separates the task of updating the display from code
27 modifying global state, e.g. buffer text. This way functions
28 operating on buffers don't also have to be concerned with updating
29 the display.
30
31 Updating the display is triggered by the Lisp interpreter when it
32 decides it's time to do it. This is done either automatically for
33 you as part of the interpreter's command loop or as the result of
34 calling Lisp functions like `sit-for'. The C function `redisplay'
35 in xdisp.c is the only entry into the inner redisplay code. (Or,
36 let's say almost---see the description of direct update
37 operations, below.)
38
39 The following diagram shows how redisplay code is invoked. As you
40 can see, Lisp calls redisplay and vice versa. Under window systems
41 like X, some portions of the redisplay code are also called
42 asynchronously during mouse movement or expose events. It is very
43 important that these code parts do NOT use the C library (malloc,
44 free) because many C libraries under Unix are not reentrant. They
45 may also NOT call functions of the Lisp interpreter which could
46 change the interpreter's state. If you don't follow these rules,
47 you will encounter bugs which are very hard to explain.
48
49 (Direct functions, see below)
50 direct_output_for_insert,
51 direct_forward_char (dispnew.c)
52 +---------------------------------+
53 | |
54 | V
55 +--------------+ redisplay +----------------+
56 | Lisp machine |---------------->| Redisplay code |<--+
57 +--------------+ (xdisp.c) +----------------+ |
58 ^ | |
59 +----------------------------------+ |
60 Don't use this path when called |
61 asynchronously! |
62 |
63 expose_window (asynchronous) |
64 |
65 X expose events -----+
66
67 What does redisplay do? Obviously, it has to figure out somehow what
68 has been changed since the last time the display has been updated,
69 and to make these changes visible. Preferably it would do that in
70 a moderately intelligent way, i.e. fast.
71
72 Changes in buffer text can be deduced from window and buffer
73 structures, and from some global variables like `beg_unchanged' and
74 `end_unchanged'. The contents of the display are additionally
75 recorded in a `glyph matrix', a two-dimensional matrix of glyph
76 structures. Each row in such a matrix corresponds to a line on the
77 display, and each glyph in a row corresponds to a column displaying
78 a character, an image, or what else. This matrix is called the
79 `current glyph matrix' or `current matrix' in redisplay
80 terminology.
81
82 For buffer parts that have been changed since the last update, a
83 second glyph matrix is constructed, the so called `desired glyph
84 matrix' or short `desired matrix'. Current and desired matrix are
85 then compared to find a cheap way to update the display, e.g. by
86 reusing part of the display by scrolling lines.
87
88
89 Direct operations.
90
91 You will find a lot of redisplay optimizations when you start
92 looking at the innards of redisplay. The overall goal of all these
93 optimizations is to make redisplay fast because it is done
94 frequently.
95
96 Two optimizations are not found in xdisp.c. These are the direct
97 operations mentioned above. As the name suggests they follow a
98 different principle than the rest of redisplay. Instead of
99 building a desired matrix and then comparing it with the current
100 display, they perform their actions directly on the display and on
101 the current matrix.
102
103 One direct operation updates the display after one character has
104 been entered. The other one moves the cursor by one position
105 forward or backward. You find these functions under the names
106 `direct_output_for_insert' and `direct_output_forward_char' in
107 dispnew.c.
108
109
110 Desired matrices.
111
112 Desired matrices are always built per Emacs window. The function
113 `display_line' is the central function to look at if you are
114 interested. It constructs one row in a desired matrix given an
115 iterator structure containing both a buffer position and a
116 description of the environment in which the text is to be
117 displayed. But this is too early, read on.
118
119 Characters and pixmaps displayed for a range of buffer text depend
120 on various settings of buffers and windows, on overlays and text
121 properties, on display tables, on selective display. The good news
122 is that all this hairy stuff is hidden behind a small set of
123 interface functions taking an iterator structure (struct it)
124 argument.
125
126 Iteration over things to be displayed is then simple. It is
127 started by initializing an iterator with a call to init_iterator.
128 Calls to get_next_display_element fill the iterator structure with
129 relevant information about the next thing to display. Calls to
130 set_iterator_to_next move the iterator to the next thing.
131
132 Besides this, an iterator also contains information about the
133 display environment in which glyphs for display elements are to be
134 produced. It has fields for the width and height of the display,
135 the information whether long lines are truncated or continued, a
136 current X and Y position, and lots of other stuff you can better
137 see in dispextern.h.
138
139 Glyphs in a desired matrix are normally constructed in a loop
140 calling get_next_display_element and then produce_glyphs. The call
141 to produce_glyphs will fill the iterator structure with pixel
142 information about the element being displayed and at the same time
143 produce glyphs for it. If the display element fits on the line
144 being displayed, set_iterator_to_next is called next, otherwise the
145 glyphs produced are discarded.
146
147
148 Frame matrices.
149
150 That just couldn't be all, could it? What about terminal types not
151 supporting operations on sub-windows of the screen? To update the
152 display on such a terminal, window-based glyph matrices are not
153 well suited. To be able to reuse part of the display (scrolling
154 lines up and down), we must instead have a view of the whole
155 screen. This is what `frame matrices' are for. They are a trick.
156
157 Frames on terminals like above have a glyph pool. Windows on such
158 a frame sub-allocate their glyph memory from their frame's glyph
159 pool. The frame itself is given its own glyph matrices. By
160 coincidence---or maybe something else---rows in window glyph
161 matrices are slices of corresponding rows in frame matrices. Thus
162 writing to window matrices implicitly updates a frame matrix which
163 provides us with the view of the whole screen that we originally
164 wanted to have without having to move many bytes around. To be
165 honest, there is a little bit more done, but not much more. If you
166 plan to extend that code, take a look at dispnew.c. The function
167 build_frame_matrix is a good starting point. */
168
169 #include <config.h>
170 #include <stdio.h>
171
172 #include "lisp.h"
173 #include "keyboard.h"
174 #include "frame.h"
175 #include "window.h"
176 #include "termchar.h"
177 #include "dispextern.h"
178 #include "buffer.h"
179 #include "charset.h"
180 #include "indent.h"
181 #include "commands.h"
182 #include "macros.h"
183 #include "disptab.h"
184 #include "termhooks.h"
185 #include "intervals.h"
186 #include "coding.h"
187 #include "process.h"
188 #include "region-cache.h"
189 #include "fontset.h"
190
191 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
192 #include "xterm.h"
193 #endif
194 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
195 #include "w32term.h"
196 #endif
197 #ifdef MAC_OS
198 #include "macterm.h"
199 #endif
200
201 #define INFINITY 10000000
202
203 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (MAC_OS) \
204 || defined (USE_GTK)
205 extern void set_frame_menubar P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int));
206 extern int pending_menu_activation;
207 #endif
208
209 extern int interrupt_input;
210 extern int command_loop_level;
211
212 extern int minibuffer_auto_raise;
213 extern Lisp_Object Vminibuffer_list;
214
215 extern Lisp_Object Qface;
216 extern Lisp_Object Qmode_line, Qmode_line_inactive, Qheader_line;
217
218 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map;
219 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag;
220 extern Lisp_Object Qmenu_item;
221
222 Lisp_Object Qoverriding_local_map, Qoverriding_terminal_local_map;
223 Lisp_Object Qwindow_scroll_functions, Vwindow_scroll_functions;
224 Lisp_Object Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
225 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks;
226 Lisp_Object QCeval, Qwhen, QCfile, QCdata, QCpropertize;
227 Lisp_Object Qfontified;
228 Lisp_Object Qgrow_only;
229 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_eval_during_redisplay;
230 Lisp_Object Qbuffer_position, Qposition, Qobject;
231
232 /* Cursor shapes */
233 Lisp_Object Qbar, Qhbar, Qbox, Qhollow;
234
235 Lisp_Object Qrisky_local_variable;
236
237 /* Holds the list (error). */
238 Lisp_Object list_of_error;
239
240 /* Functions called to fontify regions of text. */
241
242 Lisp_Object Vfontification_functions;
243 Lisp_Object Qfontification_functions;
244
245 /* Non-zero means draw tool bar buttons raised when the mouse moves
246 over them. */
247
248 int auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p;
249
250 /* Margin around tool bar buttons in pixels. */
251
252 Lisp_Object Vtool_bar_button_margin;
253
254 /* Thickness of shadow to draw around tool bar buttons. */
255
256 EMACS_INT tool_bar_button_relief;
257
258 /* Non-zero means automatically resize tool-bars so that all tool-bar
259 items are visible, and no blank lines remain. */
260
261 int auto_resize_tool_bars_p;
262
263 /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay. */
264
265 Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay, Qinhibit_redisplay;
266
267 /* Non-zero means Lisp evaluation during redisplay is inhibited. */
268
269 int inhibit_eval_during_redisplay;
270
271 /* Names of text properties relevant for redisplay. */
272
273 Lisp_Object Qdisplay, Qrelative_width, Qalign_to;
274 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qinvisible, Qwidth;
275
276 /* Symbols used in text property values. */
277
278 Lisp_Object Qspace, QCalign_to, QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
279 Lisp_Object Qleft_margin, Qright_margin, Qspace_width, Qraise;
280 Lisp_Object Qmargin;
281 extern Lisp_Object Qheight;
282
283 /* Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace. */
284
285 Lisp_Object Vshow_trailing_whitespace;
286
287 /* Name of the face used to highlight trailing whitespace. */
288
289 Lisp_Object Qtrailing_whitespace;
290
291 /* The symbol `image' which is the car of the lists used to represent
292 images in Lisp. */
293
294 Lisp_Object Qimage;
295
296 /* Non-zero means print newline to stdout before next mini-buffer
297 message. */
298
299 int noninteractive_need_newline;
300
301 /* Non-zero means print newline to message log before next message. */
302
303 static int message_log_need_newline;
304
305 /* Three markers that message_dolog uses.
306 It could allocate them itself, but that causes trouble
307 in handling memory-full errors. */
308 static Lisp_Object message_dolog_marker1;
309 static Lisp_Object message_dolog_marker2;
310 static Lisp_Object message_dolog_marker3;
311 \f
312 /* The buffer position of the first character appearing entirely or
313 partially on the line of the selected window which contains the
314 cursor; <= 0 if not known. Set by set_cursor_from_row, used for
315 redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal. */
316
317 static struct text_pos this_line_start_pos;
318
319 /* Number of characters past the end of the line above, including the
320 terminating newline. */
321
322 static struct text_pos this_line_end_pos;
323
324 /* The vertical positions and the height of this line. */
325
326 static int this_line_vpos;
327 static int this_line_y;
328 static int this_line_pixel_height;
329
330 /* X position at which this display line starts. Usually zero;
331 negative if first character is partially visible. */
332
333 static int this_line_start_x;
334
335 /* Buffer that this_line_.* variables are referring to. */
336
337 static struct buffer *this_line_buffer;
338
339 /* Nonzero means truncate lines in all windows less wide than the
340 frame. */
341
342 int truncate_partial_width_windows;
343
344 /* A flag to control how to display unibyte 8-bit character. */
345
346 int unibyte_display_via_language_environment;
347
348 /* Nonzero means we have more than one non-mini-buffer-only frame.
349 Not guaranteed to be accurate except while parsing
350 frame-title-format. */
351
352 int multiple_frames;
353
354 Lisp_Object Vglobal_mode_string;
355
356 /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text. */
357
358 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_position;
359
360 /* String to display for the arrow. Only used on terminal frames. */
361
362 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_string;
363
364 /* Values of those variables at last redisplay. However, if
365 Voverlay_arrow_position is a marker, last_arrow_position is its
366 numerical position. */
367
368 static Lisp_Object last_arrow_position, last_arrow_string;
369
370 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on a visible frame. */
371
372 Lisp_Object Vframe_title_format;
373
374 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on an iconified frame. */
375
376 Lisp_Object Vicon_title_format;
377
378 /* List of functions to call when a window's size changes. These
379 functions get one arg, a frame on which one or more windows' sizes
380 have changed. */
381
382 static Lisp_Object Vwindow_size_change_functions;
383
384 Lisp_Object Qmenu_bar_update_hook, Vmenu_bar_update_hook;
385
386 /* Nonzero if overlay arrow has been displayed once in this window. */
387
388 static int overlay_arrow_seen;
389
390 /* Nonzero means highlight the region even in nonselected windows. */
391
392 int highlight_nonselected_windows;
393
394 /* If cursor motion alone moves point off frame, try scrolling this
395 many lines up or down if that will bring it back. */
396
397 static EMACS_INT scroll_step;
398
399 /* Nonzero means scroll just far enough to bring point back on the
400 screen, when appropriate. */
401
402 static EMACS_INT scroll_conservatively;
403
404 /* Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines of
405 the top or bottom of the window. This value is translated into a
406 pixel value by multiplying it with CANON_Y_UNIT, which means that
407 there is really a fixed pixel height scroll margin. */
408
409 EMACS_INT scroll_margin;
410
411 /* Number of windows showing the buffer of the selected window (or
412 another buffer with the same base buffer). keyboard.c refers to
413 this. */
414
415 int buffer_shared;
416
417 /* Vector containing glyphs for an ellipsis `...'. */
418
419 static Lisp_Object default_invis_vector[3];
420
421 /* Zero means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face
422 (this slightly odd definition is for compatibility with previous versions
423 of emacs), non-zero means display them using their respective faces.
424
425 This variable is deprecated. */
426
427 int mode_line_inverse_video;
428
429 /* Prompt to display in front of the mini-buffer contents. */
430
431 Lisp_Object minibuf_prompt;
432
433 /* Width of current mini-buffer prompt. Only set after display_line
434 of the line that contains the prompt. */
435
436 int minibuf_prompt_width;
437
438 /* This is the window where the echo area message was displayed. It
439 is always a mini-buffer window, but it may not be the same window
440 currently active as a mini-buffer. */
441
442 Lisp_Object echo_area_window;
443
444 /* List of pairs (MESSAGE . MULTIBYTE). The function save_message
445 pushes the current message and the value of
446 message_enable_multibyte on the stack, the function restore_message
447 pops the stack and displays MESSAGE again. */
448
449 Lisp_Object Vmessage_stack;
450
451 /* Nonzero means multibyte characters were enabled when the echo area
452 message was specified. */
453
454 int message_enable_multibyte;
455
456 /* Nonzero if we should redraw the mode lines on the next redisplay. */
457
458 int update_mode_lines;
459
460 /* Nonzero if window sizes or contents have changed since last
461 redisplay that finished. */
462
463 int windows_or_buffers_changed;
464
465 /* Nonzero means a frame's cursor type has been changed. */
466
467 int cursor_type_changed;
468
469 /* Nonzero after display_mode_line if %l was used and it displayed a
470 line number. */
471
472 int line_number_displayed;
473
474 /* Maximum buffer size for which to display line numbers. */
475
476 Lisp_Object Vline_number_display_limit;
477
478 /* Line width to consider when repositioning for line number display. */
479
480 static EMACS_INT line_number_display_limit_width;
481
482 /* Number of lines to keep in the message log buffer. t means
483 infinite. nil means don't log at all. */
484
485 Lisp_Object Vmessage_log_max;
486
487 /* The name of the *Messages* buffer, a string. */
488
489 static Lisp_Object Vmessages_buffer_name;
490
491 /* Current, index 0, and last displayed echo area message. Either
492 buffers from echo_buffers, or nil to indicate no message. */
493
494 Lisp_Object echo_area_buffer[2];
495
496 /* The buffers referenced from echo_area_buffer. */
497
498 static Lisp_Object echo_buffer[2];
499
500 /* A vector saved used in with_area_buffer to reduce consing. */
501
502 static Lisp_Object Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
503
504 /* Non-zero means display_echo_area should display the last echo area
505 message again. Set by redisplay_preserve_echo_area. */
506
507 static int display_last_displayed_message_p;
508
509 /* Nonzero if echo area is being used by print; zero if being used by
510 message. */
511
512 int message_buf_print;
513
514 /* The symbol `inhibit-menubar-update' and its DEFVAR_BOOL variable. */
515
516 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_menubar_update;
517 int inhibit_menubar_update;
518
519 /* Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. Either a float
520 specifying a fraction of the available height, or an integer
521 specifying a number of lines. */
522
523 Lisp_Object Vmax_mini_window_height;
524
525 /* Non-zero means messages should be displayed with truncated
526 lines instead of being continued. */
527
528 int message_truncate_lines;
529 Lisp_Object Qmessage_truncate_lines;
530
531 /* Set to 1 in clear_message to make redisplay_internal aware
532 of an emptied echo area. */
533
534 static int message_cleared_p;
535
536 /* Non-zero means we want a hollow cursor in windows that are not
537 selected. Zero means there's no cursor in such windows. */
538
539 Lisp_Object Vcursor_in_non_selected_windows;
540 Lisp_Object Qcursor_in_non_selected_windows;
541
542 /* How to blink the default frame cursor off. */
543 Lisp_Object Vblink_cursor_alist;
544
545 /* A scratch glyph row with contents used for generating truncation
546 glyphs. Also used in direct_output_for_insert. */
547
548 #define MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS 100
549 struct glyph_row scratch_glyph_row;
550 static struct glyph scratch_glyphs[MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS];
551
552 /* Ascent and height of the last line processed by move_it_to. */
553
554 static int last_max_ascent, last_height;
555
556 /* Non-zero if there's a help-echo in the echo area. */
557
558 int help_echo_showing_p;
559
560 /* If >= 0, computed, exact values of mode-line and header-line height
561 to use in the macros CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT and
562 CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT. */
563
564 int current_mode_line_height, current_header_line_height;
565
566 /* The maximum distance to look ahead for text properties. Values
567 that are too small let us call compute_char_face and similar
568 functions too often which is expensive. Values that are too large
569 let us call compute_char_face and alike too often because we
570 might not be interested in text properties that far away. */
571
572 #define TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT 100
573
574 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
575
576 /* Variables to turn off display optimizations from Lisp. */
577
578 int inhibit_try_window_id, inhibit_try_window_reusing;
579 int inhibit_try_cursor_movement;
580
581 /* Non-zero means print traces of redisplay if compiled with
582 GLYPH_DEBUG != 0. */
583
584 int trace_redisplay_p;
585
586 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
587
588 #ifdef DEBUG_TRACE_MOVE
589 /* Non-zero means trace with TRACE_MOVE to stderr. */
590 int trace_move;
591
592 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) if (trace_move) fprintf x; else (void) 0
593 #else
594 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) (void) 0
595 #endif
596
597 /* Non-zero means automatically scroll windows horizontally to make
598 point visible. */
599
600 int automatic_hscrolling_p;
601
602 /* How close to the margin can point get before the window is scrolled
603 horizontally. */
604 EMACS_INT hscroll_margin;
605
606 /* How much to scroll horizontally when point is inside the above margin. */
607 Lisp_Object Vhscroll_step;
608
609 /* A list of symbols, one for each supported image type. */
610
611 Lisp_Object Vimage_types;
612
613 /* The variable `resize-mini-windows'. If nil, don't resize
614 mini-windows. If t, always resize them to fit the text they
615 display. If `grow-only', let mini-windows grow only until they
616 become empty. */
617
618 Lisp_Object Vresize_mini_windows;
619
620 /* Buffer being redisplayed -- for redisplay_window_error. */
621
622 struct buffer *displayed_buffer;
623
624 /* Value returned from text property handlers (see below). */
625
626 enum prop_handled
627 {
628 HANDLED_NORMALLY,
629 HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS,
630 HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED,
631 HANDLED_RETURN
632 };
633
634 /* A description of text properties that redisplay is interested
635 in. */
636
637 struct props
638 {
639 /* The name of the property. */
640 Lisp_Object *name;
641
642 /* A unique index for the property. */
643 enum prop_idx idx;
644
645 /* A handler function called to set up iterator IT from the property
646 at IT's current position. Value is used to steer handle_stop. */
647 enum prop_handled (*handler) P_ ((struct it *it));
648 };
649
650 static enum prop_handled handle_face_prop P_ ((struct it *));
651 static enum prop_handled handle_invisible_prop P_ ((struct it *));
652 static enum prop_handled handle_display_prop P_ ((struct it *));
653 static enum prop_handled handle_composition_prop P_ ((struct it *));
654 static enum prop_handled handle_overlay_change P_ ((struct it *));
655 static enum prop_handled handle_fontified_prop P_ ((struct it *));
656
657 /* Properties handled by iterators. */
658
659 static struct props it_props[] =
660 {
661 {&Qfontified, FONTIFIED_PROP_IDX, handle_fontified_prop},
662 /* Handle `face' before `display' because some sub-properties of
663 `display' need to know the face. */
664 {&Qface, FACE_PROP_IDX, handle_face_prop},
665 {&Qdisplay, DISPLAY_PROP_IDX, handle_display_prop},
666 {&Qinvisible, INVISIBLE_PROP_IDX, handle_invisible_prop},
667 {&Qcomposition, COMPOSITION_PROP_IDX, handle_composition_prop},
668 {NULL, 0, NULL}
669 };
670
671 /* Value is the position described by X. If X is a marker, value is
672 the marker_position of X. Otherwise, value is X. */
673
674 #define COERCE_MARKER(X) (MARKERP ((X)) ? Fmarker_position (X) : (X))
675
676 /* Enumeration returned by some move_it_.* functions internally. */
677
678 enum move_it_result
679 {
680 /* Not used. Undefined value. */
681 MOVE_UNDEFINED,
682
683 /* Move ended at the requested buffer position or ZV. */
684 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV,
685
686 /* Move ended at the requested X pixel position. */
687 MOVE_X_REACHED,
688
689 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that must be
690 continued. */
691 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED,
692
693 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that would
694 be displayed truncated. */
695 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED,
696
697 /* Move within a line ended at a line end. */
698 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
699 };
700
701 /* This counter is used to clear the face cache every once in a while
702 in redisplay_internal. It is incremented for each redisplay.
703 Every CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT full redisplays, the face cache is
704 cleared. */
705
706 #define CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT 500
707 static int clear_face_cache_count;
708
709 /* Record the previous terminal frame we displayed. */
710
711 static struct frame *previous_terminal_frame;
712
713 /* Non-zero while redisplay_internal is in progress. */
714
715 int redisplaying_p;
716
717 /* Non-zero means don't free realized faces. Bound while freeing
718 realized faces is dangerous because glyph matrices might still
719 reference them. */
720
721 int inhibit_free_realized_faces;
722 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_free_realized_faces;
723
724 \f
725 /* Function prototypes. */
726
727 static void setup_for_ellipsis P_ ((struct it *));
728 static void mark_window_display_accurate_1 P_ ((struct window *, int));
729 static int single_display_prop_string_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
730 static int display_prop_string_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
731 static int cursor_row_p P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
732 static int redisplay_mode_lines P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
733 static char *decode_mode_spec_coding P_ ((Lisp_Object, char *, int));
734
735 #if 0
736 static int invisible_text_between_p P_ ((struct it *, int, int));
737 #endif
738
739 static int next_element_from_ellipsis P_ ((struct it *));
740 static void pint2str P_ ((char *, int, int));
741 static struct text_pos run_window_scroll_functions P_ ((Lisp_Object,
742 struct text_pos));
743 static void reconsider_clip_changes P_ ((struct window *, struct buffer *));
744 static int text_outside_line_unchanged_p P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
745 static void store_frame_title_char P_ ((char));
746 static int store_frame_title P_ ((const unsigned char *, int, int));
747 static void x_consider_frame_title P_ ((Lisp_Object));
748 static void handle_stop P_ ((struct it *));
749 static int tool_bar_lines_needed P_ ((struct frame *));
750 static int single_display_prop_intangible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object));
751 static void ensure_echo_area_buffers P_ ((void));
752 static Lisp_Object unwind_with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((Lisp_Object));
753 static Lisp_Object with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data P_ ((struct window *));
754 static int with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((struct window *, int,
755 int (*) (EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT),
756 EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
757 static void clear_garbaged_frames P_ ((void));
758 static int current_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
759 static int truncate_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
760 static int set_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
761 static int display_echo_area P_ ((struct window *));
762 static int display_echo_area_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
763 static int resize_mini_window_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
764 static Lisp_Object unwind_redisplay P_ ((Lisp_Object));
765 static int string_char_and_length P_ ((const unsigned char *, int, int *));
766 static struct text_pos display_prop_end P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
767 struct text_pos));
768 static int compute_window_start_on_continuation_line P_ ((struct window *));
769 static Lisp_Object safe_eval_handler P_ ((Lisp_Object));
770 static void insert_left_trunc_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
771 static struct glyph_row *get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row P_ ((struct window *));
772 static void extend_face_to_end_of_line P_ ((struct it *));
773 static int append_space P_ ((struct it *, int));
774 static int make_cursor_line_fully_visible P_ ((struct window *));
775 static int try_scrolling P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT, int, int));
776 static int try_cursor_movement P_ ((Lisp_Object, struct text_pos, int *));
777 static int trailing_whitespace_p P_ ((int));
778 static int message_log_check_duplicate P_ ((int, int, int, int));
779 static void push_it P_ ((struct it *));
780 static void pop_it P_ ((struct it *));
781 static void sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *));
782 static void redisplay_internal P_ ((int));
783 static int echo_area_display P_ ((int));
784 static void redisplay_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
785 static void redisplay_window P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
786 static Lisp_Object redisplay_window_error ();
787 static Lisp_Object redisplay_window_0 P_ ((Lisp_Object));
788 static Lisp_Object redisplay_window_1 P_ ((Lisp_Object));
789 static void update_menu_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
790 static int try_window_reusing_current_matrix P_ ((struct window *));
791 static int try_window_id P_ ((struct window *));
792 static int display_line P_ ((struct it *));
793 static int display_mode_lines P_ ((struct window *));
794 static int display_mode_line P_ ((struct window *, enum face_id, Lisp_Object));
795 static int display_mode_element P_ ((struct it *, int, int, int, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object, int));
796 static int store_mode_line_string P_ ((char *, Lisp_Object, int, int, int, Lisp_Object));
797 static char *decode_mode_spec P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int, int *));
798 static void display_menu_bar P_ ((struct window *));
799 static int display_count_lines P_ ((int, int, int, int, int *));
800 static int display_string P_ ((unsigned char *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object,
801 int, int, struct it *, int, int, int, int));
802 static void compute_line_metrics P_ ((struct it *));
803 static void run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook P_ ((struct it *));
804 static int get_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *, int));
805 static void next_overlay_string P_ ((struct it *));
806 static void reseat P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
807 static void reseat_1 P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
808 static void back_to_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
809 static void reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
810 static void reseat_at_next_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int));
811 static int next_element_from_display_vector P_ ((struct it *));
812 static int next_element_from_string P_ ((struct it *));
813 static int next_element_from_c_string P_ ((struct it *));
814 static int next_element_from_buffer P_ ((struct it *));
815 static int next_element_from_composition P_ ((struct it *));
816 static int next_element_from_image P_ ((struct it *));
817 static int next_element_from_stretch P_ ((struct it *));
818 static void load_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *, int));
819 static int init_from_display_pos P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
820 struct display_pos *));
821 static void reseat_to_string P_ ((struct it *, unsigned char *,
822 Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
823 static enum move_it_result move_it_in_display_line_to P_ ((struct it *,
824 int, int, int));
825 void move_it_vertically_backward P_ ((struct it *, int));
826 static void init_to_row_start P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
827 struct glyph_row *));
828 static int init_to_row_end P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
829 struct glyph_row *));
830 static void back_to_previous_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
831 static int forward_to_next_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int *));
832 static struct text_pos string_pos_nchars_ahead P_ ((struct text_pos,
833 Lisp_Object, int));
834 static struct text_pos string_pos P_ ((int, Lisp_Object));
835 static struct text_pos c_string_pos P_ ((int, unsigned char *, int));
836 static int number_of_chars P_ ((unsigned char *, int));
837 static void compute_stop_pos P_ ((struct it *));
838 static void compute_string_pos P_ ((struct text_pos *, struct text_pos,
839 Lisp_Object));
840 static int face_before_or_after_it_pos P_ ((struct it *, int));
841 static int next_overlay_change P_ ((int));
842 static int handle_single_display_prop P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
843 Lisp_Object, struct text_pos *,
844 int));
845 static int underlying_face_id P_ ((struct it *));
846 static int in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p P_ ((struct display_pos *,
847 struct window *));
848
849 #define face_before_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 1)
850 #define face_after_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 0)
851
852 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
853
854 static void update_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
855 static void build_desired_tool_bar_string P_ ((struct frame *f));
856 static int redisplay_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *));
857 static void display_tool_bar_line P_ ((struct it *));
858
859 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
860
861 \f
862 /***********************************************************************
863 Window display dimensions
864 ***********************************************************************/
865
866 /* Return the bottom boundary y-position for text lines in window W.
867 This is the first y position at which a line cannot start.
868 It is relative to the top of the window.
869
870 This is the height of W minus the height of a mode line, if any. */
871
872 INLINE int
873 window_text_bottom_y (w)
874 struct window *w;
875 {
876 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
877 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
878
879 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
880 height -= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
881 return height;
882 }
883
884
885 /* Return the pixel width of display area AREA of window W. AREA < 0
886 means return the total width of W, not including fringes to
887 the left and right of the window. */
888
889 INLINE int
890 window_box_width (w, area)
891 struct window *w;
892 int area;
893 {
894 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
895 int width = XFASTINT (w->width);
896
897 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
898 {
899 width -= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + FRAME_FRINGE_COLS (f);
900
901 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
902 {
903 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width))
904 width -= XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width);
905 if (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width))
906 width -= XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width);
907 }
908 else if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
909 width = (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)
910 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) : 0);
911 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
912 width = (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width)
913 ? XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width) : 0);
914 }
915
916 return width * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
917 }
918
919
920 /* Return the pixel height of the display area of window W, not
921 including mode lines of W, if any. */
922
923 INLINE int
924 window_box_height (w)
925 struct window *w;
926 {
927 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
928 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
929
930 xassert (height >= 0);
931
932 /* Note: the code below that determines the mode-line/header-line
933 height is essentially the same as that contained in the macro
934 CURRENT_{MODE,HEADER}_LINE_HEIGHT, except that it checks whether
935 the appropriate glyph row has its `mode_line_p' flag set,
936 and if it doesn't, uses estimate_mode_line_height instead. */
937
938 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
939 {
940 struct glyph_row *ml_row
941 = (w->current_matrix && w->current_matrix->rows
942 ? MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)
943 : 0);
944 if (ml_row && ml_row->mode_line_p)
945 height -= ml_row->height;
946 else
947 height -= estimate_mode_line_height (f, CURRENT_MODE_LINE_FACE_ID (w));
948 }
949
950 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
951 {
952 struct glyph_row *hl_row
953 = (w->current_matrix && w->current_matrix->rows
954 ? MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)
955 : 0);
956 if (hl_row && hl_row->mode_line_p)
957 height -= hl_row->height;
958 else
959 height -= estimate_mode_line_height (f, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID);
960 }
961
962 /* With a very small font and a mode-line that's taller than
963 default, we might end up with a negative height. */
964 return max (0, height);
965 }
966
967
968 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the left edge of display
969 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
970 whole window, to the right of the left fringe of W. */
971
972 INLINE int
973 window_box_left (w, area)
974 struct window *w;
975 int area;
976 {
977 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
978 int x = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
979
980 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
981 {
982 x += (WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)
983 + FRAME_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f));
984
985 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
986 x += window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
987 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
988 x += (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
989 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
990 }
991
992 return x;
993 }
994
995
996 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the right edge of display
997 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
998 whole window, to the left of the right fringe of W. */
999
1000 INLINE int
1001 window_box_right (w, area)
1002 struct window *w;
1003 int area;
1004 {
1005 return window_box_left (w, area) + window_box_width (w, area);
1006 }
1007
1008
1009 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
1010 mode lines, in frame-relative coordinates. AREA < 0 means the
1011 whole window, not including the left and right fringes of
1012 the window. Return in *BOX_X and *BOX_Y the frame-relative pixel
1013 coordinates of the upper-left corner of the box. Return in
1014 *BOX_WIDTH, and *BOX_HEIGHT the pixel width and height of the box. */
1015
1016 INLINE void
1017 window_box (w, area, box_x, box_y, box_width, box_height)
1018 struct window *w;
1019 int area;
1020 int *box_x, *box_y, *box_width, *box_height;
1021 {
1022 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
1023
1024 *box_width = window_box_width (w, area);
1025 *box_height = window_box_height (w);
1026 *box_x = window_box_left (w, area);
1027 *box_y = (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f)
1028 + XFASTINT (w->top) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f));
1029 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
1030 *box_y += CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
1031 }
1032
1033
1034 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
1035 mode lines. AREA < 0 means the whole window, not including the
1036 left and right fringe of the window. Return in *TOP_LEFT_X
1037 and TOP_LEFT_Y the frame-relative pixel coordinates of the
1038 upper-left corner of the box. Return in *BOTTOM_RIGHT_X, and
1039 *BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y the coordinates of the bottom-right corner of the
1040 box. */
1041
1042 INLINE void
1043 window_box_edges (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y,
1044 bottom_right_x, bottom_right_y)
1045 struct window *w;
1046 int area;
1047 int *top_left_x, *top_left_y, *bottom_right_x, *bottom_right_y;
1048 {
1049 window_box (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y, bottom_right_x,
1050 bottom_right_y);
1051 *bottom_right_x += *top_left_x;
1052 *bottom_right_y += *top_left_y;
1053 }
1054
1055
1056 \f
1057 /***********************************************************************
1058 Utilities
1059 ***********************************************************************/
1060
1061 /* Return the bottom y-position of the line the iterator IT is in.
1062 This can modify IT's settings. */
1063
1064 int
1065 line_bottom_y (it)
1066 struct it *it;
1067 {
1068 int line_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
1069 int line_top_y = it->current_y;
1070
1071 if (line_height == 0)
1072 {
1073 if (last_height)
1074 line_height = last_height;
1075 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
1076 {
1077 move_it_by_lines (it, 1, 1);
1078 line_height = (it->max_ascent || it->max_descent
1079 ? it->max_ascent + it->max_descent
1080 : last_height);
1081 }
1082 else
1083 {
1084 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
1085
1086 /* Use the default character height. */
1087 it->glyph_row = NULL;
1088 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
1089 it->c = ' ';
1090 it->len = 1;
1091 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
1092 line_height = it->ascent + it->descent;
1093 it->glyph_row = row;
1094 }
1095 }
1096
1097 return line_top_y + line_height;
1098 }
1099
1100
1101 /* Return 1 if position CHARPOS is visible in window W. Set *FULLY to
1102 1 if POS is visible and the line containing POS is fully visible.
1103 EXACT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHTS_P non-zero means compute exact mode-line
1104 and header-lines heights. */
1105
1106 int
1107 pos_visible_p (w, charpos, fully, exact_mode_line_heights_p)
1108 struct window *w;
1109 int charpos, *fully, exact_mode_line_heights_p;
1110 {
1111 struct it it;
1112 struct text_pos top;
1113 int visible_p;
1114 struct buffer *old_buffer = NULL;
1115
1116 if (XBUFFER (w->buffer) != current_buffer)
1117 {
1118 old_buffer = current_buffer;
1119 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
1120 }
1121
1122 *fully = visible_p = 0;
1123 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (top, w->start);
1124
1125 /* Compute exact mode line heights, if requested. */
1126 if (exact_mode_line_heights_p)
1127 {
1128 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
1129 current_mode_line_height
1130 = display_mode_line (w, CURRENT_MODE_LINE_FACE_ID (w),
1131 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
1132
1133 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
1134 current_header_line_height
1135 = display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
1136 current_buffer->header_line_format);
1137 }
1138
1139 start_display (&it, w, top);
1140 move_it_to (&it, charpos, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
1141 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
1142
1143 /* Note that we may overshoot because of invisible text. */
1144 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= charpos)
1145 {
1146 int top_y = it.current_y;
1147 int bottom_y = line_bottom_y (&it);
1148 int window_top_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
1149
1150 if (top_y < window_top_y)
1151 visible_p = bottom_y > window_top_y;
1152 else if (top_y < it.last_visible_y)
1153 {
1154 visible_p = 1;
1155 *fully = bottom_y <= it.last_visible_y;
1156 }
1157 }
1158 else if (it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent > it.last_visible_y)
1159 {
1160 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
1161 if (charpos < IT_CHARPOS (it))
1162 {
1163 visible_p = 1;
1164 *fully = 0;
1165 }
1166 }
1167
1168 if (old_buffer)
1169 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
1170
1171 current_header_line_height = current_mode_line_height = -1;
1172 return visible_p;
1173 }
1174
1175
1176 /* Return the next character from STR which is MAXLEN bytes long.
1177 Return in *LEN the length of the character. This is like
1178 STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH but never returns an invalid character. If
1179 we find one, we return a `?', but with the length of the invalid
1180 character. */
1181
1182 static INLINE int
1183 string_char_and_length (str, maxlen, len)
1184 const unsigned char *str;
1185 int maxlen, *len;
1186 {
1187 int c;
1188
1189 c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (str, maxlen, *len);
1190 if (!CHAR_VALID_P (c, 1))
1191 /* We may not change the length here because other places in Emacs
1192 don't use this function, i.e. they silently accept invalid
1193 characters. */
1194 c = '?';
1195
1196 return c;
1197 }
1198
1199
1200
1201 /* Given a position POS containing a valid character and byte position
1202 in STRING, return the position NCHARS ahead (NCHARS >= 0). */
1203
1204 static struct text_pos
1205 string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string, nchars)
1206 struct text_pos pos;
1207 Lisp_Object string;
1208 int nchars;
1209 {
1210 xassert (STRINGP (string) && nchars >= 0);
1211
1212 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1213 {
1214 int rest = SBYTES (string) - BYTEPOS (pos);
1215 const unsigned char *p = SDATA (string) + BYTEPOS (pos);
1216 int len;
1217
1218 while (nchars--)
1219 {
1220 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1221 p += len, rest -= len;
1222 xassert (rest >= 0);
1223 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1224 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1225 }
1226 }
1227 else
1228 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, CHARPOS (pos) + nchars, BYTEPOS (pos) + nchars);
1229
1230 return pos;
1231 }
1232
1233
1234 /* Value is the text position, i.e. character and byte position,
1235 for character position CHARPOS in STRING. */
1236
1237 static INLINE struct text_pos
1238 string_pos (charpos, string)
1239 int charpos;
1240 Lisp_Object string;
1241 {
1242 struct text_pos pos;
1243 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1244 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1245 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, string_char_to_byte (string, charpos));
1246 return pos;
1247 }
1248
1249
1250 /* Value is a text position, i.e. character and byte position, for
1251 character position CHARPOS in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1252 means recognize multibyte characters. */
1253
1254 static struct text_pos
1255 c_string_pos (charpos, s, multibyte_p)
1256 int charpos;
1257 unsigned char *s;
1258 int multibyte_p;
1259 {
1260 struct text_pos pos;
1261
1262 xassert (s != NULL);
1263 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1264
1265 if (multibyte_p)
1266 {
1267 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1268
1269 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, 0, 0);
1270 while (charpos--)
1271 {
1272 string_char_and_length (s, rest, &len);
1273 s += len, rest -= len;
1274 xassert (rest >= 0);
1275 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1276 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1277 }
1278 }
1279 else
1280 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, charpos);
1281
1282 return pos;
1283 }
1284
1285
1286 /* Value is the number of characters in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P
1287 non-zero means recognize multibyte characters. */
1288
1289 static int
1290 number_of_chars (s, multibyte_p)
1291 unsigned char *s;
1292 int multibyte_p;
1293 {
1294 int nchars;
1295
1296 if (multibyte_p)
1297 {
1298 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1299 unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *) s;
1300
1301 for (nchars = 0; rest > 0; ++nchars)
1302 {
1303 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1304 rest -= len, p += len;
1305 }
1306 }
1307 else
1308 nchars = strlen (s);
1309
1310 return nchars;
1311 }
1312
1313
1314 /* Compute byte position NEWPOS->bytepos corresponding to
1315 NEWPOS->charpos. POS is a known position in string STRING.
1316 NEWPOS->charpos must be >= POS.charpos. */
1317
1318 static void
1319 compute_string_pos (newpos, pos, string)
1320 struct text_pos *newpos, pos;
1321 Lisp_Object string;
1322 {
1323 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1324 xassert (CHARPOS (*newpos) >= CHARPOS (pos));
1325
1326 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1327 *newpos = string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string,
1328 CHARPOS (*newpos) - CHARPOS (pos));
1329 else
1330 BYTEPOS (*newpos) = CHARPOS (*newpos);
1331 }
1332
1333
1334 \f
1335 /***********************************************************************
1336 Lisp form evaluation
1337 ***********************************************************************/
1338
1339 /* Error handler for safe_eval and safe_call. */
1340
1341 static Lisp_Object
1342 safe_eval_handler (arg)
1343 Lisp_Object arg;
1344 {
1345 add_to_log ("Error during redisplay: %s", arg, Qnil);
1346 return Qnil;
1347 }
1348
1349
1350 /* Evaluate SEXPR and return the result, or nil if something went
1351 wrong. Prevent redisplay during the evaluation. */
1352
1353 Lisp_Object
1354 safe_eval (sexpr)
1355 Lisp_Object sexpr;
1356 {
1357 Lisp_Object val;
1358
1359 if (inhibit_eval_during_redisplay)
1360 val = Qnil;
1361 else
1362 {
1363 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
1364 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1365
1366 GCPRO1 (sexpr);
1367 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1368 /* Use Qt to ensure debugger does not run,
1369 so there is no possibility of wanting to redisplay. */
1370 val = internal_condition_case_1 (Feval, sexpr, Qt,
1371 safe_eval_handler);
1372 UNGCPRO;
1373 val = unbind_to (count, val);
1374 }
1375
1376 return val;
1377 }
1378
1379
1380 /* Call function ARGS[0] with arguments ARGS[1] to ARGS[NARGS - 1].
1381 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. Prevent
1382 redisplay during the evaluation. */
1383
1384 Lisp_Object
1385 safe_call (nargs, args)
1386 int nargs;
1387 Lisp_Object *args;
1388 {
1389 Lisp_Object val;
1390
1391 if (inhibit_eval_during_redisplay)
1392 val = Qnil;
1393 else
1394 {
1395 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
1396 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1397
1398 GCPRO1 (args[0]);
1399 gcpro1.nvars = nargs;
1400 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1401 /* Use Qt to ensure debugger does not run,
1402 so there is no possibility of wanting to redisplay. */
1403 val = internal_condition_case_2 (Ffuncall, nargs, args, Qt,
1404 safe_eval_handler);
1405 UNGCPRO;
1406 val = unbind_to (count, val);
1407 }
1408
1409 return val;
1410 }
1411
1412
1413 /* Call function FN with one argument ARG.
1414 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
1415
1416 Lisp_Object
1417 safe_call1 (fn, arg)
1418 Lisp_Object fn, arg;
1419 {
1420 Lisp_Object args[2];
1421 args[0] = fn;
1422 args[1] = arg;
1423 return safe_call (2, args);
1424 }
1425
1426
1427 \f
1428 /***********************************************************************
1429 Debugging
1430 ***********************************************************************/
1431
1432 #if 0
1433
1434 /* Define CHECK_IT to perform sanity checks on iterators.
1435 This is for debugging. It is too slow to do unconditionally. */
1436
1437 static void
1438 check_it (it)
1439 struct it *it;
1440 {
1441 if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
1442 {
1443 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1444 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
1445 }
1446 else if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
1447 {
1448 /* Check that character and byte positions agree. */
1449 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BYTE_TO_CHAR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)));
1450 }
1451
1452 if (it->dpvec)
1453 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
1454 else
1455 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index < 0);
1456 }
1457
1458 #define CHECK_IT(IT) check_it ((IT))
1459
1460 #else /* not 0 */
1461
1462 #define CHECK_IT(IT) (void) 0
1463
1464 #endif /* not 0 */
1465
1466
1467 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
1468
1469 /* Check that the window end of window W is what we expect it
1470 to be---the last row in the current matrix displaying text. */
1471
1472 static void
1473 check_window_end (w)
1474 struct window *w;
1475 {
1476 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
1477 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
1478 {
1479 struct glyph_row *row;
1480 xassert ((row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix,
1481 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos)),
1482 !row->enabled_p
1483 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
1484 || MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix) == 0));
1485 }
1486 }
1487
1488 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) check_window_end ((W))
1489
1490 #else /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1491
1492 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) (void) 0
1493
1494 #endif /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1495
1496
1497 \f
1498 /***********************************************************************
1499 Iterator initialization
1500 ***********************************************************************/
1501
1502 /* Initialize IT for displaying current_buffer in window W, starting
1503 at character position CHARPOS. CHARPOS < 0 means that no buffer
1504 position is specified which is useful when the iterator is assigned
1505 a position later. BYTEPOS is the byte position corresponding to
1506 CHARPOS. BYTEPOS < 0 means compute it from CHARPOS.
1507
1508 If ROW is not null, calls to produce_glyphs with IT as parameter
1509 will produce glyphs in that row.
1510
1511 BASE_FACE_ID is the id of a base face to use. It must be one of
1512 DEFAULT_FACE_ID for normal text, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
1513 MODE_LINE_INACTIVE_FACE_ID, or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID for displaying
1514 mode lines, or TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID for displaying the tool-bar.
1515
1516 If ROW is null and BASE_FACE_ID is equal to MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
1517 MODE_LINE_INACTIVE_FACE_ID, or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID, the iterator
1518 will be initialized to use the corresponding mode line glyph row of
1519 the desired matrix of W. */
1520
1521 void
1522 init_iterator (it, w, charpos, bytepos, row, base_face_id)
1523 struct it *it;
1524 struct window *w;
1525 int charpos, bytepos;
1526 struct glyph_row *row;
1527 enum face_id base_face_id;
1528 {
1529 int highlight_region_p;
1530
1531 /* Some precondition checks. */
1532 xassert (w != NULL && it != NULL);
1533 xassert (charpos < 0 || (charpos >= BUF_BEG (current_buffer)
1534 && charpos <= ZV));
1535
1536 /* If face attributes have been changed since the last redisplay,
1537 free realized faces now because they depend on face definitions
1538 that might have changed. Don't free faces while there might be
1539 desired matrices pending which reference these faces. */
1540 if (face_change_count && !inhibit_free_realized_faces)
1541 {
1542 face_change_count = 0;
1543 free_all_realized_faces (Qnil);
1544 }
1545
1546 /* Use one of the mode line rows of W's desired matrix if
1547 appropriate. */
1548 if (row == NULL)
1549 {
1550 if (base_face_id == MODE_LINE_FACE_ID
1551 || base_face_id == MODE_LINE_INACTIVE_FACE_ID)
1552 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1553 else if (base_face_id == HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID)
1554 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1555 }
1556
1557 /* Clear IT. */
1558 bzero (it, sizeof *it);
1559 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1560 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1561 it->base_face_id = base_face_id;
1562
1563 /* The window in which we iterate over current_buffer: */
1564 XSETWINDOW (it->window, w);
1565 it->w = w;
1566 it->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
1567
1568 /* Extra space between lines (on window systems only). */
1569 if (base_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1570 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1571 {
1572 if (NATNUMP (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing))
1573 it->extra_line_spacing = XFASTINT (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing);
1574 else if (it->f->extra_line_spacing > 0)
1575 it->extra_line_spacing = it->f->extra_line_spacing;
1576 }
1577
1578 /* If realized faces have been removed, e.g. because of face
1579 attribute changes of named faces, recompute them. When running
1580 in batch mode, the face cache of Vterminal_frame is null. If
1581 we happen to get called, make a dummy face cache. */
1582 if (
1583 #ifndef WINDOWSNT
1584 noninteractive &&
1585 #endif
1586 FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f) == NULL)
1587 init_frame_faces (it->f);
1588 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f)->used == 0)
1589 recompute_basic_faces (it->f);
1590
1591 /* Current value of the `space-width', and 'height' properties. */
1592 it->space_width = Qnil;
1593 it->font_height = Qnil;
1594
1595 /* Are control characters displayed as `^C'? */
1596 it->ctl_arrow_p = !NILP (current_buffer->ctl_arrow);
1597
1598 /* -1 means everything between a CR and the following line end
1599 is invisible. >0 means lines indented more than this value are
1600 invisible. */
1601 it->selective = (INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1602 ? XFASTINT (current_buffer->selective_display)
1603 : (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1604 ? -1 : 0));
1605 it->selective_display_ellipsis_p
1606 = !NILP (current_buffer->selective_display_ellipses);
1607
1608 /* Display table to use. */
1609 it->dp = window_display_table (w);
1610
1611 /* Are multibyte characters enabled in current_buffer? */
1612 it->multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
1613
1614 /* Non-zero if we should highlight the region. */
1615 highlight_region_p
1616 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
1617 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)
1618 && XMARKER (current_buffer->mark)->buffer != 0);
1619
1620 /* Set IT->region_beg_charpos and IT->region_end_charpos to the
1621 start and end of a visible region in window IT->w. Set both to
1622 -1 to indicate no region. */
1623 if (highlight_region_p
1624 /* Maybe highlight only in selected window. */
1625 && (/* Either show region everywhere. */
1626 highlight_nonselected_windows
1627 /* Or show region in the selected window. */
1628 || w == XWINDOW (selected_window)
1629 /* Or show the region if we are in the mini-buffer and W is
1630 the window the mini-buffer refers to. */
1631 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window))
1632 && WINDOWP (minibuf_selected_window)
1633 && w == XWINDOW (minibuf_selected_window))))
1634 {
1635 int charpos = marker_position (current_buffer->mark);
1636 it->region_beg_charpos = min (PT, charpos);
1637 it->region_end_charpos = max (PT, charpos);
1638 }
1639 else
1640 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
1641
1642 /* Get the position at which the redisplay_end_trigger hook should
1643 be run, if it is to be run at all. */
1644 if (MARKERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger)
1645 && XMARKER (w->redisplay_end_trigger)->buffer != 0)
1646 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
1647 = marker_position (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1648 else if (INTEGERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger))
1649 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = XINT (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1650
1651 /* Correct bogus values of tab_width. */
1652 it->tab_width = XINT (current_buffer->tab_width);
1653 if (it->tab_width <= 0 || it->tab_width > 1000)
1654 it->tab_width = 8;
1655
1656 /* Are lines in the display truncated? */
1657 it->truncate_lines_p
1658 = (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1659 || XINT (it->w->hscroll)
1660 || (truncate_partial_width_windows
1661 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (it->w))
1662 || !NILP (current_buffer->truncate_lines));
1663
1664 /* Get dimensions of truncation and continuation glyphs. These are
1665 displayed as fringe bitmaps under X, so we don't need them for such
1666 frames. */
1667 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1668 {
1669 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1670 {
1671 /* We will need the truncation glyph. */
1672 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1673 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
1674 it->truncation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1675 }
1676 else
1677 {
1678 /* We will need the continuation glyph. */
1679 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1680 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
1681 it->continuation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1682 }
1683
1684 /* Reset these values to zero because the produce_special_glyphs
1685 above has changed them. */
1686 it->pixel_width = it->ascent = it->descent = 0;
1687 it->phys_ascent = it->phys_descent = 0;
1688 }
1689
1690 /* Set this after getting the dimensions of truncation and
1691 continuation glyphs, so that we don't produce glyphs when calling
1692 produce_special_glyphs, above. */
1693 it->glyph_row = row;
1694 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
1695
1696 /* Get the dimensions of the display area. The display area
1697 consists of the visible window area plus a horizontally scrolled
1698 part to the left of the window. All x-values are relative to the
1699 start of this total display area. */
1700 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1701 {
1702 /* Mode lines, menu bar in terminal frames. */
1703 it->first_visible_x = 0;
1704 it->last_visible_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1705 }
1706 else
1707 {
1708 it->first_visible_x
1709 = XFASTINT (it->w->hscroll) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1710 it->last_visible_x = (it->first_visible_x
1711 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
1712
1713 /* If we truncate lines, leave room for the truncator glyph(s) at
1714 the right margin. Otherwise, leave room for the continuation
1715 glyph(s). Truncation and continuation glyphs are not inserted
1716 for window-based redisplay. */
1717 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1718 {
1719 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1720 it->last_visible_x -= it->truncation_pixel_width;
1721 else
1722 it->last_visible_x -= it->continuation_pixel_width;
1723 }
1724
1725 it->header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w);
1726 it->current_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) + w->vscroll;
1727 }
1728
1729 /* Leave room for a border glyph. */
1730 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
1731 && !WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (it->w))
1732 it->last_visible_x -= 1;
1733
1734 it->last_visible_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
1735
1736 /* For mode lines and alike, arrange for the first glyph having a
1737 left box line if the face specifies a box. */
1738 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1739 {
1740 struct face *face;
1741
1742 it->face_id = base_face_id;
1743
1744 /* If we have a boxed mode line, make the first character appear
1745 with a left box line. */
1746 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, base_face_id);
1747 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1748 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
1749 }
1750
1751 /* If a buffer position was specified, set the iterator there,
1752 getting overlays and face properties from that position. */
1753 if (charpos >= BUF_BEG (current_buffer))
1754 {
1755 it->end_charpos = ZV;
1756 it->face_id = -1;
1757 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = charpos;
1758
1759 /* Compute byte position if not specified. */
1760 if (bytepos < charpos)
1761 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
1762 else
1763 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = bytepos;
1764
1765 /* Compute faces etc. */
1766 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
1767 }
1768
1769 CHECK_IT (it);
1770 }
1771
1772
1773 /* Initialize IT for the display of window W with window start POS. */
1774
1775 void
1776 start_display (it, w, pos)
1777 struct it *it;
1778 struct window *w;
1779 struct text_pos pos;
1780 {
1781 struct glyph_row *row;
1782 int first_vpos = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
1783
1784 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + first_vpos;
1785 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1786
1787 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
1788 {
1789 int start_at_line_beg_p;
1790 int first_y = it->current_y;
1791
1792 /* If window start is not at a line start, skip forward to POS to
1793 get the correct continuation lines width. */
1794 start_at_line_beg_p = (CHARPOS (pos) == BEGV
1795 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (pos) - 1) == '\n');
1796 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1797 {
1798 int new_x;
1799
1800 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it);
1801 move_it_to (it, CHARPOS (pos), -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
1802
1803 new_x = it->current_x + it->pixel_width;
1804
1805 /* If lines are continued, this line may end in the middle
1806 of a multi-glyph character (e.g. a control character
1807 displayed as \003, or in the middle of an overlay
1808 string). In this case move_it_to above will not have
1809 taken us to the start of the continuation line but to the
1810 end of the continued line. */
1811 if (it->current_x > 0
1812 && !it->truncate_lines_p /* Lines are continued. */
1813 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
1814 new_x > it->last_visible_x
1815 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
1816 system frame. */
1817 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
1818 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
1819 {
1820 if (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0
1821 || it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1822 {
1823 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
1824 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
1825 }
1826
1827 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
1828 }
1829
1830 /* We're starting a new display line, not affected by the
1831 height of the continued line, so clear the appropriate
1832 fields in the iterator structure. */
1833 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
1834 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
1835
1836 it->current_y = first_y;
1837 it->vpos = 0;
1838 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
1839 }
1840 }
1841
1842 #if 0 /* Don't assert the following because start_display is sometimes
1843 called intentionally with a window start that is not at a
1844 line start. Please leave this code in as a comment. */
1845
1846 /* Window start should be on a line start, now. */
1847 xassert (it->continuation_lines_width
1848 || IT_CHARPOS (it) == BEGV
1849 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (it) - 1) == '\n');
1850 #endif /* 0 */
1851 }
1852
1853
1854 /* Return 1 if POS is a position in ellipses displayed for invisible
1855 text. W is the window we display, for text property lookup. */
1856
1857 static int
1858 in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p (pos, w)
1859 struct display_pos *pos;
1860 struct window *w;
1861 {
1862 Lisp_Object prop, window;
1863 int ellipses_p = 0;
1864 int charpos = CHARPOS (pos->pos);
1865
1866 /* If POS specifies a position in a display vector, this might
1867 be for an ellipsis displayed for invisible text. We won't
1868 get the iterator set up for delivering that ellipsis unless
1869 we make sure that it gets aware of the invisible text. */
1870 if (pos->dpvec_index >= 0
1871 && pos->overlay_string_index < 0
1872 && CHARPOS (pos->string_pos) < 0
1873 && charpos > BEGV
1874 && (XSETWINDOW (window, w),
1875 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (charpos),
1876 Qinvisible, window),
1877 !TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop)))
1878 {
1879 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (charpos - 1), Qinvisible,
1880 window);
1881 ellipses_p = 2 == TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop);
1882 }
1883
1884 return ellipses_p;
1885 }
1886
1887
1888 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W,
1889 starting at position POS that includes overlay string and display
1890 vector/ control character translation position information. Value
1891 is zero if there are overlay strings with newlines at POS. */
1892
1893 static int
1894 init_from_display_pos (it, w, pos)
1895 struct it *it;
1896 struct window *w;
1897 struct display_pos *pos;
1898 {
1899 int charpos = CHARPOS (pos->pos), bytepos = BYTEPOS (pos->pos);
1900 int i, overlay_strings_with_newlines = 0;
1901
1902 /* If POS specifies a position in a display vector, this might
1903 be for an ellipsis displayed for invisible text. We won't
1904 get the iterator set up for delivering that ellipsis unless
1905 we make sure that it gets aware of the invisible text. */
1906 if (in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p (pos, w))
1907 {
1908 --charpos;
1909 bytepos = 0;
1910 }
1911
1912 /* Keep in mind: the call to reseat in init_iterator skips invisible
1913 text, so we might end up at a position different from POS. This
1914 is only a problem when POS is a row start after a newline and an
1915 overlay starts there with an after-string, and the overlay has an
1916 invisible property. Since we don't skip invisible text in
1917 display_line and elsewhere immediately after consuming the
1918 newline before the row start, such a POS will not be in a string,
1919 but the call to init_iterator below will move us to the
1920 after-string. */
1921 init_iterator (it, w, charpos, bytepos, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1922
1923 for (i = 0; i < it->n_overlay_strings; ++i)
1924 {
1925 const char *s = SDATA (it->overlay_strings[i]);
1926 const char *e = s + SBYTES (it->overlay_strings[i]);
1927
1928 while (s < e && *s != '\n')
1929 ++s;
1930
1931 if (s < e)
1932 {
1933 overlay_strings_with_newlines = 1;
1934 break;
1935 }
1936 }
1937
1938 /* If position is within an overlay string, set up IT to the right
1939 overlay string. */
1940 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= 0)
1941 {
1942 int relative_index;
1943
1944 /* If the first overlay string happens to have a `display'
1945 property for an image, the iterator will be set up for that
1946 image, and we have to undo that setup first before we can
1947 correct the overlay string index. */
1948 if (it->method == next_element_from_image)
1949 pop_it (it);
1950
1951 /* We already have the first chunk of overlay strings in
1952 IT->overlay_strings. Load more until the one for
1953 pos->overlay_string_index is in IT->overlay_strings. */
1954 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE)
1955 {
1956 int n = pos->overlay_string_index / OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1957 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
1958 while (n--)
1959 {
1960 load_overlay_strings (it, 0);
1961 it->current.overlay_string_index += OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1962 }
1963 }
1964
1965 it->current.overlay_string_index = pos->overlay_string_index;
1966 relative_index = (it->current.overlay_string_index
1967 % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE);
1968 it->string = it->overlay_strings[relative_index];
1969 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1970 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1971 it->method = next_element_from_string;
1972 }
1973
1974 #if 0 /* This is bogus because POS not having an overlay string
1975 position does not mean it's after the string. Example: A
1976 line starting with a before-string and initialization of IT
1977 to the previous row's end position. */
1978 else if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1979 {
1980 /* If POS says we're already after an overlay string ending at
1981 POS, make sure to pop the iterator because it will be in
1982 front of that overlay string. When POS is ZV, we've thereby
1983 also ``processed'' overlay strings at ZV. */
1984 while (it->sp)
1985 pop_it (it);
1986 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1987 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
1988 if (CHARPOS (pos->pos) == ZV)
1989 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
1990 }
1991 #endif /* 0 */
1992
1993 if (CHARPOS (pos->string_pos) >= 0)
1994 {
1995 /* Recorded position is not in an overlay string, but in another
1996 string. This can only be a string from a `display' property.
1997 IT should already be filled with that string. */
1998 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1999 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
2000 }
2001
2002 /* Restore position in display vector translations, control
2003 character translations or ellipses. */
2004 if (pos->dpvec_index >= 0)
2005 {
2006 if (it->dpvec == NULL)
2007 get_next_display_element (it);
2008 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index == 0);
2009 it->current.dpvec_index = pos->dpvec_index;
2010 }
2011
2012 CHECK_IT (it);
2013 return !overlay_strings_with_newlines;
2014 }
2015
2016
2017 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
2018 starting at ROW->start. */
2019
2020 static void
2021 init_to_row_start (it, w, row)
2022 struct it *it;
2023 struct window *w;
2024 struct glyph_row *row;
2025 {
2026 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->start);
2027 it->continuation_lines_width = row->continuation_lines_width;
2028 CHECK_IT (it);
2029 }
2030
2031
2032 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
2033 starting in the line following ROW, i.e. starting at ROW->end.
2034 Value is zero if there are overlay strings with newlines at ROW's
2035 end position. */
2036
2037 static int
2038 init_to_row_end (it, w, row)
2039 struct it *it;
2040 struct window *w;
2041 struct glyph_row *row;
2042 {
2043 int success = 0;
2044
2045 if (init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->end))
2046 {
2047 if (row->continued_p)
2048 it->continuation_lines_width
2049 = row->continuation_lines_width + row->pixel_width;
2050 CHECK_IT (it);
2051 success = 1;
2052 }
2053
2054 return success;
2055 }
2056
2057
2058
2059 \f
2060 /***********************************************************************
2061 Text properties
2062 ***********************************************************************/
2063
2064 /* Called when IT reaches IT->stop_charpos. Handle text property and
2065 overlay changes. Set IT->stop_charpos to the next position where
2066 to stop. */
2067
2068 static void
2069 handle_stop (it)
2070 struct it *it;
2071 {
2072 enum prop_handled handled;
2073 int handle_overlay_change_p = 1;
2074 struct props *p;
2075
2076 it->dpvec = NULL;
2077 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
2078
2079 do
2080 {
2081 handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2082
2083 /* Call text property handlers. */
2084 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
2085 {
2086 handled = p->handler (it);
2087
2088 if (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
2089 break;
2090 else if (handled == HANDLED_RETURN)
2091 return;
2092 else if (handled == HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED)
2093 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
2094 }
2095
2096 if (handled != HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
2097 {
2098 /* Don't check for overlay strings below when set to deliver
2099 characters from a display vector. */
2100 if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
2101 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
2102
2103 /* Handle overlay changes. */
2104 if (handle_overlay_change_p)
2105 handled = handle_overlay_change (it);
2106
2107 /* Determine where to stop next. */
2108 if (handled == HANDLED_NORMALLY)
2109 compute_stop_pos (it);
2110 }
2111 }
2112 while (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS);
2113 }
2114
2115
2116 /* Compute IT->stop_charpos from text property and overlay change
2117 information for IT's current position. */
2118
2119 static void
2120 compute_stop_pos (it)
2121 struct it *it;
2122 {
2123 register INTERVAL iv, next_iv;
2124 Lisp_Object object, limit, position;
2125
2126 /* If nowhere else, stop at the end. */
2127 it->stop_charpos = it->end_charpos;
2128
2129 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2130 {
2131 /* Strings are usually short, so don't limit the search for
2132 properties. */
2133 object = it->string;
2134 limit = Qnil;
2135 position = make_number (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
2136 }
2137 else
2138 {
2139 int charpos;
2140
2141 /* If next overlay change is in front of the current stop pos
2142 (which is IT->end_charpos), stop there. Note: value of
2143 next_overlay_change is point-max if no overlay change
2144 follows. */
2145 charpos = next_overlay_change (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2146 if (charpos < it->stop_charpos)
2147 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
2148
2149 /* If showing the region, we have to stop at the region
2150 start or end because the face might change there. */
2151 if (it->region_beg_charpos > 0)
2152 {
2153 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_beg_charpos)
2154 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_beg_charpos);
2155 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_end_charpos)
2156 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_end_charpos);
2157 }
2158
2159 /* Set up variables for computing the stop position from text
2160 property changes. */
2161 XSETBUFFER (object, current_buffer);
2162 limit = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT);
2163 position = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2164
2165 }
2166
2167 /* Get the interval containing IT's position. Value is a null
2168 interval if there isn't such an interval. */
2169 iv = validate_interval_range (object, &position, &position, 0);
2170 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (iv))
2171 {
2172 Lisp_Object values_here[LAST_PROP_IDX];
2173 struct props *p;
2174
2175 /* Get properties here. */
2176 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
2177 values_here[p->idx] = textget (iv->plist, *p->name);
2178
2179 /* Look for an interval following iv that has different
2180 properties. */
2181 for (next_iv = next_interval (iv);
2182 (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv)
2183 && (NILP (limit)
2184 || XFASTINT (limit) > next_iv->position));
2185 next_iv = next_interval (next_iv))
2186 {
2187 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
2188 {
2189 Lisp_Object new_value;
2190
2191 new_value = textget (next_iv->plist, *p->name);
2192 if (!EQ (values_here[p->idx], new_value))
2193 break;
2194 }
2195
2196 if (p->handler)
2197 break;
2198 }
2199
2200 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv))
2201 {
2202 if (INTEGERP (limit)
2203 && next_iv->position >= XFASTINT (limit))
2204 /* No text property change up to limit. */
2205 it->stop_charpos = min (XFASTINT (limit), it->stop_charpos);
2206 else
2207 /* Text properties change in next_iv. */
2208 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, next_iv->position);
2209 }
2210 }
2211
2212 xassert (STRINGP (it->string)
2213 || (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
2214 && it->stop_charpos >= IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
2215 }
2216
2217
2218 /* Return the position of the next overlay change after POS in
2219 current_buffer. Value is point-max if no overlay change
2220 follows. This is like `next-overlay-change' but doesn't use
2221 xmalloc. */
2222
2223 static int
2224 next_overlay_change (pos)
2225 int pos;
2226 {
2227 int noverlays;
2228 int endpos;
2229 Lisp_Object *overlays;
2230 int len;
2231 int i;
2232
2233 /* Get all overlays at the given position. */
2234 len = 10;
2235 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
2236 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
2237 if (noverlays > len)
2238 {
2239 len = noverlays;
2240 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
2241 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
2242 }
2243
2244 /* If any of these overlays ends before endpos,
2245 use its ending point instead. */
2246 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; ++i)
2247 {
2248 Lisp_Object oend;
2249 int oendpos;
2250
2251 oend = OVERLAY_END (overlays[i]);
2252 oendpos = OVERLAY_POSITION (oend);
2253 endpos = min (endpos, oendpos);
2254 }
2255
2256 return endpos;
2257 }
2258
2259
2260 \f
2261 /***********************************************************************
2262 Fontification
2263 ***********************************************************************/
2264
2265 /* Handle changes in the `fontified' property of the current buffer by
2266 calling hook functions from Qfontification_functions to fontify
2267 regions of text. */
2268
2269 static enum prop_handled
2270 handle_fontified_prop (it)
2271 struct it *it;
2272 {
2273 Lisp_Object prop, pos;
2274 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2275
2276 /* Get the value of the `fontified' property at IT's current buffer
2277 position. (The `fontified' property doesn't have a special
2278 meaning in strings.) If the value is nil, call functions from
2279 Qfontification_functions. */
2280 if (!STRINGP (it->string)
2281 && it->s == NULL
2282 && !NILP (Vfontification_functions)
2283 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks)
2284 && (pos = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
2285 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil),
2286 NILP (prop)))
2287 {
2288 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
2289 Lisp_Object val;
2290
2291 val = Vfontification_functions;
2292 specbind (Qfontification_functions, Qnil);
2293
2294 if (!CONSP (val) || EQ (XCAR (val), Qlambda))
2295 safe_call1 (val, pos);
2296 else
2297 {
2298 Lisp_Object globals, fn;
2299 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
2300
2301 globals = Qnil;
2302 GCPRO2 (val, globals);
2303
2304 for (; CONSP (val); val = XCDR (val))
2305 {
2306 fn = XCAR (val);
2307
2308 if (EQ (fn, Qt))
2309 {
2310 /* A value of t indicates this hook has a local
2311 binding; it means to run the global binding too.
2312 In a global value, t should not occur. If it
2313 does, we must ignore it to avoid an endless
2314 loop. */
2315 for (globals = Fdefault_value (Qfontification_functions);
2316 CONSP (globals);
2317 globals = XCDR (globals))
2318 {
2319 fn = XCAR (globals);
2320 if (!EQ (fn, Qt))
2321 safe_call1 (fn, pos);
2322 }
2323 }
2324 else
2325 safe_call1 (fn, pos);
2326 }
2327
2328 UNGCPRO;
2329 }
2330
2331 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2332
2333 /* Return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS only if function fontified
2334 something. This avoids an endless loop if they failed to
2335 fontify the text for which reason ever. */
2336 if (!NILP (Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil)))
2337 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2338 }
2339
2340 return handled;
2341 }
2342
2343
2344 \f
2345 /***********************************************************************
2346 Faces
2347 ***********************************************************************/
2348
2349 /* Set up iterator IT from face properties at its current position.
2350 Called from handle_stop. */
2351
2352 static enum prop_handled
2353 handle_face_prop (it)
2354 struct it *it;
2355 {
2356 int new_face_id, next_stop;
2357
2358 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
2359 {
2360 new_face_id
2361 = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2362 IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2363 it->region_beg_charpos,
2364 it->region_end_charpos,
2365 &next_stop,
2366 (IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2367 + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT),
2368 0);
2369
2370 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box face?
2371 Caveat: this can be called for a freshly initialized
2372 iterator; face_id is -1 in this case. We know that the new
2373 face will not change until limit, i.e. if the new face has a
2374 box, all characters up to limit will have one. But, as
2375 usual, we don't know whether limit is really the end. */
2376 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2377 {
2378 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2379
2380 /* If new face has a box but old face has not, this is
2381 the start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has
2382 a shadow on the left side. The value of face_id of the
2383 iterator will be -1 if this is the initial call that gets
2384 the face. In this case, we have to look in front of IT's
2385 position and see whether there is a face != new_face_id. */
2386 it->start_of_box_run_p
2387 = (new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
2388 && (it->face_id >= 0
2389 || IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEG
2390 || new_face_id != face_before_it_pos (it)));
2391 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2392 }
2393 }
2394 else
2395 {
2396 int base_face_id, bufpos;
2397
2398 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2399 bufpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2400 else
2401 bufpos = 0;
2402
2403 /* For strings from a buffer, i.e. overlay strings or strings
2404 from a `display' property, use the face at IT's current
2405 buffer position as the base face to merge with, so that
2406 overlay strings appear in the same face as surrounding
2407 text, unless they specify their own faces. */
2408 base_face_id = underlying_face_id (it);
2409
2410 new_face_id = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2411 it->string,
2412 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it),
2413 bufpos,
2414 it->region_beg_charpos,
2415 it->region_end_charpos,
2416 &next_stop,
2417 base_face_id, 0);
2418
2419 #if 0 /* This shouldn't be neccessary. Let's check it. */
2420 /* If IT is used to display a mode line we would really like to
2421 use the mode line face instead of the frame's default face. */
2422 if (it->glyph_row == MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
2423 && new_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
2424 new_face_id = CURRENT_MODE_LINE_FACE_ID (it->w);
2425 #endif
2426
2427 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box? Caveat:
2428 this can be called for a freshly allocated iterator; face_id
2429 is -1 is this case. We know that the new face will not
2430 change until the next check pos, i.e. if the new face has a
2431 box, all characters up to that position will have a
2432 box. But, as usual, we don't know whether that position
2433 is really the end. */
2434 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2435 {
2436 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2437 struct face *old_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2438
2439 /* If new face has a box but old face hasn't, this is the
2440 start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has a
2441 shadow on the left side. */
2442 it->start_of_box_run_p
2443 = new_face->box && (old_face == NULL || !old_face->box);
2444 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2445 }
2446 }
2447
2448 it->face_id = new_face_id;
2449 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2450 }
2451
2452
2453 /* Return the ID of the face ``underlying'' IT's current position,
2454 which is in a string. If the iterator is associated with a
2455 buffer, return the face at IT's current buffer position.
2456 Otherwise, use the iterator's base_face_id. */
2457
2458 static int
2459 underlying_face_id (it)
2460 struct it *it;
2461 {
2462 int face_id = it->base_face_id, i;
2463
2464 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
2465
2466 for (i = it->sp - 1; i >= 0; --i)
2467 if (NILP (it->stack[i].string))
2468 face_id = it->stack[i].face_id;
2469
2470 return face_id;
2471 }
2472
2473
2474 /* Compute the face one character before or after the current position
2475 of IT. BEFORE_P non-zero means get the face in front of IT's
2476 position. Value is the id of the face. */
2477
2478 static int
2479 face_before_or_after_it_pos (it, before_p)
2480 struct it *it;
2481 int before_p;
2482 {
2483 int face_id, limit;
2484 int next_check_charpos;
2485 struct text_pos pos;
2486
2487 xassert (it->s == NULL);
2488
2489 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2490 {
2491 int bufpos, base_face_id;
2492
2493 /* No face change past the end of the string (for the case
2494 we are padding with spaces). No face change before the
2495 string start. */
2496 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= SCHARS (it->string)
2497 || (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == 0 && before_p))
2498 return it->face_id;
2499
2500 /* Set pos to the position before or after IT's current position. */
2501 if (before_p)
2502 pos = string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, it->string);
2503 else
2504 /* For composition, we must check the character after the
2505 composition. */
2506 pos = (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION
2507 ? string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + it->cmp_len, it->string)
2508 : string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + 1, it->string));
2509
2510 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2511 bufpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2512 else
2513 bufpos = 0;
2514
2515 base_face_id = underlying_face_id (it);
2516
2517 /* Get the face for ASCII, or unibyte. */
2518 face_id = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2519 it->string,
2520 CHARPOS (pos),
2521 bufpos,
2522 it->region_beg_charpos,
2523 it->region_end_charpos,
2524 &next_check_charpos,
2525 base_face_id, 0);
2526
2527 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2528 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2529 suitable for unibyte text if IT->string is unibyte. */
2530 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
2531 {
2532 const unsigned char *p = SDATA (it->string) + BYTEPOS (pos);
2533 int rest = SBYTES (it->string) - BYTEPOS (pos);
2534 int c, len;
2535 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2536
2537 c = string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
2538 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2539 }
2540 }
2541 else
2542 {
2543 if ((IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= ZV && !before_p)
2544 || (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= BEGV && before_p))
2545 return it->face_id;
2546
2547 limit = IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT;
2548 pos = it->current.pos;
2549
2550 if (before_p)
2551 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2552 else
2553 {
2554 if (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION)
2555 /* For composition, we must check the position after the
2556 composition. */
2557 pos.charpos += it->cmp_len, pos.bytepos += it->len;
2558 else
2559 INC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2560 }
2561
2562 /* Determine face for CHARSET_ASCII, or unibyte. */
2563 face_id = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2564 CHARPOS (pos),
2565 it->region_beg_charpos,
2566 it->region_end_charpos,
2567 &next_check_charpos,
2568 limit, 0);
2569
2570 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2571 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2572 suitable for unibyte text if current_buffer is unibyte. */
2573 if (it->multibyte_p)
2574 {
2575 int c = FETCH_MULTIBYTE_CHAR (BYTEPOS (pos));
2576 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2577 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2578 }
2579 }
2580
2581 return face_id;
2582 }
2583
2584
2585 \f
2586 /***********************************************************************
2587 Invisible text
2588 ***********************************************************************/
2589
2590 /* Set up iterator IT from invisible properties at its current
2591 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2592
2593 static enum prop_handled
2594 handle_invisible_prop (it)
2595 struct it *it;
2596 {
2597 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2598
2599 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2600 {
2601 extern Lisp_Object Qinvisible;
2602 Lisp_Object prop, end_charpos, limit, charpos;
2603
2604 /* Get the value of the invisible text property at the
2605 current position. Value will be nil if there is no such
2606 property. */
2607 charpos = make_number (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
2608 prop = Fget_text_property (charpos, Qinvisible, it->string);
2609
2610 if (!NILP (prop)
2611 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2612 {
2613 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2614
2615 /* Get the position at which the next change of the
2616 invisible text property can be found in IT->string.
2617 Value will be nil if the property value is the same for
2618 all the rest of IT->string. */
2619 XSETINT (limit, SCHARS (it->string));
2620 end_charpos = Fnext_single_property_change (charpos, Qinvisible,
2621 it->string, limit);
2622
2623 /* Text at current position is invisible. The next
2624 change in the property is at position end_charpos.
2625 Move IT's current position to that position. */
2626 if (INTEGERP (end_charpos)
2627 && XFASTINT (end_charpos) < XFASTINT (limit))
2628 {
2629 struct text_pos old;
2630 old = it->current.string_pos;
2631 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = XFASTINT (end_charpos);
2632 compute_string_pos (&it->current.string_pos, old, it->string);
2633 }
2634 else
2635 {
2636 /* The rest of the string is invisible. If this is an
2637 overlay string, proceed with the next overlay string
2638 or whatever comes and return a character from there. */
2639 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2640 {
2641 next_overlay_string (it);
2642 /* Don't check for overlay strings when we just
2643 finished processing them. */
2644 handled = HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED;
2645 }
2646 else
2647 {
2648 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = SCHARS (it->string);
2649 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = SBYTES (it->string);
2650 }
2651 }
2652 }
2653 }
2654 else
2655 {
2656 int invis_p, newpos, next_stop, start_charpos;
2657 Lisp_Object pos, prop, overlay;
2658
2659 /* First of all, is there invisible text at this position? */
2660 start_charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2661 pos = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2662 prop = get_char_property_and_overlay (pos, Qinvisible, it->window,
2663 &overlay);
2664 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop);
2665
2666 /* If we are on invisible text, skip over it. */
2667 if (invis_p && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2668 {
2669 /* Record whether we have to display an ellipsis for the
2670 invisible text. */
2671 int display_ellipsis_p = invis_p == 2;
2672
2673 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2674
2675 /* Loop skipping over invisible text. The loop is left at
2676 ZV or with IT on the first char being visible again. */
2677 do
2678 {
2679 /* Try to skip some invisible text. Return value is the
2680 position reached which can be equal to IT's position
2681 if there is nothing invisible here. This skips both
2682 over invisible text properties and overlays with
2683 invisible property. */
2684 newpos = skip_invisible (IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2685 &next_stop, ZV, it->window);
2686
2687 /* If we skipped nothing at all we weren't at invisible
2688 text in the first place. If everything to the end of
2689 the buffer was skipped, end the loop. */
2690 if (newpos == IT_CHARPOS (*it) || newpos >= ZV)
2691 invis_p = 0;
2692 else
2693 {
2694 /* We skipped some characters but not necessarily
2695 all there are. Check if we ended up on visible
2696 text. Fget_char_property returns the property of
2697 the char before the given position, i.e. if we
2698 get invis_p = 0, this means that the char at
2699 newpos is visible. */
2700 pos = make_number (newpos);
2701 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2702 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop);
2703 }
2704
2705 /* If we ended up on invisible text, proceed to
2706 skip starting with next_stop. */
2707 if (invis_p)
2708 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = next_stop;
2709 }
2710 while (invis_p);
2711
2712 /* The position newpos is now either ZV or on visible text. */
2713 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = newpos;
2714 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (newpos);
2715
2716 /* If there are before-strings at the start of invisible
2717 text, and the text is invisible because of a text
2718 property, arrange to show before-strings because 20.x did
2719 it that way. (If the text is invisible because of an
2720 overlay property instead of a text property, this is
2721 already handled in the overlay code.) */
2722 if (NILP (overlay)
2723 && get_overlay_strings (it, start_charpos))
2724 {
2725 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2726 it->stack[it->sp - 1].display_ellipsis_p = display_ellipsis_p;
2727 }
2728 else if (display_ellipsis_p)
2729 setup_for_ellipsis (it);
2730 }
2731 }
2732
2733 return handled;
2734 }
2735
2736
2737 /* Make iterator IT return `...' next. */
2738
2739 static void
2740 setup_for_ellipsis (it)
2741 struct it *it;
2742 {
2743 if (it->dp
2744 && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
2745 {
2746 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
2747 it->dpvec = v->contents;
2748 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
2749 }
2750 else
2751 {
2752 /* Default `...'. */
2753 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
2754 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
2755 }
2756
2757 /* The ellipsis display does not replace the display of the
2758 character at the new position. Indicate this by setting
2759 IT->dpvec_char_len to zero. */
2760 it->dpvec_char_len = 0;
2761
2762 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
2763 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
2764 }
2765
2766
2767 \f
2768 /***********************************************************************
2769 'display' property
2770 ***********************************************************************/
2771
2772 /* Set up iterator IT from `display' property at its current position.
2773 Called from handle_stop. */
2774
2775 static enum prop_handled
2776 handle_display_prop (it)
2777 struct it *it;
2778 {
2779 Lisp_Object prop, object;
2780 struct text_pos *position;
2781 int display_replaced_p = 0;
2782
2783 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2784 {
2785 object = it->string;
2786 position = &it->current.string_pos;
2787 }
2788 else
2789 {
2790 object = it->w->buffer;
2791 position = &it->current.pos;
2792 }
2793
2794 /* Reset those iterator values set from display property values. */
2795 it->font_height = Qnil;
2796 it->space_width = Qnil;
2797 it->voffset = 0;
2798
2799 /* We don't support recursive `display' properties, i.e. string
2800 values that have a string `display' property, that have a string
2801 `display' property etc. */
2802 if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2803 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2804
2805 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (position->charpos),
2806 Qdisplay, object);
2807 if (NILP (prop))
2808 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2809
2810 if (CONSP (prop)
2811 /* Simple properties. */
2812 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qimage)
2813 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace)
2814 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen)
2815 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace_width)
2816 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qheight)
2817 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qraise)
2818 /* Marginal area specifications. */
2819 && !(CONSP (XCAR (prop)) && EQ (XCAR (XCAR (prop)), Qmargin))
2820 && !NILP (XCAR (prop)))
2821 {
2822 for (; CONSP (prop); prop = XCDR (prop))
2823 {
2824 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XCAR (prop), object,
2825 position, display_replaced_p))
2826 display_replaced_p = 1;
2827 }
2828 }
2829 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2830 {
2831 int i;
2832 for (i = 0; i < ASIZE (prop); ++i)
2833 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, AREF (prop, i), object,
2834 position, display_replaced_p))
2835 display_replaced_p = 1;
2836 }
2837 else
2838 {
2839 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position, 0))
2840 display_replaced_p = 1;
2841 }
2842
2843 return display_replaced_p ? HANDLED_RETURN : HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2844 }
2845
2846
2847 /* Value is the position of the end of the `display' property starting
2848 at START_POS in OBJECT. */
2849
2850 static struct text_pos
2851 display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos)
2852 struct it *it;
2853 Lisp_Object object;
2854 struct text_pos start_pos;
2855 {
2856 Lisp_Object end;
2857 struct text_pos end_pos;
2858
2859 end = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (CHARPOS (start_pos)),
2860 Qdisplay, object, Qnil);
2861 CHARPOS (end_pos) = XFASTINT (end);
2862 if (STRINGP (object))
2863 compute_string_pos (&end_pos, start_pos, it->string);
2864 else
2865 BYTEPOS (end_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (XFASTINT (end));
2866
2867 return end_pos;
2868 }
2869
2870
2871 /* Set up IT from a single `display' sub-property value PROP. OBJECT
2872 is the object in which the `display' property was found. *POSITION
2873 is the position at which it was found. DISPLAY_REPLACED_P non-zero
2874 means that we previously saw a display sub-property which already
2875 replaced text display with something else, for example an image;
2876 ignore such properties after the first one has been processed.
2877
2878 If PROP is a `space' or `image' sub-property, set *POSITION to the
2879 end position of the `display' property.
2880
2881 Value is non-zero if something was found which replaces the display
2882 of buffer or string text. */
2883
2884 static int
2885 handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position,
2886 display_replaced_before_p)
2887 struct it *it;
2888 Lisp_Object prop;
2889 Lisp_Object object;
2890 struct text_pos *position;
2891 int display_replaced_before_p;
2892 {
2893 Lisp_Object value;
2894 int replaces_text_display_p = 0;
2895 Lisp_Object form;
2896
2897 /* If PROP is a list of the form `(when FORM . VALUE)', FORM is
2898 evaluated. If the result is nil, VALUE is ignored. */
2899 form = Qt;
2900 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2901 {
2902 prop = XCDR (prop);
2903 if (!CONSP (prop))
2904 return 0;
2905 form = XCAR (prop);
2906 prop = XCDR (prop);
2907 }
2908
2909 if (!NILP (form) && !EQ (form, Qt))
2910 {
2911 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
2912 struct gcpro gcpro1;
2913
2914 /* Bind `object' to the object having the `display' property, a
2915 buffer or string. Bind `position' to the position in the
2916 object where the property was found, and `buffer-position'
2917 to the current position in the buffer. */
2918 specbind (Qobject, object);
2919 specbind (Qposition, make_number (CHARPOS (*position)));
2920 specbind (Qbuffer_position,
2921 make_number (STRINGP (object)
2922 ? IT_CHARPOS (*it) : CHARPOS (*position)));
2923 GCPRO1 (form);
2924 form = safe_eval (form);
2925 UNGCPRO;
2926 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2927 }
2928
2929 if (NILP (form))
2930 return 0;
2931
2932 if (CONSP (prop)
2933 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qheight)
2934 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2935 {
2936 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2937 return 0;
2938
2939 /* `(height HEIGHT)'. */
2940 it->font_height = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2941 if (!NILP (it->font_height))
2942 {
2943 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2944 int new_height = -1;
2945
2946 if (CONSP (it->font_height)
2947 && (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus)
2948 || EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qminus))
2949 && CONSP (XCDR (it->font_height))
2950 && INTEGERP (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height))))
2951 {
2952 /* `(+ N)' or `(- N)' where N is an integer. */
2953 int steps = XINT (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height)));
2954 if (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus))
2955 steps = - steps;
2956 it->face_id = smaller_face (it->f, it->face_id, steps);
2957 }
2958 else if (FUNCTIONP (it->font_height))
2959 {
2960 /* Call function with current height as argument.
2961 Value is the new height. */
2962 Lisp_Object height;
2963 height = safe_call1 (it->font_height,
2964 face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2965 if (NUMBERP (height))
2966 new_height = XFLOATINT (height);
2967 }
2968 else if (NUMBERP (it->font_height))
2969 {
2970 /* Value is a multiple of the canonical char height. */
2971 struct face *face;
2972
2973 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
2974 new_height = (XFLOATINT (it->font_height)
2975 * XINT (face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]));
2976 }
2977 else
2978 {
2979 /* Evaluate IT->font_height with `height' bound to the
2980 current specified height to get the new height. */
2981 Lisp_Object value;
2982 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
2983
2984 specbind (Qheight, face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2985 value = safe_eval (it->font_height);
2986 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2987
2988 if (NUMBERP (value))
2989 new_height = XFLOATINT (value);
2990 }
2991
2992 if (new_height > 0)
2993 it->face_id = face_with_height (it->f, it->face_id, new_height);
2994 }
2995 }
2996 else if (CONSP (prop)
2997 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace_width)
2998 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2999 {
3000 /* `(space_width WIDTH)'. */
3001 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
3002 return 0;
3003
3004 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
3005 if (NUMBERP (value) && XFLOATINT (value) > 0)
3006 it->space_width = value;
3007 }
3008 else if (CONSP (prop)
3009 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qraise)
3010 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
3011 {
3012 /* `(raise FACTOR)'. */
3013 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
3014 return 0;
3015
3016 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
3017 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
3018 if (NUMBERP (value))
3019 {
3020 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
3021 it->voffset = - (XFLOATINT (value)
3022 * (FONT_HEIGHT (face->font)));
3023 }
3024 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
3025 }
3026 else if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
3027 {
3028 /* `((margin left-margin) VALUE)' or `((margin right-margin)
3029 VALUE) or `((margin nil) VALUE)' or VALUE. */
3030 Lisp_Object location, value;
3031 struct text_pos start_pos;
3032 int valid_p;
3033
3034 /* Characters having this form of property are not displayed, so
3035 we have to find the end of the property. */
3036 start_pos = *position;
3037 *position = display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos);
3038 value = Qnil;
3039
3040 /* Let's stop at the new position and assume that all
3041 text properties change there. */
3042 it->stop_charpos = position->charpos;
3043
3044 location = Qunbound;
3045 if (CONSP (prop) && CONSP (XCAR (prop)))
3046 {
3047 Lisp_Object tem;
3048
3049 value = XCDR (prop);
3050 if (CONSP (value))
3051 value = XCAR (value);
3052
3053 tem = XCAR (prop);
3054 if (EQ (XCAR (tem), Qmargin)
3055 && (tem = XCDR (tem),
3056 tem = CONSP (tem) ? XCAR (tem) : Qnil,
3057 (NILP (tem)
3058 || EQ (tem, Qleft_margin)
3059 || EQ (tem, Qright_margin))))
3060 location = tem;
3061 }
3062
3063 if (EQ (location, Qunbound))
3064 {
3065 location = Qnil;
3066 value = prop;
3067 }
3068
3069 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
3070 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f))
3071 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
3072 else
3073 valid_p = (STRINGP (value)
3074 || (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
3075 || valid_image_p (value));
3076 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
3077 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
3078 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
3079
3080 if ((EQ (location, Qleft_margin)
3081 || EQ (location, Qright_margin)
3082 || NILP (location))
3083 && valid_p
3084 && !display_replaced_before_p)
3085 {
3086 replaces_text_display_p = 1;
3087
3088 /* Save current settings of IT so that we can restore them
3089 when we are finished with the glyph property value. */
3090 push_it (it);
3091
3092 if (NILP (location))
3093 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
3094 else if (EQ (location, Qleft_margin))
3095 it->area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
3096 else
3097 it->area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
3098
3099 if (STRINGP (value))
3100 {
3101 it->string = value;
3102 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3103 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3104 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
3105 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = SCHARS (it->string);
3106 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3107 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3108 it->string_from_display_prop_p = 1;
3109 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
3110 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
3111 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
3112 *position = start_pos;
3113 }
3114 else if (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
3115 {
3116 it->method = next_element_from_stretch;
3117 it->object = value;
3118 it->current.pos = it->position = start_pos;
3119 }
3120 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
3121 else
3122 {
3123 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
3124 it->image_id = lookup_image (it->f, value);
3125 it->position = start_pos;
3126 it->object = NILP (object) ? it->w->buffer : object;
3127 it->method = next_element_from_image;
3128
3129 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
3130 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
3131 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
3132 *position = start_pos;
3133 }
3134 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
3135 }
3136 else
3137 /* Invalid property or property not supported. Restore
3138 the position to what it was before. */
3139 *position = start_pos;
3140 }
3141
3142 return replaces_text_display_p;
3143 }
3144
3145
3146 /* Check if PROP is a display sub-property value whose text should be
3147 treated as intangible. */
3148
3149 static int
3150 single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
3151 Lisp_Object prop;
3152 {
3153 /* Skip over `when FORM'. */
3154 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
3155 {
3156 prop = XCDR (prop);
3157 if (!CONSP (prop))
3158 return 0;
3159 prop = XCDR (prop);
3160 }
3161
3162 if (STRINGP (prop))
3163 return 1;
3164
3165 if (!CONSP (prop))
3166 return 0;
3167
3168 /* Skip over `margin LOCATION'. If LOCATION is in the margins,
3169 we don't need to treat text as intangible. */
3170 if (EQ (XCAR (prop), Qmargin))
3171 {
3172 prop = XCDR (prop);
3173 if (!CONSP (prop))
3174 return 0;
3175
3176 prop = XCDR (prop);
3177 if (!CONSP (prop)
3178 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qleft_margin)
3179 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qright_margin))
3180 return 0;
3181 }
3182
3183 return CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qimage);
3184 }
3185
3186
3187 /* Check if PROP is a display property value whose text should be
3188 treated as intangible. */
3189
3190 int
3191 display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
3192 Lisp_Object prop;
3193 {
3194 if (CONSP (prop)
3195 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
3196 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
3197 {
3198 /* A list of sub-properties. */
3199 while (CONSP (prop))
3200 {
3201 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (XCAR (prop)))
3202 return 1;
3203 prop = XCDR (prop);
3204 }
3205 }
3206 else if (VECTORP (prop))
3207 {
3208 /* A vector of sub-properties. */
3209 int i;
3210 for (i = 0; i < ASIZE (prop); ++i)
3211 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (AREF (prop, i)))
3212 return 1;
3213 }
3214 else
3215 return single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop);
3216
3217 return 0;
3218 }
3219
3220
3221 /* Return 1 if PROP is a display sub-property value containing STRING. */
3222
3223 static int
3224 single_display_prop_string_p (prop, string)
3225 Lisp_Object prop, string;
3226 {
3227 if (EQ (string, prop))
3228 return 1;
3229
3230 /* Skip over `when FORM'. */
3231 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
3232 {
3233 prop = XCDR (prop);
3234 if (!CONSP (prop))
3235 return 0;
3236 prop = XCDR (prop);
3237 }
3238
3239 if (CONSP (prop))
3240 /* Skip over `margin LOCATION'. */
3241 if (EQ (XCAR (prop), Qmargin))
3242 {
3243 prop = XCDR (prop);
3244 if (!CONSP (prop))
3245 return 0;
3246
3247 prop = XCDR (prop);
3248 if (!CONSP (prop))
3249 return 0;
3250 }
3251
3252 return CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), string);
3253 }
3254
3255
3256 /* Return 1 if STRING appears in the `display' property PROP. */
3257
3258 static int
3259 display_prop_string_p (prop, string)
3260 Lisp_Object prop, string;
3261 {
3262 if (CONSP (prop)
3263 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
3264 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
3265 {
3266 /* A list of sub-properties. */
3267 while (CONSP (prop))
3268 {
3269 if (single_display_prop_string_p (XCAR (prop), string))
3270 return 1;
3271 prop = XCDR (prop);
3272 }
3273 }
3274 else if (VECTORP (prop))
3275 {
3276 /* A vector of sub-properties. */
3277 int i;
3278 for (i = 0; i < ASIZE (prop); ++i)
3279 if (single_display_prop_string_p (AREF (prop, i), string))
3280 return 1;
3281 }
3282 else
3283 return single_display_prop_string_p (prop, string);
3284
3285 return 0;
3286 }
3287
3288
3289 /* Determine from which buffer position in W's buffer STRING comes
3290 from. AROUND_CHARPOS is an approximate position where it could
3291 be from. Value is the buffer position or 0 if it couldn't be
3292 determined.
3293
3294 W's buffer must be current.
3295
3296 This function is necessary because we don't record buffer positions
3297 in glyphs generated from strings (to keep struct glyph small).
3298 This function may only use code that doesn't eval because it is
3299 called asynchronously from note_mouse_highlight. */
3300
3301 int
3302 string_buffer_position (w, string, around_charpos)
3303 struct window *w;
3304 Lisp_Object string;
3305 int around_charpos;
3306 {
3307 Lisp_Object limit, prop, pos;
3308 const int MAX_DISTANCE = 1000;
3309 int found = 0;
3310
3311 pos = make_number (around_charpos);
3312 limit = make_number (min (XINT (pos) + MAX_DISTANCE, ZV));
3313 while (!found && !EQ (pos, limit))
3314 {
3315 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qdisplay, Qnil);
3316 if (!NILP (prop) && display_prop_string_p (prop, string))
3317 found = 1;
3318 else
3319 pos = Fnext_single_char_property_change (pos, Qdisplay, Qnil, limit);
3320 }
3321
3322 if (!found)
3323 {
3324 pos = make_number (around_charpos);
3325 limit = make_number (max (XINT (pos) - MAX_DISTANCE, BEGV));
3326 while (!found && !EQ (pos, limit))
3327 {
3328 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qdisplay, Qnil);
3329 if (!NILP (prop) && display_prop_string_p (prop, string))
3330 found = 1;
3331 else
3332 pos = Fprevious_single_char_property_change (pos, Qdisplay, Qnil,
3333 limit);
3334 }
3335 }
3336
3337 return found ? XINT (pos) : 0;
3338 }
3339
3340
3341 \f
3342 /***********************************************************************
3343 `composition' property
3344 ***********************************************************************/
3345
3346 /* Set up iterator IT from `composition' property at its current
3347 position. Called from handle_stop. */
3348
3349 static enum prop_handled
3350 handle_composition_prop (it)
3351 struct it *it;
3352 {
3353 Lisp_Object prop, string;
3354 int pos, pos_byte, end;
3355 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
3356
3357 if (STRINGP (it->string))
3358 {
3359 pos = IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
3360 pos_byte = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
3361 string = it->string;
3362 }
3363 else
3364 {
3365 pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3366 pos_byte = IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
3367 string = Qnil;
3368 }
3369
3370 /* If there's a valid composition and point is not inside of the
3371 composition (in the case that the composition is from the current
3372 buffer), draw a glyph composed from the composition components. */
3373 if (find_composition (pos, -1, &pos, &end, &prop, string)
3374 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (pos, end, prop)
3375 && (STRINGP (it->string) || (PT <= pos || PT >= end)))
3376 {
3377 int id = get_composition_id (pos, pos_byte, end - pos, prop, string);
3378
3379 if (id >= 0)
3380 {
3381 it->method = next_element_from_composition;
3382 it->cmp_id = id;
3383 it->cmp_len = COMPOSITION_LENGTH (prop);
3384 /* For a terminal, draw only the first character of the
3385 components. */
3386 it->c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (composition_table[id], 0);
3387 it->len = (STRINGP (it->string)
3388 ? string_char_to_byte (it->string, end)
3389 : CHAR_TO_BYTE (end)) - pos_byte;
3390 it->stop_charpos = end;
3391 handled = HANDLED_RETURN;
3392 }
3393 }
3394
3395 return handled;
3396 }
3397
3398
3399 \f
3400 /***********************************************************************
3401 Overlay strings
3402 ***********************************************************************/
3403
3404 /* The following structure is used to record overlay strings for
3405 later sorting in load_overlay_strings. */
3406
3407 struct overlay_entry
3408 {
3409 Lisp_Object overlay;
3410 Lisp_Object string;
3411 int priority;
3412 int after_string_p;
3413 };
3414
3415
3416 /* Set up iterator IT from overlay strings at its current position.
3417 Called from handle_stop. */
3418
3419 static enum prop_handled
3420 handle_overlay_change (it)
3421 struct it *it;
3422 {
3423 if (!STRINGP (it->string) && get_overlay_strings (it, 0))
3424 return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
3425 else
3426 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
3427 }
3428
3429
3430 /* Set up the next overlay string for delivery by IT, if there is an
3431 overlay string to deliver. Called by set_iterator_to_next when the
3432 end of the current overlay string is reached. If there are more
3433 overlay strings to display, IT->string and
3434 IT->current.overlay_string_index are set appropriately here.
3435 Otherwise IT->string is set to nil. */
3436
3437 static void
3438 next_overlay_string (it)
3439 struct it *it;
3440 {
3441 ++it->current.overlay_string_index;
3442 if (it->current.overlay_string_index == it->n_overlay_strings)
3443 {
3444 /* No more overlay strings. Restore IT's settings to what
3445 they were before overlay strings were processed, and
3446 continue to deliver from current_buffer. */
3447 int display_ellipsis_p = it->stack[it->sp - 1].display_ellipsis_p;
3448
3449 pop_it (it);
3450 xassert (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
3451 && it->stop_charpos <= it->end_charpos);
3452 it->string = Qnil;
3453 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3454 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, -1, -1);
3455 it->n_overlay_strings = 0;
3456 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3457
3458 /* If we're at the end of the buffer, record that we have
3459 processed the overlay strings there already, so that
3460 next_element_from_buffer doesn't try it again. */
3461 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3462 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
3463
3464 /* If we have to display `...' for invisible text, set
3465 the iterator up for that. */
3466 if (display_ellipsis_p)
3467 setup_for_ellipsis (it);
3468 }
3469 else
3470 {
3471 /* There are more overlay strings to process. If
3472 IT->current.overlay_string_index has advanced to a position
3473 where we must load IT->overlay_strings with more strings, do
3474 it. */
3475 int i = it->current.overlay_string_index % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
3476
3477 if (it->current.overlay_string_index && i == 0)
3478 load_overlay_strings (it, 0);
3479
3480 /* Initialize IT to deliver display elements from the overlay
3481 string. */
3482 it->string = it->overlay_strings[i];
3483 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3484 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, 0, 0);
3485 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3486 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3487 }
3488
3489 CHECK_IT (it);
3490 }
3491
3492
3493 /* Compare two overlay_entry structures E1 and E2. Used as a
3494 comparison function for qsort in load_overlay_strings. Overlay
3495 strings for the same position are sorted so that
3496
3497 1. All after-strings come in front of before-strings, except
3498 when they come from the same overlay.
3499
3500 2. Within after-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay strings
3501 from overlays with higher priorities come first.
3502
3503 2. Within before-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay
3504 strings from overlays with higher priorities come last.
3505
3506 Value is analogous to strcmp. */
3507
3508
3509 static int
3510 compare_overlay_entries (e1, e2)
3511 void *e1, *e2;
3512 {
3513 struct overlay_entry *entry1 = (struct overlay_entry *) e1;
3514 struct overlay_entry *entry2 = (struct overlay_entry *) e2;
3515 int result;
3516
3517 if (entry1->after_string_p != entry2->after_string_p)
3518 {
3519 /* Let after-strings appear in front of before-strings if
3520 they come from different overlays. */
3521 if (EQ (entry1->overlay, entry2->overlay))
3522 result = entry1->after_string_p ? 1 : -1;
3523 else
3524 result = entry1->after_string_p ? -1 : 1;
3525 }
3526 else if (entry1->after_string_p)
3527 /* After-strings sorted in order of decreasing priority. */
3528 result = entry2->priority - entry1->priority;
3529 else
3530 /* Before-strings sorted in order of increasing priority. */
3531 result = entry1->priority - entry2->priority;
3532
3533 return result;
3534 }
3535
3536
3537 /* Load the vector IT->overlay_strings with overlay strings from IT's
3538 current buffer position, or from CHARPOS if that is > 0. Set
3539 IT->n_overlays to the total number of overlay strings found.
3540
3541 Overlay strings are processed OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE strings at
3542 a time. On entry into load_overlay_strings,
3543 IT->current.overlay_string_index gives the number of overlay
3544 strings that have already been loaded by previous calls to this
3545 function.
3546
3547 IT->add_overlay_start contains an additional overlay start
3548 position to consider for taking overlay strings from, if non-zero.
3549 This position comes into play when the overlay has an `invisible'
3550 property, and both before and after-strings. When we've skipped to
3551 the end of the overlay, because of its `invisible' property, we
3552 nevertheless want its before-string to appear.
3553 IT->add_overlay_start will contain the overlay start position
3554 in this case.
3555
3556 Overlay strings are sorted so that after-string strings come in
3557 front of before-string strings. Within before and after-strings,
3558 strings are sorted by overlay priority. See also function
3559 compare_overlay_entries. */
3560
3561 static void
3562 load_overlay_strings (it, charpos)
3563 struct it *it;
3564 int charpos;
3565 {
3566 extern Lisp_Object Qafter_string, Qbefore_string, Qwindow, Qpriority;
3567 Lisp_Object ov, overlay, window, str, invisible;
3568 int start, end;
3569 int size = 20;
3570 int n = 0, i, j, invis_p;
3571 struct overlay_entry *entries
3572 = (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (size * sizeof *entries);
3573
3574 if (charpos <= 0)
3575 charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3576
3577 /* Append the overlay string STRING of overlay OVERLAY to vector
3578 `entries' which has size `size' and currently contains `n'
3579 elements. AFTER_P non-zero means STRING is an after-string of
3580 OVERLAY. */
3581 #define RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING(OVERLAY, STRING, AFTER_P) \
3582 do \
3583 { \
3584 Lisp_Object priority; \
3585 \
3586 if (n == size) \
3587 { \
3588 int new_size = 2 * size; \
3589 struct overlay_entry *old = entries; \
3590 entries = \
3591 (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (new_size \
3592 * sizeof *entries); \
3593 bcopy (old, entries, size * sizeof *entries); \
3594 size = new_size; \
3595 } \
3596 \
3597 entries[n].string = (STRING); \
3598 entries[n].overlay = (OVERLAY); \
3599 priority = Foverlay_get ((OVERLAY), Qpriority); \
3600 entries[n].priority = INTEGERP (priority) ? XINT (priority) : 0; \
3601 entries[n].after_string_p = (AFTER_P); \
3602 ++n; \
3603 } \
3604 while (0)
3605
3606 /* Process overlay before the overlay center. */
3607 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_before; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3608 {
3609 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3610 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3611 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3612 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3613
3614 if (end < charpos)
3615 break;
3616
3617 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3618 position. */
3619 if (end != charpos && start != charpos)
3620 continue;
3621
3622 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3623 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3624 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3625 continue;
3626
3627 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, both before-
3628 and after-strings from this overlay are visible; start and
3629 end position are indistinguishable. */
3630 invisible = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qinvisible);
3631 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible);
3632
3633 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3634 if ((start == charpos || (end == charpos && invis_p))
3635 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3636 && SCHARS (str))
3637 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3638
3639 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3640 if ((end == charpos || (start == charpos && invis_p))
3641 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3642 && SCHARS (str))
3643 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3644 }
3645
3646 /* Process overlays after the overlay center. */
3647 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_after; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3648 {
3649 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3650 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3651 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3652 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3653
3654 if (start > charpos)
3655 break;
3656
3657 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3658 position. */
3659 if (end != charpos && start != charpos)
3660 continue;
3661
3662 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3663 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3664 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3665 continue;
3666
3667 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, it has a zero
3668 dimension, and both before- and after-strings apply. */
3669 invisible = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qinvisible);
3670 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible);
3671
3672 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3673 if ((start == charpos || (end == charpos && invis_p))
3674 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3675 && SCHARS (str))
3676 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3677
3678 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3679 if ((end == charpos || (start == charpos && invis_p))
3680 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3681 && SCHARS (str))
3682 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3683 }
3684
3685 #undef RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING
3686
3687 /* Sort entries. */
3688 if (n > 1)
3689 qsort (entries, n, sizeof *entries, compare_overlay_entries);
3690
3691 /* Record the total number of strings to process. */
3692 it->n_overlay_strings = n;
3693
3694 /* IT->current.overlay_string_index is the number of overlay strings
3695 that have already been consumed by IT. Copy some of the
3696 remaining overlay strings to IT->overlay_strings. */
3697 i = 0;
3698 j = it->current.overlay_string_index;
3699 while (i < OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE && j < n)
3700 it->overlay_strings[i++] = entries[j++].string;
3701
3702 CHECK_IT (it);
3703 }
3704
3705
3706 /* Get the first chunk of overlay strings at IT's current buffer
3707 position, or at CHARPOS if that is > 0. Value is non-zero if at
3708 least one overlay string was found. */
3709
3710 static int
3711 get_overlay_strings (it, charpos)
3712 struct it *it;
3713 int charpos;
3714 {
3715 /* Get the first OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE overlay strings to
3716 process. This fills IT->overlay_strings with strings, and sets
3717 IT->n_overlay_strings to the total number of strings to process.
3718 IT->pos.overlay_string_index has to be set temporarily to zero
3719 because load_overlay_strings needs this; it must be set to -1
3720 when no overlay strings are found because a zero value would
3721 indicate a position in the first overlay string. */
3722 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
3723 load_overlay_strings (it, charpos);
3724
3725 /* If we found overlay strings, set up IT to deliver display
3726 elements from the first one. Otherwise set up IT to deliver
3727 from current_buffer. */
3728 if (it->n_overlay_strings)
3729 {
3730 /* Make sure we know settings in current_buffer, so that we can
3731 restore meaningful values when we're done with the overlay
3732 strings. */
3733 compute_stop_pos (it);
3734 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3735
3736 /* Save IT's settings. They are restored after all overlay
3737 strings have been processed. */
3738 xassert (it->sp == 0);
3739 push_it (it);
3740
3741 /* Set up IT to deliver display elements from the first overlay
3742 string. */
3743 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
3744 it->string = it->overlay_strings[0];
3745 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3746 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
3747 it->end_charpos = SCHARS (it->string);
3748 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3749 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3750 }
3751 else
3752 {
3753 it->string = Qnil;
3754 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3755 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3756 }
3757
3758 CHECK_IT (it);
3759
3760 /* Value is non-zero if we found at least one overlay string. */
3761 return STRINGP (it->string);
3762 }
3763
3764
3765 \f
3766 /***********************************************************************
3767 Saving and restoring state
3768 ***********************************************************************/
3769
3770 /* Save current settings of IT on IT->stack. Called, for example,
3771 before setting up IT for an overlay string, to be able to restore
3772 IT's settings to what they were after the overlay string has been
3773 processed. */
3774
3775 static void
3776 push_it (it)
3777 struct it *it;
3778 {
3779 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3780
3781 xassert (it->sp < 2);
3782 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3783
3784 p->stop_charpos = it->stop_charpos;
3785 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3786 p->face_id = it->face_id;
3787 p->string = it->string;
3788 p->pos = it->current;
3789 p->end_charpos = it->end_charpos;
3790 p->string_nchars = it->string_nchars;
3791 p->area = it->area;
3792 p->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
3793 p->space_width = it->space_width;
3794 p->font_height = it->font_height;
3795 p->voffset = it->voffset;
3796 p->string_from_display_prop_p = it->string_from_display_prop_p;
3797 p->display_ellipsis_p = 0;
3798 ++it->sp;
3799 }
3800
3801
3802 /* Restore IT's settings from IT->stack. Called, for example, when no
3803 more overlay strings must be processed, and we return to delivering
3804 display elements from a buffer, or when the end of a string from a
3805 `display' property is reached and we return to delivering display
3806 elements from an overlay string, or from a buffer. */
3807
3808 static void
3809 pop_it (it)
3810 struct it *it;
3811 {
3812 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3813
3814 xassert (it->sp > 0);
3815 --it->sp;
3816 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3817 it->stop_charpos = p->stop_charpos;
3818 it->face_id = p->face_id;
3819 it->string = p->string;
3820 it->current = p->pos;
3821 it->end_charpos = p->end_charpos;
3822 it->string_nchars = p->string_nchars;
3823 it->area = p->area;
3824 it->multibyte_p = p->multibyte_p;
3825 it->space_width = p->space_width;
3826 it->font_height = p->font_height;
3827 it->voffset = p->voffset;
3828 it->string_from_display_prop_p = p->string_from_display_prop_p;
3829 }
3830
3831
3832 \f
3833 /***********************************************************************
3834 Moving over lines
3835 ***********************************************************************/
3836
3837 /* Set IT's current position to the previous line start. */
3838
3839 static void
3840 back_to_previous_line_start (it)
3841 struct it *it;
3842 {
3843 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, -1);
3844 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
3845 }
3846
3847
3848 /* Move IT to the next line start.
3849
3850 Value is non-zero if a newline was found. Set *SKIPPED_P to 1 if
3851 we skipped over part of the text (as opposed to moving the iterator
3852 continuously over the text). Otherwise, don't change the value
3853 of *SKIPPED_P.
3854
3855 Newlines may come from buffer text, overlay strings, or strings
3856 displayed via the `display' property. That's the reason we can't
3857 simply use find_next_newline_no_quit.
3858
3859 Note that this function may not skip over invisible text that is so
3860 because of text properties and immediately follows a newline. If
3861 it would, function reseat_at_next_visible_line_start, when called
3862 from set_iterator_to_next, would effectively make invisible
3863 characters following a newline part of the wrong glyph row, which
3864 leads to wrong cursor motion. */
3865
3866 static int
3867 forward_to_next_line_start (it, skipped_p)
3868 struct it *it;
3869 int *skipped_p;
3870 {
3871 int old_selective, newline_found_p, n;
3872 const int MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE = 500;
3873
3874 /* If already on a newline, just consume it to avoid unintended
3875 skipping over invisible text below. */
3876 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER
3877 && it->c == '\n'
3878 && CHARPOS (it->position) == IT_CHARPOS (*it))
3879 {
3880 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3881 it->c = 0;
3882 return 1;
3883 }
3884
3885 /* Don't handle selective display in the following. It's (a)
3886 unnecessary because it's done by the caller, and (b) leads to an
3887 infinite recursion because next_element_from_ellipsis indirectly
3888 calls this function. */
3889 old_selective = it->selective;
3890 it->selective = 0;
3891
3892 /* Scan for a newline within MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE display elements
3893 from buffer text. */
3894 for (n = newline_found_p = 0;
3895 !newline_found_p && n < MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE;
3896 n += STRINGP (it->string) ? 0 : 1)
3897 {
3898 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
3899 return 0;
3900 newline_found_p = it->what == IT_CHARACTER && it->c == '\n';
3901 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3902 }
3903
3904 /* If we didn't find a newline near enough, see if we can use a
3905 short-cut. */
3906 if (!newline_found_p)
3907 {
3908 int start = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3909 int limit = find_next_newline_no_quit (start, 1);
3910 Lisp_Object pos;
3911
3912 xassert (!STRINGP (it->string));
3913
3914 /* If there isn't any `display' property in sight, and no
3915 overlays, we can just use the position of the newline in
3916 buffer text. */
3917 if (it->stop_charpos >= limit
3918 || ((pos = Fnext_single_property_change (make_number (start),
3919 Qdisplay,
3920 Qnil, make_number (limit)),
3921 NILP (pos))
3922 && next_overlay_change (start) == ZV))
3923 {
3924 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = limit;
3925 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
3926 *skipped_p = newline_found_p = 1;
3927 }
3928 else
3929 {
3930 while (get_next_display_element (it)
3931 && !newline_found_p)
3932 {
3933 newline_found_p = ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it);
3934 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3935 }
3936 }
3937 }
3938
3939 it->selective = old_selective;
3940 return newline_found_p;
3941 }
3942
3943
3944 /* Set IT's current position to the previous visible line start. Skip
3945 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3946 selective display. Caution: this does not change IT->current_x and
3947 IT->hpos. */
3948
3949 static void
3950 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3951 struct it *it;
3952 {
3953 int visible_p = 0;
3954
3955 /* Go back one newline if not on BEGV already. */
3956 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3957 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3958
3959 /* Move over lines that are invisible because of selective display
3960 or text properties. */
3961 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV
3962 && !visible_p)
3963 {
3964 visible_p = 1;
3965
3966 /* If selective > 0, then lines indented more than that values
3967 are invisible. */
3968 if (it->selective > 0
3969 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3970 (double) it->selective)) /* iftc */
3971 visible_p = 0;
3972 else
3973 {
3974 Lisp_Object prop;
3975
3976 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
3977 Qinvisible, it->window);
3978 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
3979 visible_p = 0;
3980 }
3981
3982 /* Back one more newline if the current one is invisible. */
3983 if (!visible_p)
3984 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3985 }
3986
3987 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
3988 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEGV
3989 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3990 CHECK_IT (it);
3991 }
3992
3993
3994 /* Reseat iterator IT at the previous visible line start. Skip
3995 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3996 selective display. At the end, update IT's overlay information,
3997 face information etc. */
3998
3999 static void
4000 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it)
4001 struct it *it;
4002 {
4003 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
4004 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
4005 CHECK_IT (it);
4006 }
4007
4008
4009 /* Reseat iterator IT on the next visible line start in the current
4010 buffer. ON_NEWLINE_P non-zero means position IT on the newline
4011 preceding the line start. Skip over invisible text that is so
4012 because of selective display. Compute faces, overlays etc at the
4013 new position. Note that this function does not skip over text that
4014 is invisible because of text properties. */
4015
4016 static void
4017 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, on_newline_p)
4018 struct it *it;
4019 int on_newline_p;
4020 {
4021 int newline_found_p, skipped_p = 0;
4022
4023 newline_found_p = forward_to_next_line_start (it, &skipped_p);
4024
4025 /* Skip over lines that are invisible because they are indented
4026 more than the value of IT->selective. */
4027 if (it->selective > 0)
4028 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV
4029 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
4030 (double) it->selective)) /* iftc */
4031 {
4032 xassert (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
4033 newline_found_p = forward_to_next_line_start (it, &skipped_p);
4034 }
4035
4036 /* Position on the newline if that's what's requested. */
4037 if (on_newline_p && newline_found_p)
4038 {
4039 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4040 {
4041 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
4042 {
4043 --IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
4044 --IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
4045 }
4046 }
4047 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
4048 {
4049 --IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4050 --IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
4051 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
4052 }
4053 }
4054 else if (skipped_p)
4055 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
4056
4057 CHECK_IT (it);
4058 }
4059
4060
4061 \f
4062 /***********************************************************************
4063 Changing an iterator's position
4064 ***********************************************************************/
4065
4066 /* Change IT's current position to POS in current_buffer. If FORCE_P
4067 is non-zero, always check for text properties at the new position.
4068 Otherwise, text properties are only looked up if POS >=
4069 IT->check_charpos of a property. */
4070
4071 static void
4072 reseat (it, pos, force_p)
4073 struct it *it;
4074 struct text_pos pos;
4075 int force_p;
4076 {
4077 int original_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4078
4079 reseat_1 (it, pos, 0);
4080
4081 /* Determine where to check text properties. Avoid doing it
4082 where possible because text property lookup is very expensive. */
4083 if (force_p
4084 || CHARPOS (pos) > it->stop_charpos
4085 || CHARPOS (pos) < original_pos)
4086 handle_stop (it);
4087
4088 CHECK_IT (it);
4089 }
4090
4091
4092 /* Change IT's buffer position to POS. SET_STOP_P non-zero means set
4093 IT->stop_pos to POS, also. */
4094
4095 static void
4096 reseat_1 (it, pos, set_stop_p)
4097 struct it *it;
4098 struct text_pos pos;
4099 int set_stop_p;
4100 {
4101 /* Don't call this function when scanning a C string. */
4102 xassert (it->s == NULL);
4103
4104 /* POS must be a reasonable value. */
4105 xassert (CHARPOS (pos) >= BEGV && CHARPOS (pos) <= ZV);
4106
4107 it->current.pos = it->position = pos;
4108 XSETBUFFER (it->object, current_buffer);
4109 it->end_charpos = ZV;
4110 it->dpvec = NULL;
4111 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
4112 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
4113 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = -1;
4114 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
4115 it->string = Qnil;
4116 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4117 it->multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
4118 it->sp = 0;
4119 it->face_before_selective_p = 0;
4120
4121 if (set_stop_p)
4122 it->stop_charpos = CHARPOS (pos);
4123 }
4124
4125
4126 /* Set up IT for displaying a string, starting at CHARPOS in window W.
4127 If S is non-null, it is a C string to iterate over. Otherwise,
4128 STRING gives a Lisp string to iterate over.
4129
4130 If PRECISION > 0, don't return more then PRECISION number of
4131 characters from the string.
4132
4133 If FIELD_WIDTH > 0, return padding spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
4134 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means an infinite
4135 field width.
4136
4137 MULTIBYTE = 0 means disable processing of multibyte characters,
4138 MULTIBYTE > 0 means enable it,
4139 MULTIBYTE < 0 means use IT->multibyte_p.
4140
4141 IT must be initialized via a prior call to init_iterator before
4142 calling this function. */
4143
4144 static void
4145 reseat_to_string (it, s, string, charpos, precision, field_width, multibyte)
4146 struct it *it;
4147 unsigned char *s;
4148 Lisp_Object string;
4149 int charpos;
4150 int precision, field_width, multibyte;
4151 {
4152 /* No region in strings. */
4153 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
4154
4155 /* No text property checks performed by default, but see below. */
4156 it->stop_charpos = -1;
4157
4158 /* Set iterator position and end position. */
4159 bzero (&it->current, sizeof it->current);
4160 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
4161 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
4162 xassert (charpos >= 0);
4163
4164 /* If STRING is specified, use its multibyteness, otherwise use the
4165 setting of MULTIBYTE, if specified. */
4166 if (multibyte >= 0)
4167 it->multibyte_p = multibyte > 0;
4168
4169 if (s == NULL)
4170 {
4171 xassert (STRINGP (string));
4172 it->string = string;
4173 it->s = NULL;
4174 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = SCHARS (string);
4175 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4176 it->current.string_pos = string_pos (charpos, string);
4177 }
4178 else
4179 {
4180 it->s = s;
4181 it->string = Qnil;
4182
4183 /* Note that we use IT->current.pos, not it->current.string_pos,
4184 for displaying C strings. */
4185 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
4186 if (it->multibyte_p)
4187 {
4188 it->current.pos = c_string_pos (charpos, s, 1);
4189 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = number_of_chars (s, 1);
4190 }
4191 else
4192 {
4193 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = charpos;
4194 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = strlen (s);
4195 }
4196
4197 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
4198 }
4199
4200 /* PRECISION > 0 means don't return more than PRECISION characters
4201 from the string. */
4202 if (precision > 0 && it->end_charpos - charpos > precision)
4203 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = charpos + precision;
4204
4205 /* FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
4206 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH == 0 means don't pad,
4207 FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means infinite field width. This is useful for
4208 padding with `-' at the end of a mode line. */
4209 if (field_width < 0)
4210 field_width = INFINITY;
4211 if (field_width > it->end_charpos - charpos)
4212 it->end_charpos = charpos + field_width;
4213
4214 /* Use the standard display table for displaying strings. */
4215 if (DISP_TABLE_P (Vstandard_display_table))
4216 it->dp = XCHAR_TABLE (Vstandard_display_table);
4217
4218 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
4219 CHECK_IT (it);
4220 }
4221
4222
4223 \f
4224 /***********************************************************************
4225 Iteration
4226 ***********************************************************************/
4227
4228 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
4229 display element from the current position of IT. Value is zero if
4230 end of buffer (or C string) is reached. */
4231
4232 int
4233 get_next_display_element (it)
4234 struct it *it;
4235 {
4236 /* Non-zero means that we found a display element. Zero means that
4237 we hit the end of what we iterate over. Performance note: the
4238 function pointer `method' used here turns out to be faster than
4239 using a sequence of if-statements. */
4240 int success_p = (*it->method) (it);
4241
4242 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
4243 {
4244 /* Map via display table or translate control characters.
4245 IT->c, IT->len etc. have been set to the next character by
4246 the function call above. If we have a display table, and it
4247 contains an entry for IT->c, translate it. Don't do this if
4248 IT->c itself comes from a display table, otherwise we could
4249 end up in an infinite recursion. (An alternative could be to
4250 count the recursion depth of this function and signal an
4251 error when a certain maximum depth is reached.) Is it worth
4252 it? */
4253 if (success_p && it->dpvec == NULL)
4254 {
4255 Lisp_Object dv;
4256
4257 if (it->dp
4258 && (dv = DISP_CHAR_VECTOR (it->dp, it->c),
4259 VECTORP (dv)))
4260 {
4261 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (dv);
4262
4263 /* Return the first character from the display table
4264 entry, if not empty. If empty, don't display the
4265 current character. */
4266 if (v->size)
4267 {
4268 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4269 it->dpvec = v->contents;
4270 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
4271 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4272 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4273 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
4274 }
4275 else
4276 {
4277 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
4278 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
4279 }
4280 }
4281
4282 /* Translate control characters into `\003' or `^C' form.
4283 Control characters coming from a display table entry are
4284 currently not translated because we use IT->dpvec to hold
4285 the translation. This could easily be changed but I
4286 don't believe that it is worth doing.
4287
4288 If it->multibyte_p is nonzero, eight-bit characters and
4289 non-printable multibyte characters are also translated to
4290 octal form.
4291
4292 If it->multibyte_p is zero, eight-bit characters that
4293 don't have corresponding multibyte char code are also
4294 translated to octal form. */
4295 else if ((it->c < ' '
4296 && (it->area != TEXT_AREA
4297 || (it->c != '\n' && it->c != '\t')))
4298 || (it->multibyte_p
4299 ? ((it->c >= 127
4300 && it->len == 1)
4301 || !CHAR_PRINTABLE_P (it->c))
4302 : (it->c >= 127
4303 && it->c == unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it->c))))
4304 {
4305 /* IT->c is a control character which must be displayed
4306 either as '\003' or as `^C' where the '\\' and '^'
4307 can be defined in the display table. Fill
4308 IT->ctl_chars with glyphs for what we have to
4309 display. Then, set IT->dpvec to these glyphs. */
4310 GLYPH g;
4311
4312 if (it->c < 128 && it->ctl_arrow_p)
4313 {
4314 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `^'. */
4315 if (it->dp
4316 && INTEGERP (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))
4317 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))))
4318 g = XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp));
4319 else
4320 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('^', 0);
4321 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[0], g);
4322
4323 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (it->c ^ 0100, 0);
4324 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[1], g);
4325
4326 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return first character from it. */
4327 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4328 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
4329 it->dpend = it->dpvec + 2;
4330 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4331 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4332 get_next_display_element (it);
4333 }
4334 else
4335 {
4336 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
4337 int len;
4338 int i;
4339 GLYPH escape_glyph;
4340
4341 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `\\'. */
4342 if (it->dp
4343 && INTEGERP (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))
4344 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))))
4345 escape_glyph = XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp));
4346 else
4347 escape_glyph = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('\\', 0);
4348
4349 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
4350 str[0] = it->c, len = 1;
4351 else
4352 {
4353 len = CHAR_STRING_NO_SIGNAL (it->c, str);
4354 if (len < 0)
4355 {
4356 /* It's an invalid character, which
4357 shouldn't happen actually, but due to
4358 bugs it may happen. Let's print the char
4359 as is, there's not much meaningful we can
4360 do with it. */
4361 str[0] = it->c;
4362 str[1] = it->c >> 8;
4363 str[2] = it->c >> 16;
4364 str[3] = it->c >> 24;
4365 len = 4;
4366 }
4367 }
4368
4369 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
4370 {
4371 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4], escape_glyph);
4372 /* Insert three more glyphs into IT->ctl_chars for
4373 the octal display of the character. */
4374 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 6) & 7) + '0', 0);
4375 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 1], g);
4376 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 3) & 7) + '0', 0);
4377 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 2], g);
4378 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ((str[i] & 7) + '0', 0);
4379 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 3], g);
4380 }
4381
4382 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return the first character
4383 from it. */
4384 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4385 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
4386 it->dpend = it->dpvec + len * 4;
4387 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4388 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4389 get_next_display_element (it);
4390 }
4391 }
4392 }
4393
4394 /* Adjust face id for a multibyte character. There are no
4395 multibyte character in unibyte text. */
4396 if (it->multibyte_p
4397 && success_p
4398 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
4399 {
4400 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
4401 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->c);
4402 }
4403 }
4404
4405 /* Is this character the last one of a run of characters with
4406 box? If yes, set IT->end_of_box_run_p to 1. */
4407 if (it->face_box_p
4408 && it->s == NULL)
4409 {
4410 int face_id;
4411 struct face *face;
4412
4413 it->end_of_box_run_p
4414 = ((face_id = face_after_it_pos (it),
4415 face_id != it->face_id)
4416 && (face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id),
4417 face->box == FACE_NO_BOX));
4418 }
4419
4420 /* Value is 0 if end of buffer or string reached. */
4421 return success_p;
4422 }
4423
4424
4425 /* Move IT to the next display element.
4426
4427 RESEAT_P non-zero means if called on a newline in buffer text,
4428 skip to the next visible line start.
4429
4430 Functions get_next_display_element and set_iterator_to_next are
4431 separate because I find this arrangement easier to handle than a
4432 get_next_display_element function that also increments IT's
4433 position. The way it is we can first look at an iterator's current
4434 display element, decide whether it fits on a line, and if it does,
4435 increment the iterator position. The other way around we probably
4436 would either need a flag indicating whether the iterator has to be
4437 incremented the next time, or we would have to implement a
4438 decrement position function which would not be easy to write. */
4439
4440 void
4441 set_iterator_to_next (it, reseat_p)
4442 struct it *it;
4443 int reseat_p;
4444 {
4445 /* Reset flags indicating start and end of a sequence of characters
4446 with box. Reset them at the start of this function because
4447 moving the iterator to a new position might set them. */
4448 it->start_of_box_run_p = it->end_of_box_run_p = 0;
4449
4450 if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
4451 {
4452 /* The current display element of IT is a character from
4453 current_buffer. Advance in the buffer, and maybe skip over
4454 invisible lines that are so because of selective display. */
4455 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it) && reseat_p)
4456 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4457 else
4458 {
4459 xassert (it->len != 0);
4460 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4461 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4462 xassert (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) == CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4463 }
4464 }
4465 else if (it->method == next_element_from_composition)
4466 {
4467 xassert (it->cmp_id >= 0 && it ->cmp_id < n_compositions);
4468 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4469 {
4470 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4471 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
4472 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4473 goto consider_string_end;
4474 }
4475 else
4476 {
4477 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4478 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
4479 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4480 }
4481 }
4482 else if (it->method == next_element_from_c_string)
4483 {
4484 /* Current display element of IT is from a C string. */
4485 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4486 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4487 }
4488 else if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
4489 {
4490 /* Current display element of IT is from a display table entry.
4491 Advance in the display table definition. Reset it to null if
4492 end reached, and continue with characters from buffers/
4493 strings. */
4494 ++it->current.dpvec_index;
4495
4496 /* Restore face of the iterator to what they were before the
4497 display vector entry (these entries may contain faces). */
4498 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
4499
4500 if (it->dpvec + it->current.dpvec_index == it->dpend)
4501 {
4502 if (it->s)
4503 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
4504 else if (STRINGP (it->string))
4505 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4506 else
4507 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4508
4509 it->dpvec = NULL;
4510 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
4511
4512 /* Skip over characters which were displayed via IT->dpvec. */
4513 if (it->dpvec_char_len < 0)
4514 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4515 else if (it->dpvec_char_len > 0)
4516 {
4517 it->len = it->dpvec_char_len;
4518 set_iterator_to_next (it, reseat_p);
4519 }
4520 }
4521 }
4522 else if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
4523 {
4524 /* Current display element is a character from a Lisp string. */
4525 xassert (it->s == NULL && STRINGP (it->string));
4526 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4527 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4528
4529 consider_string_end:
4530
4531 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
4532 {
4533 /* IT->string is an overlay string. Advance to the
4534 next, if there is one. */
4535 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= SCHARS (it->string))
4536 next_overlay_string (it);
4537 }
4538 else
4539 {
4540 /* IT->string is not an overlay string. If we reached
4541 its end, and there is something on IT->stack, proceed
4542 with what is on the stack. This can be either another
4543 string, this time an overlay string, or a buffer. */
4544 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == SCHARS (it->string)
4545 && it->sp > 0)
4546 {
4547 pop_it (it);
4548 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
4549 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4550 else
4551 goto consider_string_end;
4552 }
4553 }
4554 }
4555 else if (it->method == next_element_from_image
4556 || it->method == next_element_from_stretch)
4557 {
4558 /* The position etc with which we have to proceed are on
4559 the stack. The position may be at the end of a string,
4560 if the `display' property takes up the whole string. */
4561 pop_it (it);
4562 it->image_id = 0;
4563 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4564 {
4565 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4566 goto consider_string_end;
4567 }
4568 else
4569 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4570 }
4571 else
4572 /* There are no other methods defined, so this should be a bug. */
4573 abort ();
4574
4575 xassert (it->method != next_element_from_string
4576 || (STRINGP (it->string)
4577 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0));
4578 }
4579
4580
4581 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
4582 display element which comes from a display table entry or from the
4583 result of translating a control character to one of the forms `^C'
4584 or `\003'. IT->dpvec holds the glyphs to return as characters. */
4585
4586 static int
4587 next_element_from_display_vector (it)
4588 struct it *it;
4589 {
4590 /* Precondition. */
4591 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
4592
4593 /* Remember the current face id in case glyphs specify faces.
4594 IT's face is restored in set_iterator_to_next. */
4595 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
4596
4597 if (INTEGERP (*it->dpvec)
4598 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (*it->dpvec)))
4599 {
4600 int lface_id;
4601 GLYPH g;
4602
4603 g = XFASTINT (it->dpvec[it->current.dpvec_index]);
4604 it->c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
4605 it->len = CHAR_BYTES (it->c);
4606
4607 /* The entry may contain a face id to use. Such a face id is
4608 the id of a Lisp face, not a realized face. A face id of
4609 zero means no face is specified. */
4610 lface_id = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g);
4611 if (lface_id)
4612 {
4613 /* The function returns -1 if lface_id is invalid. */
4614 int face_id = ascii_face_of_lisp_face (it->f, lface_id);
4615 if (face_id >= 0)
4616 it->face_id = face_id;
4617 }
4618 }
4619 else
4620 /* Display table entry is invalid. Return a space. */
4621 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4622
4623 /* Don't change position and object of the iterator here. They are
4624 still the values of the character that had this display table
4625 entry or was translated, and that's what we want. */
4626 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4627 return 1;
4628 }
4629
4630
4631 /* Load IT with the next display element from Lisp string IT->string.
4632 IT->current.string_pos is the current position within the string.
4633 If IT->current.overlay_string_index >= 0, the Lisp string is an
4634 overlay string. */
4635
4636 static int
4637 next_element_from_string (it)
4638 struct it *it;
4639 {
4640 struct text_pos position;
4641
4642 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
4643 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
4644 position = it->current.string_pos;
4645
4646 /* Time to check for invisible text? */
4647 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos
4648 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == it->stop_charpos)
4649 {
4650 handle_stop (it);
4651
4652 /* Since a handler may have changed IT->method, we must
4653 recurse here. */
4654 return get_next_display_element (it);
4655 }
4656
4657 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
4658 {
4659 /* Get the next character from an overlay string. In overlay
4660 strings, There is no field width or padding with spaces to
4661 do. */
4662 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= SCHARS (it->string))
4663 {
4664 it->what = IT_EOB;
4665 return 0;
4666 }
4667 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
4668 {
4669 int remaining = SBYTES (it->string) - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
4670 const unsigned char *s = (SDATA (it->string)
4671 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4672 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, remaining, &it->len);
4673 }
4674 else
4675 {
4676 it->c = SREF (it->string, IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4677 it->len = 1;
4678 }
4679 }
4680 else
4681 {
4682 /* Get the next character from a Lisp string that is not an
4683 overlay string. Such strings come from the mode line, for
4684 example. We may have to pad with spaces, or truncate the
4685 string. See also next_element_from_c_string. */
4686 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4687 {
4688 it->what = IT_EOB;
4689 return 0;
4690 }
4691 else if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4692 {
4693 /* Pad with spaces. */
4694 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4695 CHARPOS (position) = BYTEPOS (position) = -1;
4696 }
4697 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
4698 {
4699 int maxlen = SBYTES (it->string) - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
4700 const unsigned char *s = (SDATA (it->string)
4701 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4702 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, maxlen, &it->len);
4703 }
4704 else
4705 {
4706 it->c = SREF (it->string, IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4707 it->len = 1;
4708 }
4709 }
4710
4711 /* Record what we have and where it came from. Note that we store a
4712 buffer position in IT->position although it could arguably be a
4713 string position. */
4714 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4715 it->object = it->string;
4716 it->position = position;
4717 return 1;
4718 }
4719
4720
4721 /* Load IT with next display element from C string IT->s.
4722 IT->string_nchars is the maximum number of characters to return
4723 from the string. IT->end_charpos may be greater than
4724 IT->string_nchars when this function is called, in which case we
4725 may have to return padding spaces. Value is zero if end of string
4726 reached, including padding spaces. */
4727
4728 static int
4729 next_element_from_c_string (it)
4730 struct it *it;
4731 {
4732 int success_p = 1;
4733
4734 xassert (it->s);
4735 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4736 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = 0;
4737 it->object = Qnil;
4738
4739 /* IT's position can be greater IT->string_nchars in case a field
4740 width or precision has been specified when the iterator was
4741 initialized. */
4742 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4743 {
4744 /* End of the game. */
4745 it->what = IT_EOB;
4746 success_p = 0;
4747 }
4748 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4749 {
4750 /* Pad with spaces. */
4751 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4752 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = -1;
4753 }
4754 else if (it->multibyte_p)
4755 {
4756 /* Implementation note: The calls to strlen apparently aren't a
4757 performance problem because there is no noticeable performance
4758 difference between Emacs running in unibyte or multibyte mode. */
4759 int maxlen = strlen (it->s) - IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
4760 it->c = string_char_and_length (it->s + IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
4761 maxlen, &it->len);
4762 }
4763 else
4764 it->c = it->s[IT_BYTEPOS (*it)], it->len = 1;
4765
4766 return success_p;
4767 }
4768
4769
4770 /* Set up IT to return characters from an ellipsis, if appropriate.
4771 The definition of the ellipsis glyphs may come from a display table
4772 entry. This function Fills IT with the first glyph from the
4773 ellipsis if an ellipsis is to be displayed. */
4774
4775 static int
4776 next_element_from_ellipsis (it)
4777 struct it *it;
4778 {
4779 if (it->selective_display_ellipsis_p)
4780 {
4781 if (it->dp && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
4782 {
4783 /* Use the display table definition for `...'. Invalid glyphs
4784 will be handled by the method returning elements from dpvec. */
4785 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
4786 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4787 it->dpvec = v->contents;
4788 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
4789 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4790 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4791 }
4792 else
4793 {
4794 /* Use default `...' which is stored in default_invis_vector. */
4795 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4796 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
4797 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
4798 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4799 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4800 }
4801 }
4802 else
4803 {
4804 /* The face at the current position may be different from the
4805 face we find after the invisible text. Remember what it
4806 was in IT->saved_face_id, and signal that it's there by
4807 setting face_before_selective_p. */
4808 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
4809 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4810 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4811 it->face_before_selective_p = 1;
4812 }
4813
4814 return get_next_display_element (it);
4815 }
4816
4817
4818 /* Deliver an image display element. The iterator IT is already
4819 filled with image information (done in handle_display_prop). Value
4820 is always 1. */
4821
4822
4823 static int
4824 next_element_from_image (it)
4825 struct it *it;
4826 {
4827 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
4828 return 1;
4829 }
4830
4831
4832 /* Fill iterator IT with next display element from a stretch glyph
4833 property. IT->object is the value of the text property. Value is
4834 always 1. */
4835
4836 static int
4837 next_element_from_stretch (it)
4838 struct it *it;
4839 {
4840 it->what = IT_STRETCH;
4841 return 1;
4842 }
4843
4844
4845 /* Load IT with the next display element from current_buffer. Value
4846 is zero if end of buffer reached. IT->stop_charpos is the next
4847 position at which to stop and check for text properties or buffer
4848 end. */
4849
4850 static int
4851 next_element_from_buffer (it)
4852 struct it *it;
4853 {
4854 int success_p = 1;
4855
4856 /* Check this assumption, otherwise, we would never enter the
4857 if-statement, below. */
4858 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV
4859 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= it->stop_charpos);
4860
4861 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->stop_charpos)
4862 {
4863 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4864 {
4865 int overlay_strings_follow_p;
4866
4867 /* End of the game, except when overlay strings follow that
4868 haven't been returned yet. */
4869 if (it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p)
4870 overlay_strings_follow_p = 0;
4871 else
4872 {
4873 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
4874 overlay_strings_follow_p = get_overlay_strings (it, 0);
4875 }
4876
4877 if (overlay_strings_follow_p)
4878 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
4879 else
4880 {
4881 it->what = IT_EOB;
4882 it->position = it->current.pos;
4883 success_p = 0;
4884 }
4885 }
4886 else
4887 {
4888 handle_stop (it);
4889 return get_next_display_element (it);
4890 }
4891 }
4892 else
4893 {
4894 /* No face changes, overlays etc. in sight, so just return a
4895 character from current_buffer. */
4896 unsigned char *p;
4897
4898 /* Maybe run the redisplay end trigger hook. Performance note:
4899 This doesn't seem to cost measurable time. */
4900 if (it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
4901 && it->glyph_row
4902 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos)
4903 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it);
4904
4905 /* Get the next character, maybe multibyte. */
4906 p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4907 if (it->multibyte_p && !ASCII_BYTE_P (*p))
4908 {
4909 int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT_BYTE ? ZV_BYTE : GPT_BYTE)
4910 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4911 it->c = string_char_and_length (p, maxlen, &it->len);
4912 }
4913 else
4914 it->c = *p, it->len = 1;
4915
4916 /* Record what we have and where it came from. */
4917 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;;
4918 it->object = it->w->buffer;
4919 it->position = it->current.pos;
4920
4921 /* Normally we return the character found above, except when we
4922 really want to return an ellipsis for selective display. */
4923 if (it->selective)
4924 {
4925 if (it->c == '\n')
4926 {
4927 /* A value of selective > 0 means hide lines indented more
4928 than that number of columns. */
4929 if (it->selective > 0
4930 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1 < ZV
4931 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1,
4932 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) + 1,
4933 (double) it->selective)) /* iftc */
4934 {
4935 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4936 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4937 }
4938 }
4939 else if (it->c == '\r' && it->selective == -1)
4940 {
4941 /* A value of selective == -1 means that everything from the
4942 CR to the end of the line is invisible, with maybe an
4943 ellipsis displayed for it. */
4944 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4945 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4946 }
4947 }
4948 }
4949
4950 /* Value is zero if end of buffer reached. */
4951 xassert (!success_p || it->what != IT_CHARACTER || it->len > 0);
4952 return success_p;
4953 }
4954
4955
4956 /* Run the redisplay end trigger hook for IT. */
4957
4958 static void
4959 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it)
4960 struct it *it;
4961 {
4962 Lisp_Object args[3];
4963
4964 /* IT->glyph_row should be non-null, i.e. we should be actually
4965 displaying something, or otherwise we should not run the hook. */
4966 xassert (it->glyph_row);
4967
4968 /* Set up hook arguments. */
4969 args[0] = Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
4970 args[1] = it->window;
4971 XSETINT (args[2], it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos);
4972 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = 0;
4973
4974 /* Since we are *trying* to run these functions, don't try to run
4975 them again, even if they get an error. */
4976 it->w->redisplay_end_trigger = Qnil;
4977 Frun_hook_with_args (3, args);
4978
4979 /* Notice if it changed the face of the character we are on. */
4980 handle_face_prop (it);
4981 }
4982
4983
4984 /* Deliver a composition display element. The iterator IT is already
4985 filled with composition information (done in
4986 handle_composition_prop). Value is always 1. */
4987
4988 static int
4989 next_element_from_composition (it)
4990 struct it *it;
4991 {
4992 it->what = IT_COMPOSITION;
4993 it->position = (STRINGP (it->string)
4994 ? it->current.string_pos
4995 : it->current.pos);
4996 return 1;
4997 }
4998
4999
5000 \f
5001 /***********************************************************************
5002 Moving an iterator without producing glyphs
5003 ***********************************************************************/
5004
5005 /* Move iterator IT to a specified buffer or X position within one
5006 line on the display without producing glyphs.
5007
5008 OP should be a bit mask including some or all of these bits:
5009 MOVE_TO_X: Stop on reaching x-position TO_X.
5010 MOVE_TO_POS: Stop on reaching buffer or string position TO_CHARPOS.
5011 Regardless of OP's value, stop in reaching the end of the display line.
5012
5013 TO_X is normally a value 0 <= TO_X <= IT->last_visible_x.
5014 This means, in particular, that TO_X includes window's horizontal
5015 scroll amount.
5016
5017 The return value has several possible values that
5018 say what condition caused the scan to stop:
5019
5020 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
5021 - when TO_POS or ZV was reached.
5022
5023 MOVE_X_REACHED
5024 -when TO_X was reached before TO_POS or ZV were reached.
5025
5026 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
5027 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line must
5028 be continued.
5029
5030 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
5031 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line is
5032 truncated.
5033
5034 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
5035 - when we stopped at a line end, i.e. a newline or a CR and selective
5036 display is on. */
5037
5038 static enum move_it_result
5039 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op)
5040 struct it *it;
5041 int to_charpos, to_x, op;
5042 {
5043 enum move_it_result result = MOVE_UNDEFINED;
5044 struct glyph_row *saved_glyph_row;
5045
5046 /* Don't produce glyphs in produce_glyphs. */
5047 saved_glyph_row = it->glyph_row;
5048 it->glyph_row = NULL;
5049
5050 while (1)
5051 {
5052 int x, i, ascent = 0, descent = 0;
5053
5054 /* Stop when ZV or TO_CHARPOS reached. */
5055 if (!get_next_display_element (it)
5056 || ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
5057 && BUFFERP (it->object)
5058 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= to_charpos))
5059 {
5060 result = MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV;
5061 break;
5062 }
5063
5064 /* The call to produce_glyphs will get the metrics of the
5065 display element IT is loaded with. We record in x the
5066 x-position before this display element in case it does not
5067 fit on the line. */
5068 x = it->current_x;
5069
5070 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
5071 fit on the line. */
5072 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
5073 {
5074 ascent = it->max_ascent;
5075 descent = it->max_descent;
5076 }
5077
5078 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
5079
5080 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
5081 {
5082 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
5083 continue;
5084 }
5085
5086 /* The number of glyphs we get back in IT->nglyphs will normally
5087 be 1 except when IT->c is (i) a TAB, or (ii) a multi-glyph
5088 character on a terminal frame, or (iii) a line end. For the
5089 second case, IT->nglyphs - 1 padding glyphs will be present
5090 (on X frames, there is only one glyph produced for a
5091 composite character.
5092
5093 The behavior implemented below means, for continuation lines,
5094 that as many spaces of a TAB as fit on the current line are
5095 displayed there. For terminal frames, as many glyphs of a
5096 multi-glyph character are displayed in the current line, too.
5097 This is what the old redisplay code did, and we keep it that
5098 way. Under X, the whole shape of a complex character must
5099 fit on the line or it will be completely displayed in the
5100 next line.
5101
5102 Note that both for tabs and padding glyphs, all glyphs have
5103 the same width. */
5104 if (it->nglyphs)
5105 {
5106 /* More than one glyph or glyph doesn't fit on line. All
5107 glyphs have the same width. */
5108 int single_glyph_width = it->pixel_width / it->nglyphs;
5109 int new_x;
5110
5111 for (i = 0; i < it->nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
5112 {
5113 new_x = x + single_glyph_width;
5114
5115 /* We want to leave anything reaching TO_X to the caller. */
5116 if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && new_x > to_x)
5117 {
5118 it->current_x = x;
5119 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
5120 break;
5121 }
5122 else if (/* Lines are continued. */
5123 !it->truncate_lines_p
5124 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
5125 new_x > it->last_visible_x
5126 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
5127 system frame. */
5128 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
5129 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
5130 {
5131 if (/* IT->hpos == 0 means the very first glyph
5132 doesn't fit on the line, e.g. a wide image. */
5133 it->hpos == 0
5134 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
5135 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
5136 {
5137 ++it->hpos;
5138 it->current_x = new_x;
5139 if (i == it->nglyphs - 1)
5140 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
5141 }
5142 else
5143 {
5144 it->current_x = x;
5145 it->max_ascent = ascent;
5146 it->max_descent = descent;
5147 }
5148
5149 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_in: continued at %d\n",
5150 IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
5151 result = MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED;
5152 break;
5153 }
5154 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
5155 {
5156 /* Glyph is visible. Increment number of glyphs that
5157 would be displayed. */
5158 ++it->hpos;
5159 }
5160 else
5161 {
5162 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the display
5163 area. Nothing to do. */
5164 }
5165 }
5166
5167 if (result != MOVE_UNDEFINED)
5168 break;
5169 }
5170 else if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && it->current_x >= to_x)
5171 {
5172 /* Stop when TO_X specified and reached. This check is
5173 necessary here because of lines consisting of a line end,
5174 only. The line end will not produce any glyphs and we
5175 would never get MOVE_X_REACHED. */
5176 xassert (it->nglyphs == 0);
5177 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
5178 break;
5179 }
5180
5181 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're done. */
5182 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
5183 {
5184 result = MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR;
5185 break;
5186 }
5187
5188 /* The current display element has been consumed. Advance
5189 to the next. */
5190 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
5191
5192 /* Stop if lines are truncated and IT's current x-position is
5193 past the right edge of the window now. */
5194 if (it->truncate_lines_p
5195 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
5196 {
5197 result = MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED;
5198 break;
5199 }
5200 }
5201
5202 /* Restore the iterator settings altered at the beginning of this
5203 function. */
5204 it->glyph_row = saved_glyph_row;
5205 return result;
5206 }
5207
5208
5209 /* Move IT forward until it satisfies one or more of the criteria in
5210 TO_CHARPOS, TO_X, TO_Y, and TO_VPOS.
5211
5212 OP is a bit-mask that specifies where to stop, and in particular,
5213 which of those four position arguments makes a difference. See the
5214 description of enum move_operation_enum.
5215
5216 If TO_CHARPOS is in invisible text, e.g. a truncated part of a
5217 screen line, this function will set IT to the next position >
5218 TO_CHARPOS. */
5219
5220 void
5221 move_it_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos, op)
5222 struct it *it;
5223 int to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos;
5224 int op;
5225 {
5226 enum move_it_result skip, skip2 = MOVE_X_REACHED;
5227 int line_height;
5228 int reached = 0;
5229
5230 for (;;)
5231 {
5232 if (op & MOVE_TO_VPOS)
5233 {
5234 /* If no TO_CHARPOS and no TO_X specified, stop at the
5235 start of the line TO_VPOS. */
5236 if ((op & (MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_POS)) == 0)
5237 {
5238 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
5239 {
5240 reached = 1;
5241 break;
5242 }
5243 else
5244 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
5245 }
5246 else
5247 {
5248 /* TO_VPOS >= 0 means stop at TO_X in the line at
5249 TO_VPOS, or at TO_POS, whichever comes first. */
5250 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
5251 {
5252 reached = 2;
5253 break;
5254 }
5255
5256 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op);
5257
5258 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV || it->vpos == to_vpos)
5259 {
5260 reached = 3;
5261 break;
5262 }
5263 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED && it->vpos != to_vpos)
5264 {
5265 /* We have reached TO_X but not in the line we want. */
5266 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
5267 -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5268 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
5269 {
5270 reached = 4;
5271 break;
5272 }
5273 }
5274 }
5275 }
5276 else if (op & MOVE_TO_Y)
5277 {
5278 struct it it_backup;
5279
5280 /* TO_Y specified means stop at TO_X in the line containing
5281 TO_Y---or at TO_CHARPOS if this is reached first. The
5282 problem is that we can't really tell whether the line
5283 contains TO_Y before we have completely scanned it, and
5284 this may skip past TO_X. What we do is to first scan to
5285 TO_X.
5286
5287 If TO_X is not specified, use a TO_X of zero. The reason
5288 is to make the outcome of this function more predictable.
5289 If we didn't use TO_X == 0, we would stop at the end of
5290 the line which is probably not what a caller would expect
5291 to happen. */
5292 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
5293 ((op & MOVE_TO_X)
5294 ? to_x : 0),
5295 (MOVE_TO_X
5296 | (op & MOVE_TO_POS)));
5297
5298 /* If TO_CHARPOS is reached or ZV, we don't have to do more. */
5299 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
5300 {
5301 reached = 5;
5302 break;
5303 }
5304
5305 /* If TO_X was reached, we would like to know whether TO_Y
5306 is in the line. This can only be said if we know the
5307 total line height which requires us to scan the rest of
5308 the line. */
5309 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
5310 {
5311 it_backup = *it;
5312 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: from %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
5313 skip2 = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1,
5314 op & MOVE_TO_POS);
5315 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
5316 }
5317
5318 /* Now, decide whether TO_Y is in this line. */
5319 line_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
5320 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: line_height = %d\n", line_height));
5321
5322 if (to_y >= it->current_y
5323 && to_y < it->current_y + line_height)
5324 {
5325 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
5326 /* If TO_Y is in this line and TO_X was reached above,
5327 we scanned too far. We have to restore IT's settings
5328 to the ones before skipping. */
5329 *it = it_backup;
5330 reached = 6;
5331 }
5332 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
5333 {
5334 skip = skip2;
5335 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
5336 reached = 7;
5337 }
5338
5339 if (reached)
5340 break;
5341 }
5342 else
5343 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5344
5345 switch (skip)
5346 {
5347 case MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV:
5348 reached = 8;
5349 goto out;
5350
5351 case MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR:
5352 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
5353 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
5354 break;
5355
5356 case MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED:
5357 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
5358 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
5359 if ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
5360 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > to_charpos)
5361 {
5362 reached = 9;
5363 goto out;
5364 }
5365 break;
5366
5367 case MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED:
5368 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
5369 break;
5370
5371 default:
5372 abort ();
5373 }
5374
5375 /* Reset/increment for the next run. */
5376 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
5377 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5378 it->current_y += it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
5379 ++it->vpos;
5380 last_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
5381 last_max_ascent = it->max_ascent;
5382 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
5383 }
5384
5385 out:
5386
5387 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_to: reached %d\n", reached));
5388 }
5389
5390
5391 /* Move iterator IT backward by a specified y-distance DY, DY >= 0.
5392
5393 If DY > 0, move IT backward at least that many pixels. DY = 0
5394 means move IT backward to the preceding line start or BEGV. This
5395 function may move over more than DY pixels if IT->current_y - DY
5396 ends up in the middle of a line; in this case IT->current_y will be
5397 set to the top of the line moved to. */
5398
5399 void
5400 move_it_vertically_backward (it, dy)
5401 struct it *it;
5402 int dy;
5403 {
5404 int nlines, h;
5405 struct it it2, it3;
5406 int start_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
5407
5408 xassert (dy >= 0);
5409
5410 /* Estimate how many newlines we must move back. */
5411 nlines = max (1, dy / CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f));
5412
5413 /* Set the iterator's position that many lines back. */
5414 while (nlines-- && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
5415 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
5416
5417 /* Reseat the iterator here. When moving backward, we don't want
5418 reseat to skip forward over invisible text, set up the iterator
5419 to deliver from overlay strings at the new position etc. So,
5420 use reseat_1 here. */
5421 reseat_1 (it, it->current.pos, 1);
5422
5423 /* We are now surely at a line start. */
5424 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5425 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
5426
5427 /* Move forward and see what y-distance we moved. First move to the
5428 start of the next line so that we get its height. We need this
5429 height to be able to tell whether we reached the specified
5430 y-distance. */
5431 it2 = *it;
5432 it2.max_ascent = it2.max_descent = 0;
5433 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, it2.vpos + 1,
5434 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5435 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5436 it3 = it2;
5437
5438 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5439 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5440 h = it2.current_y - it->current_y;
5441 nlines = it2.vpos - it->vpos;
5442
5443 /* Correct IT's y and vpos position. */
5444 it->vpos -= nlines;
5445 it->current_y -= h;
5446
5447 if (dy == 0)
5448 {
5449 /* DY == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. The
5450 value of nlines is > 0 if continuation lines were involved. */
5451 if (nlines > 0)
5452 move_it_by_lines (it, nlines, 1);
5453 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= start_pos);
5454 }
5455 else if (nlines)
5456 {
5457 /* The y-position we try to reach. Note that h has been
5458 subtracted in front of the if-statement. */
5459 int target_y = it->current_y + h - dy;
5460 int y0 = it3.current_y;
5461 int y1 = line_bottom_y (&it3);
5462 int line_height = y1 - y0;
5463
5464 /* If we did not reach target_y, try to move further backward if
5465 we can. If we moved too far backward, try to move forward. */
5466 if (target_y < it->current_y
5467 /* This is heuristic. In a window that's 3 lines high, with
5468 a line height of 13 pixels each, recentering with point
5469 on the bottom line will try to move -39/2 = 19 pixels
5470 backward. Try to avoid moving into the first line. */
5471 && it->current_y - target_y > line_height / 3 * 2
5472 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
5473 {
5474 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, " not far enough -> move_vert %d\n",
5475 target_y - it->current_y));
5476 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - it->current_y);
5477 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5478 }
5479 else if (target_y >= it->current_y + line_height
5480 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
5481 {
5482 /* Should move forward by at least one line, maybe more.
5483
5484 Note: Calling move_it_by_lines can be expensive on
5485 terminal frames, where compute_motion is used (via
5486 vmotion) to do the job, when there are very long lines
5487 and truncate-lines is nil. That's the reason for
5488 treating terminal frames specially here. */
5489
5490 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
5491 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - (it->current_y + line_height));
5492 else
5493 {
5494 do
5495 {
5496 move_it_by_lines (it, 1, 1);
5497 }
5498 while (target_y >= line_bottom_y (it) && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV);
5499 }
5500
5501 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5502 }
5503 }
5504 }
5505
5506
5507 /* Move IT by a specified amount of pixel lines DY. DY negative means
5508 move backwards. DY = 0 means move to start of screen line. At the
5509 end, IT will be on the start of a screen line. */
5510
5511 void
5512 move_it_vertically (it, dy)
5513 struct it *it;
5514 int dy;
5515 {
5516 if (dy <= 0)
5517 move_it_vertically_backward (it, -dy);
5518 else if (dy > 0)
5519 {
5520 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: from %d, %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it), dy));
5521 move_it_to (it, ZV, -1, it->current_y + dy, -1,
5522 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_Y);
5523 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
5524
5525 /* If buffer ends in ZV without a newline, move to the start of
5526 the line to satisfy the post-condition. */
5527 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == ZV
5528 && FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n')
5529 move_it_by_lines (it, 0, 0);
5530 }
5531 }
5532
5533
5534 /* Move iterator IT past the end of the text line it is in. */
5535
5536 void
5537 move_it_past_eol (it)
5538 struct it *it;
5539 {
5540 enum move_it_result rc;
5541
5542 rc = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, Z, 0, MOVE_TO_POS);
5543 if (rc == MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR)
5544 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
5545 }
5546
5547
5548 #if 0 /* Currently not used. */
5549
5550 /* Return non-zero if some text between buffer positions START_CHARPOS
5551 and END_CHARPOS is invisible. IT->window is the window for text
5552 property lookup. */
5553
5554 static int
5555 invisible_text_between_p (it, start_charpos, end_charpos)
5556 struct it *it;
5557 int start_charpos, end_charpos;
5558 {
5559 Lisp_Object prop, limit;
5560 int invisible_found_p;
5561
5562 xassert (it != NULL && start_charpos <= end_charpos);
5563
5564 /* Is text at START invisible? */
5565 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (start_charpos), Qinvisible,
5566 it->window);
5567 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
5568 invisible_found_p = 1;
5569 else
5570 {
5571 limit = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (start_charpos),
5572 Qinvisible, Qnil,
5573 make_number (end_charpos));
5574 invisible_found_p = XFASTINT (limit) < end_charpos;
5575 }
5576
5577 return invisible_found_p;
5578 }
5579
5580 #endif /* 0 */
5581
5582
5583 /* Move IT by a specified number DVPOS of screen lines down. DVPOS
5584 negative means move up. DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the
5585 screen line. NEED_Y_P non-zero means calculate IT->current_y. If
5586 NEED_Y_P is zero, IT->current_y will be left unchanged.
5587
5588 Further optimization ideas: If we would know that IT->f doesn't use
5589 a face with proportional font, we could be faster for
5590 truncate-lines nil. */
5591
5592 void
5593 move_it_by_lines (it, dvpos, need_y_p)
5594 struct it *it;
5595 int dvpos, need_y_p;
5596 {
5597 struct position pos;
5598
5599 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
5600 {
5601 struct text_pos textpos;
5602
5603 /* We can use vmotion on frames without proportional fonts. */
5604 pos = *vmotion (IT_CHARPOS (*it), dvpos, it->w);
5605 SET_TEXT_POS (textpos, pos.bufpos, pos.bytepos);
5606 reseat (it, textpos, 1);
5607 it->vpos += pos.vpos;
5608 it->current_y += pos.vpos;
5609 }
5610 else if (dvpos == 0)
5611 {
5612 /* DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. */
5613 move_it_vertically_backward (it, 0);
5614 xassert (it->current_x == 0 && it->hpos == 0);
5615 }
5616 else if (dvpos > 0)
5617 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + dvpos, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5618 else
5619 {
5620 struct it it2;
5621 int start_charpos, i;
5622
5623 /* Start at the beginning of the screen line containing IT's
5624 position. */
5625 move_it_vertically_backward (it, 0);
5626
5627 /* Go back -DVPOS visible lines and reseat the iterator there. */
5628 start_charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
5629 for (i = -dvpos; i && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV; --i)
5630 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
5631 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
5632 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5633
5634 /* Above call may have moved too far if continuation lines
5635 are involved. Scan forward and see if it did. */
5636 it2 = *it;
5637 it2.vpos = it2.current_y = 0;
5638 move_it_to (&it2, start_charpos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5639 it->vpos -= it2.vpos;
5640 it->current_y -= it2.current_y;
5641 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5642
5643 /* If we moved too far, move IT some lines forward. */
5644 if (it2.vpos > -dvpos)
5645 {
5646 int delta = it2.vpos + dvpos;
5647 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + delta, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5648 }
5649 }
5650 }
5651
5652
5653 \f
5654 /***********************************************************************
5655 Messages
5656 ***********************************************************************/
5657
5658
5659 /* Add a message with format string FORMAT and arguments ARG1 and ARG2
5660 to *Messages*. */
5661
5662 void
5663 add_to_log (format, arg1, arg2)
5664 char *format;
5665 Lisp_Object arg1, arg2;
5666 {
5667 Lisp_Object args[3];
5668 Lisp_Object msg, fmt;
5669 char *buffer;
5670 int len;
5671 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5672
5673 /* Do nothing if called asynchronously. Inserting text into
5674 a buffer may call after-change-functions and alike and
5675 that would means running Lisp asynchronously. */
5676 if (handling_signal)
5677 return;
5678
5679 fmt = msg = Qnil;
5680 GCPRO4 (fmt, msg, arg1, arg2);
5681
5682 args[0] = fmt = build_string (format);
5683 args[1] = arg1;
5684 args[2] = arg2;
5685 msg = Fformat (3, args);
5686
5687 len = SBYTES (msg) + 1;
5688 buffer = (char *) alloca (len);
5689 bcopy (SDATA (msg), buffer, len);
5690
5691 message_dolog (buffer, len - 1, 1, 0);
5692 UNGCPRO;
5693 }
5694
5695
5696 /* Output a newline in the *Messages* buffer if "needs" one. */
5697
5698 void
5699 message_log_maybe_newline ()
5700 {
5701 if (message_log_need_newline)
5702 message_dolog ("", 0, 1, 0);
5703 }
5704
5705
5706 /* Add a string M of length NBYTES to the message log, optionally
5707 terminated with a newline when NLFLAG is non-zero. MULTIBYTE, if
5708 nonzero, means interpret the contents of M as multibyte. This
5709 function calls low-level routines in order to bypass text property
5710 hooks, etc. which might not be safe to run. */
5711
5712 void
5713 message_dolog (m, nbytes, nlflag, multibyte)
5714 const char *m;
5715 int nbytes, nlflag, multibyte;
5716 {
5717 if (!NILP (Vmemory_full))
5718 return;
5719
5720 if (!NILP (Vmessage_log_max))
5721 {
5722 struct buffer *oldbuf;
5723 Lisp_Object oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv;
5724 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed = windows_or_buffers_changed;
5725 int point_at_end = 0;
5726 int zv_at_end = 0;
5727 Lisp_Object old_deactivate_mark, tem;
5728 struct gcpro gcpro1;
5729
5730 old_deactivate_mark = Vdeactivate_mark;
5731 oldbuf = current_buffer;
5732 Fset_buffer (Fget_buffer_create (Vmessages_buffer_name));
5733 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5734
5735 oldpoint = message_dolog_marker1;
5736 set_marker_restricted (oldpoint, make_number (PT), Qnil);
5737 oldbegv = message_dolog_marker2;
5738 set_marker_restricted (oldbegv, make_number (BEGV), Qnil);
5739 oldzv = message_dolog_marker3;
5740 set_marker_restricted (oldzv, make_number (ZV), Qnil);
5741 GCPRO1 (old_deactivate_mark);
5742
5743 if (PT == Z)
5744 point_at_end = 1;
5745 if (ZV == Z)
5746 zv_at_end = 1;
5747
5748 BEGV = BEG;
5749 BEGV_BYTE = BEG_BYTE;
5750 ZV = Z;
5751 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5752 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5753
5754 /* Insert the string--maybe converting multibyte to single byte
5755 or vice versa, so that all the text fits the buffer. */
5756 if (multibyte
5757 && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5758 {
5759 int i, c, char_bytes;
5760 unsigned char work[1];
5761
5762 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte
5763 for the *Message* buffer. */
5764 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += char_bytes)
5765 {
5766 c = string_char_and_length (m + i, nbytes - i, &char_bytes);
5767 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
5768 ? c
5769 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
5770 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
5771 }
5772 }
5773 else if (! multibyte
5774 && ! NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5775 {
5776 int i, c, char_bytes;
5777 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) m;
5778 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
5779 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte
5780 for the *Message* buffer. */
5781 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
5782 {
5783 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
5784 char_bytes = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
5785 insert_1_both (str, 1, char_bytes, 1, 0, 0);
5786 }
5787 }
5788 else if (nbytes)
5789 insert_1 (m, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
5790
5791 if (nlflag)
5792 {
5793 int this_bol, this_bol_byte, prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, dup;
5794 insert_1 ("\n", 1, 1, 0, 0);
5795
5796 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5797 this_bol = PT;
5798 this_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5799
5800 /* See if this line duplicates the previous one.
5801 If so, combine duplicates. */
5802 if (this_bol > BEG)
5803 {
5804 scan_newline (PT, PT_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5805 prev_bol = PT;
5806 prev_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5807
5808 dup = message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5809 this_bol, this_bol_byte);
5810 if (dup)
5811 {
5812 del_range_both (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5813 this_bol, this_bol_byte, 0);
5814 if (dup > 1)
5815 {
5816 char dupstr[40];
5817 int duplen;
5818
5819 /* If you change this format, don't forget to also
5820 change message_log_check_duplicate. */
5821 sprintf (dupstr, " [%d times]", dup);
5822 duplen = strlen (dupstr);
5823 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z - 1, Z_BYTE - 1);
5824 insert_1 (dupstr, duplen, 1, 0, 1);
5825 }
5826 }
5827 }
5828
5829 /* If we have more than the desired maximum number of lines
5830 in the *Messages* buffer now, delete the oldest ones.
5831 This is safe because we don't have undo in this buffer. */
5832
5833 if (NATNUMP (Vmessage_log_max))
5834 {
5835 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE,
5836 -XFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max) - 1, 0);
5837 del_range_both (BEG, BEG_BYTE, PT, PT_BYTE, 0);
5838 }
5839 }
5840 BEGV = XMARKER (oldbegv)->charpos;
5841 BEGV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldbegv);
5842
5843 if (zv_at_end)
5844 {
5845 ZV = Z;
5846 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5847 }
5848 else
5849 {
5850 ZV = XMARKER (oldzv)->charpos;
5851 ZV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldzv);
5852 }
5853
5854 if (point_at_end)
5855 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5856 else
5857 /* We can't do Fgoto_char (oldpoint) because it will run some
5858 Lisp code. */
5859 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (XMARKER (oldpoint)->charpos,
5860 XMARKER (oldpoint)->bytepos);
5861
5862 UNGCPRO;
5863 unchain_marker (oldpoint);
5864 unchain_marker (oldbegv);
5865 unchain_marker (oldzv);
5866
5867 tem = Fget_buffer_window (Fcurrent_buffer (), Qt);
5868 set_buffer_internal (oldbuf);
5869 if (NILP (tem))
5870 windows_or_buffers_changed = old_windows_or_buffers_changed;
5871 message_log_need_newline = !nlflag;
5872 Vdeactivate_mark = old_deactivate_mark;
5873 }
5874 }
5875
5876
5877 /* We are at the end of the buffer after just having inserted a newline.
5878 (Note: We depend on the fact we won't be crossing the gap.)
5879 Check to see if the most recent message looks a lot like the previous one.
5880 Return 0 if different, 1 if the new one should just replace it, or a
5881 value N > 1 if we should also append " [N times]". */
5882
5883 static int
5884 message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, this_bol, this_bol_byte)
5885 int prev_bol, this_bol;
5886 int prev_bol_byte, this_bol_byte;
5887 {
5888 int i;
5889 int len = Z_BYTE - 1 - this_bol_byte;
5890 int seen_dots = 0;
5891 unsigned char *p1 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, prev_bol_byte);
5892 unsigned char *p2 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, this_bol_byte);
5893
5894 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
5895 {
5896 if (i >= 3 && p1[i-3] == '.' && p1[i-2] == '.' && p1[i-1] == '.')
5897 seen_dots = 1;
5898 if (p1[i] != p2[i])
5899 return seen_dots;
5900 }
5901 p1 += len;
5902 if (*p1 == '\n')
5903 return 2;
5904 if (*p1++ == ' ' && *p1++ == '[')
5905 {
5906 int n = 0;
5907 while (*p1 >= '0' && *p1 <= '9')
5908 n = n * 10 + *p1++ - '0';
5909 if (strncmp (p1, " times]\n", 8) == 0)
5910 return n+1;
5911 }
5912 return 0;
5913 }
5914
5915
5916 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
5917 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is 0, clear
5918 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show
5919 through.
5920
5921 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
5922 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. This means do
5923 not pass text that is stored in a Lisp string; do not pass text in
5924 a buffer that was alloca'd. */
5925
5926 void
5927 message2 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5928 const char *m;
5929 int nbytes;
5930 int multibyte;
5931 {
5932 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5933 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5934 if (m)
5935 message_dolog (m, nbytes, 1, multibyte);
5936 message2_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
5937 }
5938
5939
5940 /* The non-logging counterpart of message2. */
5941
5942 void
5943 message2_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5944 const char *m;
5945 int nbytes, multibyte;
5946 {
5947 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5948 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5949
5950 if (noninteractive)
5951 {
5952 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5953 putc ('\n', stderr);
5954 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5955 if (m)
5956 fwrite (m, nbytes, 1, stderr);
5957 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5958 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5959 fflush (stderr);
5960 }
5961 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5962 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5963 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5964 else if (INTERACTIVE
5965 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5966 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5967 {
5968 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5969 struct frame *f;
5970
5971 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5972 that the selected frame is using. */
5973 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5974 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5975
5976 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5977 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
5978 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5979 Fmake_frame_visible (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5980
5981 if (m)
5982 {
5983 set_message (m, Qnil, nbytes, multibyte);
5984 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5985 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5986 }
5987 else
5988 clear_message (1, 1);
5989
5990 do_pending_window_change (0);
5991 echo_area_display (1);
5992 do_pending_window_change (0);
5993 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
5994 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
5995 }
5996 }
5997
5998
5999 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
6000 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is not a
6001 string, clear out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer
6002 text show through. */
6003
6004 void
6005 message3 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
6006 Lisp_Object m;
6007 int nbytes;
6008 int multibyte;
6009 {
6010 struct gcpro gcpro1;
6011
6012 GCPRO1 (m);
6013
6014 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
6015 message_log_maybe_newline ();
6016 if (STRINGP (m))
6017 message_dolog (SDATA (m), nbytes, 1, multibyte);
6018 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
6019
6020 UNGCPRO;
6021 }
6022
6023
6024 /* The non-logging version of message3. */
6025
6026 void
6027 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
6028 Lisp_Object m;
6029 int nbytes, multibyte;
6030 {
6031 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6032 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
6033
6034 if (noninteractive)
6035 {
6036 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
6037 putc ('\n', stderr);
6038 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
6039 if (STRINGP (m))
6040 fwrite (SDATA (m), nbytes, 1, stderr);
6041 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
6042 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
6043 fflush (stderr);
6044 }
6045 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
6046 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
6047 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
6048 else if (INTERACTIVE
6049 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
6050 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
6051 {
6052 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6053 Lisp_Object frame;
6054 struct frame *f;
6055
6056 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
6057 that the selected frame is using. */
6058 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6059 frame = XWINDOW (mini_window)->frame;
6060 f = XFRAME (frame);
6061
6062 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
6063 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
6064 && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
6065 Fmake_frame_visible (frame);
6066
6067 if (STRINGP (m) && SCHARS (m) > 0)
6068 {
6069 set_message (NULL, m, nbytes, multibyte);
6070 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
6071 Fraise_frame (frame);
6072 }
6073 else
6074 clear_message (1, 1);
6075
6076 do_pending_window_change (0);
6077 echo_area_display (1);
6078 do_pending_window_change (0);
6079 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
6080 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
6081 }
6082 }
6083
6084
6085 /* Display a null-terminated echo area message M. If M is 0, clear
6086 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
6087
6088 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
6089 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. Do not pass
6090 text that is stored in a Lisp string. Do not pass text in a buffer
6091 that was alloca'd. */
6092
6093 void
6094 message1 (m)
6095 char *m;
6096 {
6097 message2 (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
6098 }
6099
6100
6101 /* The non-logging counterpart of message1. */
6102
6103 void
6104 message1_nolog (m)
6105 char *m;
6106 {
6107 message2_nolog (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
6108 }
6109
6110 /* Display a message M which contains a single %s
6111 which gets replaced with STRING. */
6112
6113 void
6114 message_with_string (m, string, log)
6115 char *m;
6116 Lisp_Object string;
6117 int log;
6118 {
6119 CHECK_STRING (string);
6120
6121 if (noninteractive)
6122 {
6123 if (m)
6124 {
6125 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
6126 putc ('\n', stderr);
6127 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
6128 fprintf (stderr, m, SDATA (string));
6129 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
6130 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
6131 fflush (stderr);
6132 }
6133 }
6134 else if (INTERACTIVE)
6135 {
6136 /* The frame whose minibuffer we're going to display the message on.
6137 It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need
6138 to use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
6139 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6140 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6141
6142 /* Get the frame containing the minibuffer
6143 that the selected frame is using. */
6144 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6145 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
6146
6147 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
6148 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
6149 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
6150 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
6151 {
6152 Lisp_Object args[2], message;
6153 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6154
6155 args[0] = build_string (m);
6156 args[1] = message = string;
6157 GCPRO2 (args[0], message);
6158 gcpro1.nvars = 2;
6159
6160 message = Fformat (2, args);
6161
6162 if (log)
6163 message3 (message, SBYTES (message), STRING_MULTIBYTE (message));
6164 else
6165 message3_nolog (message, SBYTES (message), STRING_MULTIBYTE (message));
6166
6167 UNGCPRO;
6168
6169 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
6170 buffer next time. */
6171 message_buf_print = 0;
6172 }
6173 }
6174 }
6175
6176
6177 /* Dump an informative message to the minibuf. If M is 0, clear out
6178 any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through. */
6179
6180 /* VARARGS 1 */
6181 void
6182 message (m, a1, a2, a3)
6183 char *m;
6184 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
6185 {
6186 if (noninteractive)
6187 {
6188 if (m)
6189 {
6190 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
6191 putc ('\n', stderr);
6192 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
6193 fprintf (stderr, m, a1, a2, a3);
6194 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
6195 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
6196 fflush (stderr);
6197 }
6198 }
6199 else if (INTERACTIVE)
6200 {
6201 /* The frame whose mini-buffer we're going to display the message
6202 on. It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need to
6203 use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
6204 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6205 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6206
6207 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
6208 that the selected frame is using. */
6209 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6210 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
6211
6212 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
6213 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
6214 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss
6215 it. */
6216 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
6217 {
6218 if (m)
6219 {
6220 int len;
6221 #ifdef NO_ARG_ARRAY
6222 char *a[3];
6223 a[0] = (char *) a1;
6224 a[1] = (char *) a2;
6225 a[2] = (char *) a3;
6226
6227 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
6228 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
6229 #else
6230 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
6231 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3,
6232 (char **) &a1);
6233 #endif /* NO_ARG_ARRAY */
6234
6235 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len, 0);
6236 }
6237 else
6238 message1 (0);
6239
6240 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
6241 buffer next time. */
6242 message_buf_print = 0;
6243 }
6244 }
6245 }
6246
6247
6248 /* The non-logging version of message. */
6249
6250 void
6251 message_nolog (m, a1, a2, a3)
6252 char *m;
6253 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
6254 {
6255 Lisp_Object old_log_max;
6256 old_log_max = Vmessage_log_max;
6257 Vmessage_log_max = Qnil;
6258 message (m, a1, a2, a3);
6259 Vmessage_log_max = old_log_max;
6260 }
6261
6262
6263 /* Display the current message in the current mini-buffer. This is
6264 only called from error handlers in process.c, and is not time
6265 critical. */
6266
6267 void
6268 update_echo_area ()
6269 {
6270 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6271 {
6272 Lisp_Object string;
6273 string = Fcurrent_message ();
6274 message3 (string, SBYTES (string),
6275 !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters));
6276 }
6277 }
6278
6279
6280 /* Make sure echo area buffers in `echo_buffers' are live.
6281 If they aren't, make new ones. */
6282
6283 static void
6284 ensure_echo_area_buffers ()
6285 {
6286 int i;
6287
6288 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
6289 if (!BUFFERP (echo_buffer[i])
6290 || NILP (XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->name))
6291 {
6292 char name[30];
6293 Lisp_Object old_buffer;
6294 int j;
6295
6296 old_buffer = echo_buffer[i];
6297 sprintf (name, " *Echo Area %d*", i);
6298 echo_buffer[i] = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (name));
6299 XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->truncate_lines = Qnil;
6300
6301 for (j = 0; j < 2; ++j)
6302 if (EQ (old_buffer, echo_area_buffer[j]))
6303 echo_area_buffer[j] = echo_buffer[i];
6304 }
6305 }
6306
6307
6308 /* Call FN with args A1..A4 with either the current or last displayed
6309 echo_area_buffer as current buffer.
6310
6311 WHICH zero means use the current message buffer
6312 echo_area_buffer[0]. If that is nil, choose a suitable buffer
6313 from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
6314
6315 WHICH > 0 means use echo_area_buffer[1]. If that is nil, choose a
6316 suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
6317
6318 If WHICH < 0, set echo_area_buffer[1] to echo_area_buffer[0], so
6319 that the current message becomes the last displayed one, make
6320 choose a suitable buffer for echo_area_buffer[0], and clear it.
6321
6322 Value is what FN returns. */
6323
6324 static int
6325 with_echo_area_buffer (w, which, fn, a1, a2, a3, a4)
6326 struct window *w;
6327 int which;
6328 int (*fn) P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
6329 EMACS_INT a1;
6330 Lisp_Object a2;
6331 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6332 {
6333 Lisp_Object buffer;
6334 int this_one, the_other, clear_buffer_p, rc;
6335 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
6336
6337 /* If buffers aren't live, make new ones. */
6338 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
6339
6340 clear_buffer_p = 0;
6341
6342 if (which == 0)
6343 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
6344 else if (which > 0)
6345 this_one = 1, the_other = 0;
6346 else
6347 {
6348 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
6349 clear_buffer_p = 1;
6350
6351 /* We need a fresh one in case the current echo buffer equals
6352 the one containing the last displayed echo area message. */
6353 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one])
6354 && EQ (echo_area_buffer[this_one], echo_area_buffer[the_other]))
6355 echo_area_buffer[this_one] = Qnil;
6356 }
6357
6358 /* Choose a suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] is we don't
6359 have one. */
6360 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one]))
6361 {
6362 echo_area_buffer[this_one]
6363 = (EQ (echo_area_buffer[the_other], echo_buffer[this_one])
6364 ? echo_buffer[the_other]
6365 : echo_buffer[this_one]);
6366 clear_buffer_p = 1;
6367 }
6368
6369 buffer = echo_area_buffer[this_one];
6370
6371 /* Don't get confused by reusing the buffer used for echoing
6372 for a different purpose. */
6373 if (echo_kboard == NULL && EQ (buffer, echo_message_buffer))
6374 cancel_echoing ();
6375
6376 record_unwind_protect (unwind_with_echo_area_buffer,
6377 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w));
6378
6379 /* Make the echo area buffer current. Note that for display
6380 purposes, it is not necessary that the displayed window's buffer
6381 == current_buffer, except for text property lookup. So, let's
6382 only set that buffer temporarily here without doing a full
6383 Fset_window_buffer. We must also change w->pointm, though,
6384 because otherwise an assertions in unshow_buffer fails, and Emacs
6385 aborts. */
6386 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer));
6387 if (w)
6388 {
6389 w->buffer = buffer;
6390 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6391 }
6392
6393 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
6394 current_buffer->read_only = Qnil;
6395 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
6396 specbind (Qinhibit_modification_hooks, Qt);
6397
6398 if (clear_buffer_p && Z > BEG)
6399 del_range (BEG, Z);
6400
6401 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
6402 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
6403
6404 rc = fn (a1, a2, a3, a4);
6405
6406 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
6407 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
6408
6409 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6410 return rc;
6411 }
6412
6413
6414 /* Save state that should be preserved around the call to the function
6415 FN called in with_echo_area_buffer. */
6416
6417 static Lisp_Object
6418 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w)
6419 struct window *w;
6420 {
6421 int i = 0;
6422 Lisp_Object vector;
6423
6424 /* Reduce consing by keeping one vector in
6425 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector. */
6426 vector = Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
6427 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
6428
6429 if (NILP (vector))
6430 vector = Fmake_vector (make_number (7), Qnil);
6431
6432 XSETBUFFER (AREF (vector, i), current_buffer); ++i;
6433 AREF (vector, i) = Vdeactivate_mark, ++i;
6434 AREF (vector, i) = make_number (windows_or_buffers_changed), ++i;
6435
6436 if (w)
6437 {
6438 XSETWINDOW (AREF (vector, i), w); ++i;
6439 AREF (vector, i) = w->buffer; ++i;
6440 AREF (vector, i) = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos); ++i;
6441 AREF (vector, i) = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->bytepos); ++i;
6442 }
6443 else
6444 {
6445 int end = i + 4;
6446 for (; i < end; ++i)
6447 AREF (vector, i) = Qnil;
6448 }
6449
6450 xassert (i == ASIZE (vector));
6451 return vector;
6452 }
6453
6454
6455 /* Restore global state from VECTOR which was created by
6456 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data. */
6457
6458 static Lisp_Object
6459 unwind_with_echo_area_buffer (vector)
6460 Lisp_Object vector;
6461 {
6462 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (AREF (vector, 0)));
6463 Vdeactivate_mark = AREF (vector, 1);
6464 windows_or_buffers_changed = XFASTINT (AREF (vector, 2));
6465
6466 if (WINDOWP (AREF (vector, 3)))
6467 {
6468 struct window *w;
6469 Lisp_Object buffer, charpos, bytepos;
6470
6471 w = XWINDOW (AREF (vector, 3));
6472 buffer = AREF (vector, 4);
6473 charpos = AREF (vector, 5);
6474 bytepos = AREF (vector, 6);
6475
6476 w->buffer = buffer;
6477 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer,
6478 XFASTINT (charpos), XFASTINT (bytepos));
6479 }
6480
6481 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = vector;
6482 return Qnil;
6483 }
6484
6485
6486 /* Set up the echo area for use by print functions. MULTIBYTE_P
6487 non-zero means we will print multibyte. */
6488
6489 void
6490 setup_echo_area_for_printing (multibyte_p)
6491 int multibyte_p;
6492 {
6493 /* If we can't find an echo area any more, exit. */
6494 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (selected_frame)))
6495 Fkill_emacs (Qnil);
6496
6497 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
6498
6499 if (!message_buf_print)
6500 {
6501 /* A message has been output since the last time we printed.
6502 Choose a fresh echo area buffer. */
6503 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
6504 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
6505 else
6506 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
6507
6508 /* Switch to that buffer and clear it. */
6509 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
6510 current_buffer->truncate_lines = Qnil;
6511
6512 if (Z > BEG)
6513 {
6514 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
6515 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
6516 /* Note that undo recording is always disabled. */
6517 del_range (BEG, Z);
6518 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6519 }
6520 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6521
6522 /* Set up the buffer for the multibyteness we need. */
6523 if (multibyte_p
6524 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6525 Fset_buffer_multibyte (multibyte_p ? Qt : Qnil);
6526
6527 /* Raise the frame containing the echo area. */
6528 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
6529 {
6530 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6531 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6532 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6533 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
6534 }
6535
6536 message_log_maybe_newline ();
6537 message_buf_print = 1;
6538 }
6539 else
6540 {
6541 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6542 {
6543 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
6544 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
6545 else
6546 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
6547 }
6548
6549 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6550 {
6551 /* Someone switched buffers between print requests. */
6552 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
6553 current_buffer->truncate_lines = Qnil;
6554 }
6555 }
6556 }
6557
6558
6559 /* Display an echo area message in window W. Value is non-zero if W's
6560 height is changed. If display_last_displayed_message_p is
6561 non-zero, display the message that was last displayed, otherwise
6562 display the current message. */
6563
6564 static int
6565 display_echo_area (w)
6566 struct window *w;
6567 {
6568 int i, no_message_p, window_height_changed_p, count;
6569
6570 /* Temporarily disable garbage collections while displaying the echo
6571 area. This is done because a GC can print a message itself.
6572 That message would modify the echo area buffer's contents while a
6573 redisplay of the buffer is going on, and seriously confuse
6574 redisplay. */
6575 count = inhibit_garbage_collection ();
6576
6577 /* If there is no message, we must call display_echo_area_1
6578 nevertheless because it resizes the window. But we will have to
6579 reset the echo_area_buffer in question to nil at the end because
6580 with_echo_area_buffer will sets it to an empty buffer. */
6581 i = display_last_displayed_message_p ? 1 : 0;
6582 no_message_p = NILP (echo_area_buffer[i]);
6583
6584 window_height_changed_p
6585 = with_echo_area_buffer (w, display_last_displayed_message_p,
6586 display_echo_area_1,
6587 (EMACS_INT) w, Qnil, 0, 0);
6588
6589 if (no_message_p)
6590 echo_area_buffer[i] = Qnil;
6591
6592 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6593 return window_height_changed_p;
6594 }
6595
6596
6597 /* Helper for display_echo_area. Display the current buffer which
6598 contains the current echo area message in window W, a mini-window,
6599 a pointer to which is passed in A1. A2..A4 are currently not used.
6600 Change the height of W so that all of the message is displayed.
6601 Value is non-zero if height of W was changed. */
6602
6603 static int
6604 display_echo_area_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6605 EMACS_INT a1;
6606 Lisp_Object a2;
6607 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6608 {
6609 struct window *w = (struct window *) a1;
6610 Lisp_Object window;
6611 struct text_pos start;
6612 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6613
6614 /* Do this before displaying, so that we have a large enough glyph
6615 matrix for the display. */
6616 window_height_changed_p = resize_mini_window (w, 0);
6617
6618 /* Display. */
6619 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6620 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
6621 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6622 try_window (window, start);
6623
6624 return window_height_changed_p;
6625 }
6626
6627
6628 /* Resize the echo area window to exactly the size needed for the
6629 currently displayed message, if there is one. If a mini-buffer
6630 is active, don't shrink it. */
6631
6632 void
6633 resize_echo_area_exactly ()
6634 {
6635 if (BUFFERP (echo_area_buffer[0])
6636 && WINDOWP (echo_area_window))
6637 {
6638 struct window *w = XWINDOW (echo_area_window);
6639 int resized_p;
6640 Lisp_Object resize_exactly;
6641
6642 if (minibuf_level == 0)
6643 resize_exactly = Qt;
6644 else
6645 resize_exactly = Qnil;
6646
6647 resized_p = with_echo_area_buffer (w, 0, resize_mini_window_1,
6648 (EMACS_INT) w, resize_exactly, 0, 0);
6649 if (resized_p)
6650 {
6651 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6652 ++update_mode_lines;
6653 redisplay_internal (0);
6654 }
6655 }
6656 }
6657
6658
6659 /* Callback function for with_echo_area_buffer, when used from
6660 resize_echo_area_exactly. A1 contains a pointer to the window to
6661 resize, EXACTLY non-nil means resize the mini-window exactly to the
6662 size of the text displayed. A3 and A4 are not used. Value is what
6663 resize_mini_window returns. */
6664
6665 static int
6666 resize_mini_window_1 (a1, exactly, a3, a4)
6667 EMACS_INT a1;
6668 Lisp_Object exactly;
6669 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6670 {
6671 return resize_mini_window ((struct window *) a1, !NILP (exactly));
6672 }
6673
6674
6675 /* Resize mini-window W to fit the size of its contents. EXACT:P
6676 means size the window exactly to the size needed. Otherwise, it's
6677 only enlarged until W's buffer is empty. Value is non-zero if
6678 the window height has been changed. */
6679
6680 int
6681 resize_mini_window (w, exact_p)
6682 struct window *w;
6683 int exact_p;
6684 {
6685 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6686 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6687
6688 xassert (MINI_WINDOW_P (w));
6689
6690 /* Don't resize windows while redisplaying a window; it would
6691 confuse redisplay functions when the size of the window they are
6692 displaying changes from under them. Such a resizing can happen,
6693 for instance, when which-func prints a long message while
6694 we are running fontification-functions. We're running these
6695 functions with safe_call which binds inhibit-redisplay to t. */
6696 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay))
6697 return 0;
6698
6699 /* Nil means don't try to resize. */
6700 if (NILP (Vresize_mini_windows)
6701 || (FRAME_X_P (f) && f->output_data.x == NULL))
6702 return 0;
6703
6704 if (!FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
6705 {
6706 struct it it;
6707 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
6708 int total_height = XFASTINT (root->height) + XFASTINT (w->height);
6709 int height, max_height;
6710 int unit = CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
6711 struct text_pos start;
6712 struct buffer *old_current_buffer = NULL;
6713
6714 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6715 {
6716 old_current_buffer = current_buffer;
6717 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
6718 }
6719
6720 init_iterator (&it, w, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6721
6722 /* Compute the max. number of lines specified by the user. */
6723 if (FLOATP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
6724 max_height = XFLOATINT (Vmax_mini_window_height) * FRAME_HEIGHT (f);
6725 else if (INTEGERP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
6726 max_height = XINT (Vmax_mini_window_height);
6727 else
6728 max_height = total_height / 4;
6729
6730 /* Correct that max. height if it's bogus. */
6731 max_height = max (1, max_height);
6732 max_height = min (total_height, max_height);
6733
6734 /* Find out the height of the text in the window. */
6735 if (it.truncate_lines_p)
6736 height = 1;
6737 else
6738 {
6739 last_height = 0;
6740 move_it_to (&it, ZV, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
6741 if (it.max_ascent == 0 && it.max_descent == 0)
6742 height = it.current_y + last_height;
6743 else
6744 height = it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent;
6745 height -= it.extra_line_spacing;
6746 height = (height + unit - 1) / unit;
6747 }
6748
6749 /* Compute a suitable window start. */
6750 if (height > max_height)
6751 {
6752 height = max_height;
6753 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6754 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, (height - 1) * unit);
6755 start = it.current.pos;
6756 }
6757 else
6758 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
6759 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, start);
6760
6761 if (EQ (Vresize_mini_windows, Qgrow_only))
6762 {
6763 /* Let it grow only, until we display an empty message, in which
6764 case the window shrinks again. */
6765 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
6766 {
6767 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6768 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6769 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6770 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6771 }
6772 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height)
6773 && (exact_p || BEGV == ZV))
6774 {
6775 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6776 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
6777 shrink_mini_window (w);
6778 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6779 }
6780 }
6781 else
6782 {
6783 /* Always resize to exact size needed. */
6784 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
6785 {
6786 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6787 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6788 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6789 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6790 }
6791 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height))
6792 {
6793 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6794 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
6795 shrink_mini_window (w);
6796
6797 if (height)
6798 {
6799 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6800 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6801 }
6802
6803 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6804 }
6805 }
6806
6807 if (old_current_buffer)
6808 set_buffer_internal (old_current_buffer);
6809 }
6810
6811 return window_height_changed_p;
6812 }
6813
6814
6815 /* Value is the current message, a string, or nil if there is no
6816 current message. */
6817
6818 Lisp_Object
6819 current_message ()
6820 {
6821 Lisp_Object msg;
6822
6823 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6824 msg = Qnil;
6825 else
6826 {
6827 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, current_message_1,
6828 (EMACS_INT) &msg, Qnil, 0, 0);
6829 if (NILP (msg))
6830 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6831 }
6832
6833 return msg;
6834 }
6835
6836
6837 static int
6838 current_message_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6839 EMACS_INT a1;
6840 Lisp_Object a2;
6841 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6842 {
6843 Lisp_Object *msg = (Lisp_Object *) a1;
6844
6845 if (Z > BEG)
6846 *msg = make_buffer_string (BEG, Z, 1);
6847 else
6848 *msg = Qnil;
6849 return 0;
6850 }
6851
6852
6853 /* Push the current message on Vmessage_stack for later restauration
6854 by restore_message. Value is non-zero if the current message isn't
6855 empty. This is a relatively infrequent operation, so it's not
6856 worth optimizing. */
6857
6858 int
6859 push_message ()
6860 {
6861 Lisp_Object msg;
6862 msg = current_message ();
6863 Vmessage_stack = Fcons (msg, Vmessage_stack);
6864 return STRINGP (msg);
6865 }
6866
6867
6868 /* Restore message display from the top of Vmessage_stack. */
6869
6870 void
6871 restore_message ()
6872 {
6873 Lisp_Object msg;
6874
6875 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6876 msg = XCAR (Vmessage_stack);
6877 if (STRINGP (msg))
6878 message3_nolog (msg, SBYTES (msg), STRING_MULTIBYTE (msg));
6879 else
6880 message3_nolog (msg, 0, 0);
6881 }
6882
6883
6884 /* Handler for record_unwind_protect calling pop_message. */
6885
6886 Lisp_Object
6887 pop_message_unwind (dummy)
6888 Lisp_Object dummy;
6889 {
6890 pop_message ();
6891 return Qnil;
6892 }
6893
6894 /* Pop the top-most entry off Vmessage_stack. */
6895
6896 void
6897 pop_message ()
6898 {
6899 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6900 Vmessage_stack = XCDR (Vmessage_stack);
6901 }
6902
6903
6904 /* Check that Vmessage_stack is nil. Called from emacs.c when Emacs
6905 exits. If the stack is not empty, we have a missing pop_message
6906 somewhere. */
6907
6908 void
6909 check_message_stack ()
6910 {
6911 if (!NILP (Vmessage_stack))
6912 abort ();
6913 }
6914
6915
6916 /* Truncate to NCHARS what will be displayed in the echo area the next
6917 time we display it---but don't redisplay it now. */
6918
6919 void
6920 truncate_echo_area (nchars)
6921 int nchars;
6922 {
6923 if (nchars == 0)
6924 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6925 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
6926 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
6927 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
6928 else if (!noninteractive
6929 && INTERACTIVE
6930 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6931 {
6932 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6933 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
6934 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, truncate_message_1, nchars, Qnil, 0, 0);
6935 }
6936 }
6937
6938
6939 /* Helper function for truncate_echo_area. Truncate the current
6940 message to at most NCHARS characters. */
6941
6942 static int
6943 truncate_message_1 (nchars, a2, a3, a4)
6944 EMACS_INT nchars;
6945 Lisp_Object a2;
6946 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6947 {
6948 if (BEG + nchars < Z)
6949 del_range (BEG + nchars, Z);
6950 if (Z == BEG)
6951 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6952 return 0;
6953 }
6954
6955
6956 /* Set the current message to a substring of S or STRING.
6957
6958 If STRING is a Lisp string, set the message to the first NBYTES
6959 bytes from STRING. NBYTES zero means use the whole string. If
6960 STRING is multibyte, the message will be displayed multibyte.
6961
6962 If S is not null, set the message to the first LEN bytes of S. LEN
6963 zero means use the whole string. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero means S is
6964 multibyte. Display the message multibyte in that case. */
6965
6966 void
6967 set_message (s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6968 const char *s;
6969 Lisp_Object string;
6970 int nbytes, multibyte_p;
6971 {
6972 message_enable_multibyte
6973 = ((s && multibyte_p)
6974 || (STRINGP (string) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (string)));
6975
6976 with_echo_area_buffer (0, -1, set_message_1,
6977 (EMACS_INT) s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p);
6978 message_buf_print = 0;
6979 help_echo_showing_p = 0;
6980 }
6981
6982
6983 /* Helper function for set_message. Arguments have the same meaning
6984 as there, with A1 corresponding to S and A2 corresponding to STRING
6985 This function is called with the echo area buffer being
6986 current. */
6987
6988 static int
6989 set_message_1 (a1, a2, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6990 EMACS_INT a1;
6991 Lisp_Object a2;
6992 EMACS_INT nbytes, multibyte_p;
6993 {
6994 const char *s = (const char *) a1;
6995 Lisp_Object string = a2;
6996
6997 xassert (BEG == Z);
6998
6999 /* Change multibyteness of the echo buffer appropriately. */
7000 if (message_enable_multibyte
7001 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
7002 Fset_buffer_multibyte (message_enable_multibyte ? Qt : Qnil);
7003
7004 current_buffer->truncate_lines = message_truncate_lines ? Qt : Qnil;
7005
7006 /* Insert new message at BEG. */
7007 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
7008
7009 if (STRINGP (string))
7010 {
7011 int nchars;
7012
7013 if (nbytes == 0)
7014 nbytes = SBYTES (string);
7015 nchars = string_byte_to_char (string, nbytes);
7016
7017 /* This function takes care of single/multibyte conversion. We
7018 just have to ensure that the echo area buffer has the right
7019 setting of enable_multibyte_characters. */
7020 insert_from_string (string, 0, 0, nchars, nbytes, 1);
7021 }
7022 else if (s)
7023 {
7024 if (nbytes == 0)
7025 nbytes = strlen (s);
7026
7027 if (multibyte_p && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
7028 {
7029 /* Convert from multi-byte to single-byte. */
7030 int i, c, n;
7031 unsigned char work[1];
7032
7033 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte. */
7034 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += n)
7035 {
7036 c = string_char_and_length (s + i, nbytes - i, &n);
7037 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
7038 ? c
7039 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
7040 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
7041 }
7042 }
7043 else if (!multibyte_p
7044 && !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
7045 {
7046 /* Convert from single-byte to multi-byte. */
7047 int i, c, n;
7048 const unsigned char *msg = (const unsigned char *) s;
7049 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
7050
7051 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte. */
7052 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
7053 {
7054 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
7055 n = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
7056 insert_1_both (str, 1, n, 1, 0, 0);
7057 }
7058 }
7059 else
7060 insert_1 (s, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
7061 }
7062
7063 return 0;
7064 }
7065
7066
7067 /* Clear messages. CURRENT_P non-zero means clear the current
7068 message. LAST_DISPLAYED_P non-zero means clear the message
7069 last displayed. */
7070
7071 void
7072 clear_message (current_p, last_displayed_p)
7073 int current_p, last_displayed_p;
7074 {
7075 if (current_p)
7076 {
7077 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
7078 message_cleared_p = 1;
7079 }
7080
7081 if (last_displayed_p)
7082 echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
7083
7084 message_buf_print = 0;
7085 }
7086
7087 /* Clear garbaged frames.
7088
7089 This function is used where the old redisplay called
7090 redraw_garbaged_frames which in turn called redraw_frame which in
7091 turn called clear_frame. The call to clear_frame was a source of
7092 flickering. I believe a clear_frame is not necessary. It should
7093 suffice in the new redisplay to invalidate all current matrices,
7094 and ensure a complete redisplay of all windows. */
7095
7096 static void
7097 clear_garbaged_frames ()
7098 {
7099 if (frame_garbaged)
7100 {
7101 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7102 int changed_count = 0;
7103
7104 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7105 {
7106 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
7107
7108 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
7109 {
7110 if (f->resized_p)
7111 Fredraw_frame (frame);
7112 clear_current_matrices (f);
7113 changed_count++;
7114 f->garbaged = 0;
7115 f->resized_p = 0;
7116 }
7117 }
7118
7119 frame_garbaged = 0;
7120 if (changed_count)
7121 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7122 }
7123 }
7124
7125
7126 /* Redisplay the echo area of the selected frame. If UPDATE_FRAME_P
7127 is non-zero update selected_frame. Value is non-zero if the
7128 mini-windows height has been changed. */
7129
7130 static int
7131 echo_area_display (update_frame_p)
7132 int update_frame_p;
7133 {
7134 Lisp_Object mini_window;
7135 struct window *w;
7136 struct frame *f;
7137 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
7138 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
7139
7140 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
7141 w = XWINDOW (mini_window);
7142 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
7143
7144 /* Don't display if frame is invisible or not yet initialized. */
7145 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
7146 return 0;
7147
7148 /* The terminal frame is used as the first Emacs frame on the Mac OS. */
7149 #ifndef MAC_OS8
7150 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7151 /* When Emacs starts, selected_frame may be a visible terminal
7152 frame, even if we run under a window system. If we let this
7153 through, a message would be displayed on the terminal. */
7154 if (EQ (selected_frame, Vterminal_frame)
7155 && !NILP (Vwindow_system))
7156 return 0;
7157 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
7158 #endif
7159
7160 /* Redraw garbaged frames. */
7161 if (frame_garbaged)
7162 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7163
7164 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || minibuf_level == 0)
7165 {
7166 echo_area_window = mini_window;
7167 window_height_changed_p = display_echo_area (w);
7168 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
7169
7170 /* Update the display, unless called from redisplay_internal.
7171 Also don't update the screen during redisplay itself. The
7172 update will happen at the end of redisplay, and an update
7173 here could cause confusion. */
7174 if (update_frame_p && !redisplaying_p)
7175 {
7176 int n = 0;
7177
7178 /* If the display update has been interrupted by pending
7179 input, update mode lines in the frame. Due to the
7180 pending input, it might have been that redisplay hasn't
7181 been called, so that mode lines above the echo area are
7182 garbaged. This looks odd, so we prevent it here. */
7183 if (!display_completed)
7184 n = redisplay_mode_lines (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0);
7185
7186 if (window_height_changed_p
7187 /* Don't do this if Emacs is shutting down. Redisplay
7188 needs to run hooks. */
7189 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks))
7190 {
7191 /* Must update other windows. Likewise as in other
7192 cases, don't let this update be interrupted by
7193 pending input. */
7194 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7195 specbind (Qredisplay_dont_pause, Qt);
7196 windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
7197 redisplay_internal (0);
7198 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7199 }
7200 else if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && n == 0)
7201 {
7202 /* Window configuration is the same as before.
7203 Can do with a display update of the echo area,
7204 unless we displayed some mode lines. */
7205 update_single_window (w, 1);
7206 rif->flush_display (f);
7207 }
7208 else
7209 update_frame (f, 1, 1);
7210
7211 /* If cursor is in the echo area, make sure that the next
7212 redisplay displays the minibuffer, so that the cursor will
7213 be replaced with what the minibuffer wants. */
7214 if (cursor_in_echo_area)
7215 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7216 }
7217 }
7218 else if (!EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
7219 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
7220
7221 /* Last displayed message is now the current message. */
7222 echo_area_buffer[1] = echo_area_buffer[0];
7223
7224 /* Prevent redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal by resetting
7225 this_line_start_pos. This is done because the mini-buffer now
7226 displays the message instead of its buffer text. */
7227 if (EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
7228 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
7229
7230 return window_height_changed_p;
7231 }
7232
7233
7234 \f
7235 /***********************************************************************
7236 Frame Titles
7237 ***********************************************************************/
7238
7239
7240 /* The frame title buffering code is also used by Fformat_mode_line.
7241 So it is not conditioned by HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM. */
7242
7243 /* A buffer for constructing frame titles in it; allocated from the
7244 heap in init_xdisp and resized as needed in store_frame_title_char. */
7245
7246 static char *frame_title_buf;
7247
7248 /* The buffer's end, and a current output position in it. */
7249
7250 static char *frame_title_buf_end;
7251 static char *frame_title_ptr;
7252
7253
7254 /* Store a single character C for the frame title in frame_title_buf.
7255 Re-allocate frame_title_buf if necessary. */
7256
7257 static void
7258 #ifdef PROTOTYPES
7259 store_frame_title_char (char c)
7260 #else
7261 store_frame_title_char (c)
7262 char c;
7263 #endif
7264 {
7265 /* If output position has reached the end of the allocated buffer,
7266 double the buffer's size. */
7267 if (frame_title_ptr == frame_title_buf_end)
7268 {
7269 int len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
7270 int new_size = 2 * len * sizeof *frame_title_buf;
7271 frame_title_buf = (char *) xrealloc (frame_title_buf, new_size);
7272 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + new_size;
7273 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf + len;
7274 }
7275
7276 *frame_title_ptr++ = c;
7277 }
7278
7279
7280 /* Store part of a frame title in frame_title_buf, beginning at
7281 frame_title_ptr. STR is the string to store. Do not copy
7282 characters that yield more columns than PRECISION; PRECISION <= 0
7283 means copy the whole string. Pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
7284 number of characters have been copied; FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't
7285 pad. Called from display_mode_element when it is used to build a
7286 frame title. */
7287
7288 static int
7289 store_frame_title (str, field_width, precision)
7290 const unsigned char *str;
7291 int field_width, precision;
7292 {
7293 int n = 0;
7294 int dummy, nbytes;
7295
7296 /* Copy at most PRECISION chars from STR. */
7297 nbytes = strlen (str);
7298 n+= c_string_width (str, nbytes, precision, &dummy, &nbytes);
7299 while (nbytes--)
7300 store_frame_title_char (*str++);
7301
7302 /* Fill up with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH reached. */
7303 while (field_width > 0
7304 && n < field_width)
7305 {
7306 store_frame_title_char (' ');
7307 ++n;
7308 }
7309
7310 return n;
7311 }
7312
7313 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7314
7315 /* Set the title of FRAME, if it has changed. The title format is
7316 Vicon_title_format if FRAME is iconified, otherwise it is
7317 frame_title_format. */
7318
7319 static void
7320 x_consider_frame_title (frame)
7321 Lisp_Object frame;
7322 {
7323 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
7324
7325 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
7326 || FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)
7327 || f->explicit_name)
7328 {
7329 /* Do we have more than one visible frame on this X display? */
7330 Lisp_Object tail;
7331 Lisp_Object fmt;
7332 struct buffer *obuf;
7333 int len;
7334 struct it it;
7335
7336 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
7337 {
7338 Lisp_Object other_frame = XCAR (tail);
7339 struct frame *tf = XFRAME (other_frame);
7340
7341 if (tf != f
7342 && FRAME_KBOARD (tf) == FRAME_KBOARD (f)
7343 && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (tf)
7344 && !EQ (other_frame, tip_frame)
7345 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (tf) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (tf)))
7346 break;
7347 }
7348
7349 /* Set global variable indicating that multiple frames exist. */
7350 multiple_frames = CONSP (tail);
7351
7352 /* Switch to the buffer of selected window of the frame. Set up
7353 frame_title_ptr so that display_mode_element will output into it;
7354 then display the title. */
7355 obuf = current_buffer;
7356 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (XWINDOW (f->selected_window)->buffer));
7357 fmt = FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) ? Vicon_title_format : Vframe_title_format;
7358 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf;
7359 init_iterator (&it, XWINDOW (f->selected_window), -1, -1,
7360 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
7361 display_mode_element (&it, 0, -1, -1, fmt, Qnil, 0);
7362 len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
7363 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
7364 set_buffer_internal_1 (obuf);
7365
7366 /* Set the title only if it's changed. This avoids consing in
7367 the common case where it hasn't. (If it turns out that we've
7368 already wasted too much time by walking through the list with
7369 display_mode_element, then we might need to optimize at a
7370 higher level than this.) */
7371 if (! STRINGP (f->name)
7372 || SBYTES (f->name) != len
7373 || bcmp (frame_title_buf, SDATA (f->name), len) != 0)
7374 x_implicitly_set_name (f, make_string (frame_title_buf, len), Qnil);
7375 }
7376 }
7377
7378 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
7379
7380
7381
7382 \f
7383 /***********************************************************************
7384 Menu Bars
7385 ***********************************************************************/
7386
7387
7388 /* Prepare for redisplay by updating menu-bar item lists when
7389 appropriate. This can call eval. */
7390
7391 void
7392 prepare_menu_bars ()
7393 {
7394 int all_windows;
7395 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
7396 struct frame *f;
7397 Lisp_Object tooltip_frame;
7398
7399 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7400 tooltip_frame = tip_frame;
7401 #else
7402 tooltip_frame = Qnil;
7403 #endif
7404
7405 /* Update all frame titles based on their buffer names, etc. We do
7406 this before the menu bars so that the buffer-menu will show the
7407 up-to-date frame titles. */
7408 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7409 if (windows_or_buffers_changed || update_mode_lines)
7410 {
7411 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7412
7413 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7414 {
7415 f = XFRAME (frame);
7416 if (!EQ (frame, tooltip_frame)
7417 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)))
7418 x_consider_frame_title (frame);
7419 }
7420 }
7421 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
7422
7423 /* Update the menu bar item lists, if appropriate. This has to be
7424 done before any actual redisplay or generation of display lines. */
7425 all_windows = (update_mode_lines
7426 || buffer_shared > 1
7427 || windows_or_buffers_changed);
7428 if (all_windows)
7429 {
7430 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7431 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7432
7433 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7434
7435 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7436 {
7437 f = XFRAME (frame);
7438
7439 /* Ignore tooltip frame. */
7440 if (EQ (frame, tooltip_frame))
7441 continue;
7442
7443 /* If a window on this frame changed size, report that to
7444 the user and clear the size-change flag. */
7445 if (FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f))
7446 {
7447 Lisp_Object functions;
7448
7449 /* Clear flag first in case we get an error below. */
7450 FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f) = 0;
7451 functions = Vwindow_size_change_functions;
7452 GCPRO2 (tail, functions);
7453
7454 while (CONSP (functions))
7455 {
7456 call1 (XCAR (functions), frame);
7457 functions = XCDR (functions);
7458 }
7459 UNGCPRO;
7460 }
7461
7462 GCPRO1 (tail);
7463 update_menu_bar (f, 0);
7464 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7465 update_tool_bar (f, 0);
7466 #endif
7467 UNGCPRO;
7468 }
7469
7470 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7471 }
7472 else
7473 {
7474 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
7475 update_menu_bar (sf, 1);
7476 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7477 update_tool_bar (sf, 1);
7478 #endif
7479 }
7480
7481 /* Motif needs this. See comment in xmenu.c. Turn it off when
7482 pending_menu_activation is not defined. */
7483 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7484 pending_menu_activation = 0;
7485 #endif
7486 }
7487
7488
7489 /* Update the menu bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
7490 before we start to fill in any display lines, because it can call
7491 eval.
7492
7493 If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save and restore it here. */
7494
7495 static void
7496 update_menu_bar (f, save_match_data)
7497 struct frame *f;
7498 int save_match_data;
7499 {
7500 Lisp_Object window;
7501 register struct window *w;
7502
7503 /* If called recursively during a menu update, do nothing. This can
7504 happen when, for instance, an activate-menubar-hook causes a
7505 redisplay. */
7506 if (inhibit_menubar_update)
7507 return;
7508
7509 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
7510 w = XWINDOW (window);
7511
7512 #if 0 /* The if statement below this if statement used to include the
7513 condition !NILP (w->update_mode_line), rather than using
7514 update_mode_lines directly, and this if statement may have
7515 been added to make that condition work. Now the if
7516 statement below matches its comment, this isn't needed. */
7517 if (update_mode_lines)
7518 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7519 #endif
7520
7521 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
7522 ?
7523 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (MAC_OS) \
7524 || defined (USE_GTK)
7525 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)
7526 #else
7527 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
7528 #endif
7529 : FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0)
7530 {
7531 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
7532 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
7533 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
7534 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
7535 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
7536 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
7537 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
7538 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
7539 /* This used to test w->update_mode_line, but we believe
7540 there is no need to recompute the menu in that case. */
7541 || update_mode_lines
7542 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7543 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7544 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7545 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7546 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7547 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
7548 {
7549 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
7550 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7551
7552 specbind (Qinhibit_menubar_update, Qt);
7553
7554 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7555 if (save_match_data)
7556 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7557 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
7558 {
7559 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
7560 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
7561 }
7562
7563 /* Run the Lucid hook. */
7564 safe_run_hooks (Qactivate_menubar_hook);
7565
7566 /* If it has changed current-menubar from previous value,
7567 really recompute the menu-bar from the value. */
7568 if (! NILP (Vlucid_menu_bar_dirty_flag))
7569 call0 (Qrecompute_lucid_menubar);
7570
7571 safe_run_hooks (Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
7572 FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f) = menu_bar_items (FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f));
7573
7574 /* Redisplay the menu bar in case we changed it. */
7575 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (MAC_OS) \
7576 || defined (USE_GTK)
7577 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
7578 #if defined (MAC_OS)
7579 /* All frames on Mac OS share the same menubar. So only the
7580 selected frame should be allowed to set it. */
7581 && f == SELECTED_FRAME ()
7582 #endif
7583 )
7584 set_frame_menubar (f, 0, 0);
7585 else
7586 /* On a terminal screen, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
7587 line, and this makes it get updated. */
7588 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7589 #else /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI || MAC_OS || USE_GTK) */
7590 /* In the non-toolkit version, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
7591 line, and this makes it get updated. */
7592 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7593 #endif /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI || MAC_OS || USE_GTK) */
7594
7595 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7596 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
7597 }
7598 }
7599 }
7600
7601
7602 \f
7603 /***********************************************************************
7604 Tool-bars
7605 ***********************************************************************/
7606
7607 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7608
7609 /* Update the tool-bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
7610 before we start to fill in any display lines. Called from
7611 prepare_menu_bars. If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save
7612 and restore it here. */
7613
7614 static void
7615 update_tool_bar (f, save_match_data)
7616 struct frame *f;
7617 int save_match_data;
7618 {
7619 #ifdef USE_GTK
7620 int do_update = FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR(f);
7621 #else
7622 int do_update = WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7623 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height) > 0;
7624 #endif
7625
7626 if (do_update)
7627 {
7628 Lisp_Object window;
7629 struct window *w;
7630
7631 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
7632 w = XWINDOW (window);
7633
7634 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
7635 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
7636 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
7637 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
7638 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
7639 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
7640 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
7641 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
7642 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7643 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7644 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7645 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7646 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7647 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7648 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
7649 {
7650 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
7651 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7652
7653 /* Set current_buffer to the buffer of the selected
7654 window of the frame, so that we get the right local
7655 keymaps. */
7656 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7657
7658 /* Save match data, if we must. */
7659 if (save_match_data)
7660 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7661
7662 /* Make sure that we don't accidentally use bogus keymaps. */
7663 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
7664 {
7665 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
7666 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
7667 }
7668
7669 /* Build desired tool-bar items from keymaps. */
7670 f->tool_bar_items
7671 = tool_bar_items (f->tool_bar_items, &f->n_tool_bar_items);
7672
7673 /* Redisplay the tool-bar in case we changed it. */
7674 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7675
7676 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7677 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
7678 }
7679 }
7680 }
7681
7682
7683 /* Set F->desired_tool_bar_string to a Lisp string representing frame
7684 F's desired tool-bar contents. F->tool_bar_items must have
7685 been set up previously by calling prepare_menu_bars. */
7686
7687 static void
7688 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f)
7689 struct frame *f;
7690 {
7691 int i, size, size_needed;
7692 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
7693 Lisp_Object image, plist, props;
7694
7695 image = plist = props = Qnil;
7696 GCPRO3 (image, plist, props);
7697
7698 /* Prepare F->desired_tool_bar_string. If we can reuse it, do so.
7699 Otherwise, make a new string. */
7700
7701 /* The size of the string we might be able to reuse. */
7702 size = (STRINGP (f->desired_tool_bar_string)
7703 ? SCHARS (f->desired_tool_bar_string)
7704 : 0);
7705
7706 /* We need one space in the string for each image. */
7707 size_needed = f->n_tool_bar_items;
7708
7709 /* Reuse f->desired_tool_bar_string, if possible. */
7710 if (size < size_needed || NILP (f->desired_tool_bar_string))
7711 f->desired_tool_bar_string = Fmake_string (make_number (size_needed),
7712 make_number (' '));
7713 else
7714 {
7715 props = list4 (Qdisplay, Qnil, Qmenu_item, Qnil);
7716 Fremove_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (size),
7717 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7718 }
7719
7720 /* Put a `display' property on the string for the images to display,
7721 put a `menu_item' property on tool-bar items with a value that
7722 is the index of the item in F's tool-bar item vector. */
7723 for (i = 0; i < f->n_tool_bar_items; ++i)
7724 {
7725 #define PROP(IDX) AREF (f->tool_bar_items, i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX))
7726
7727 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P));
7728 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P));
7729 int hmargin, vmargin, relief, idx, end;
7730 extern Lisp_Object QCrelief, QCmargin, QCconversion, Qimage;
7731
7732 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the
7733 button state. */
7734 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES);
7735 if (VECTORP (image))
7736 {
7737 if (enabled_p)
7738 idx = (selected_p
7739 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED
7740 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED);
7741 else
7742 idx = (selected_p
7743 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED
7744 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED);
7745
7746 xassert (ASIZE (image) >= idx);
7747 image = AREF (image, idx);
7748 }
7749 else
7750 idx = -1;
7751
7752 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */
7753 if (!valid_image_p (image))
7754 continue;
7755
7756 /* Display the tool-bar button pressed, or depressed. */
7757 plist = Fcopy_sequence (XCDR (image));
7758
7759 /* Compute margin and relief to draw. */
7760 relief = (tool_bar_button_relief >= 0
7761 ? tool_bar_button_relief
7762 : DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF);
7763 hmargin = vmargin = relief;
7764
7765 if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin)
7766 && XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin) > 0)
7767 {
7768 hmargin += XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin);
7769 vmargin += XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin);
7770 }
7771 else if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7772 {
7773 if (INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7774 && XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0)
7775 hmargin += XFASTINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin));
7776
7777 if (INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7778 && XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0)
7779 vmargin += XFASTINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin));
7780 }
7781
7782 if (auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p)
7783 {
7784 /* Add a `:relief' property to the image spec if the item is
7785 selected. */
7786 if (selected_p)
7787 {
7788 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief, make_number (-relief));
7789 hmargin -= relief;
7790 vmargin -= relief;
7791 }
7792 }
7793 else
7794 {
7795 /* If image is selected, display it pressed, i.e. with a
7796 negative relief. If it's not selected, display it with a
7797 raised relief. */
7798 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief,
7799 (selected_p
7800 ? make_number (-relief)
7801 : make_number (relief)));
7802 hmargin -= relief;
7803 vmargin -= relief;
7804 }
7805
7806 /* Put a margin around the image. */
7807 if (hmargin || vmargin)
7808 {
7809 if (hmargin == vmargin)
7810 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin, make_number (hmargin));
7811 else
7812 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin,
7813 Fcons (make_number (hmargin),
7814 make_number (vmargin)));
7815 }
7816
7817 /* If button is not enabled, and we don't have special images
7818 for the disabled state, make the image appear disabled by
7819 applying an appropriate algorithm to it. */
7820 if (!enabled_p && idx < 0)
7821 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCconversion, Qdisabled);
7822
7823 /* Put a `display' text property on the string for the image to
7824 display. Put a `menu-item' property on the string that gives
7825 the start of this item's properties in the tool-bar items
7826 vector. */
7827 image = Fcons (Qimage, plist);
7828 props = list4 (Qdisplay, image,
7829 Qmenu_item, make_number (i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS));
7830
7831 /* Let the last image hide all remaining spaces in the tool bar
7832 string. The string can be longer than needed when we reuse a
7833 previous string. */
7834 if (i + 1 == f->n_tool_bar_items)
7835 end = SCHARS (f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7836 else
7837 end = i + 1;
7838 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (i), make_number (end),
7839 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7840 #undef PROP
7841 }
7842
7843 UNGCPRO;
7844 }
7845
7846
7847 /* Display one line of the tool-bar of frame IT->f. */
7848
7849 static void
7850 display_tool_bar_line (it)
7851 struct it *it;
7852 {
7853 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
7854 int max_x = it->last_visible_x;
7855 struct glyph *last;
7856
7857 prepare_desired_row (row);
7858 row->y = it->current_y;
7859
7860 /* Note that this isn't made use of if the face hasn't a box,
7861 so there's no need to check the face here. */
7862 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
7863
7864 while (it->current_x < max_x)
7865 {
7866 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
7867
7868 /* Get the next display element. */
7869 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
7870 break;
7871
7872 /* Produce glyphs. */
7873 x_before = it->current_x;
7874 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
7875 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
7876
7877 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
7878 i = 0;
7879 x = x_before;
7880 while (i < nglyphs)
7881 {
7882 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
7883
7884 if (x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
7885 {
7886 /* Glyph doesn't fit on line. */
7887 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
7888 it->current_x = x;
7889 goto out;
7890 }
7891
7892 ++it->hpos;
7893 x += glyph->pixel_width;
7894 ++i;
7895 }
7896
7897 /* Stop at line ends. */
7898 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
7899 break;
7900
7901 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
7902 }
7903
7904 out:;
7905
7906 row->displays_text_p = row->used[TEXT_AREA] != 0;
7907 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
7908 last = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1;
7909 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
7910 if (last == row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA])
7911 last->left_box_line_p = 1;
7912 compute_line_metrics (it);
7913
7914 /* If line is empty, make it occupy the rest of the tool-bar. */
7915 if (!row->displays_text_p)
7916 {
7917 row->height = row->phys_height = it->last_visible_y - row->y;
7918 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
7919 }
7920
7921 row->full_width_p = 1;
7922 row->continued_p = 0;
7923 row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
7924 row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
7925
7926 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
7927 it->current_y += row->height;
7928 ++it->vpos;
7929 ++it->glyph_row;
7930 }
7931
7932
7933 /* Value is the number of screen lines needed to make all tool-bar
7934 items of frame F visible. */
7935
7936 static int
7937 tool_bar_lines_needed (f)
7938 struct frame *f;
7939 {
7940 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
7941 struct it it;
7942
7943 /* Initialize an iterator for iteration over
7944 F->desired_tool_bar_string in the tool-bar window of frame F. */
7945 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7946 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7947 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7948 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7949
7950 while (!ITERATOR_AT_END_P (&it))
7951 {
7952 it.glyph_row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
7953 clear_glyph_row (it.glyph_row);
7954 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7955 }
7956
7957 return (it.current_y + CANON_Y_UNIT (f) - 1) / CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
7958 }
7959
7960
7961 DEFUN ("tool-bar-lines-needed", Ftool_bar_lines_needed, Stool_bar_lines_needed,
7962 0, 1, 0,
7963 doc: /* Return the number of lines occupied by the tool bar of FRAME. */)
7964 (frame)
7965 Lisp_Object frame;
7966 {
7967 struct frame *f;
7968 struct window *w;
7969 int nlines = 0;
7970
7971 if (NILP (frame))
7972 frame = selected_frame;
7973 else
7974 CHECK_FRAME (frame);
7975 f = XFRAME (frame);
7976
7977 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7978 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
7979 XFASTINT (w->height) > 0))
7980 {
7981 update_tool_bar (f, 1);
7982 if (f->n_tool_bar_items)
7983 {
7984 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
7985 nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f);
7986 }
7987 }
7988
7989 return make_number (nlines);
7990 }
7991
7992
7993 /* Display the tool-bar of frame F. Value is non-zero if tool-bar's
7994 height should be changed. */
7995
7996 static int
7997 redisplay_tool_bar (f)
7998 struct frame *f;
7999 {
8000 struct window *w;
8001 struct it it;
8002 struct glyph_row *row;
8003 int change_height_p = 0;
8004
8005 #ifdef USE_GTK
8006 if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR(f))
8007 update_frame_tool_bar (f);
8008 return 0;
8009 #endif
8010
8011 /* If frame hasn't a tool-bar window or if it is zero-height, don't
8012 do anything. This means you must start with tool-bar-lines
8013 non-zero to get the auto-sizing effect. Or in other words, you
8014 can turn off tool-bars by specifying tool-bar-lines zero. */
8015 if (!WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
8016 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
8017 XFASTINT (w->height) == 0))
8018 return 0;
8019
8020 /* Set up an iterator for the tool-bar window. */
8021 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
8022 it.first_visible_x = 0;
8023 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
8024 row = it.glyph_row;
8025
8026 /* Build a string that represents the contents of the tool-bar. */
8027 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
8028 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
8029
8030 /* Display as many lines as needed to display all tool-bar items. */
8031 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
8032 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
8033
8034 /* It doesn't make much sense to try scrolling in the tool-bar
8035 window, so don't do it. */
8036 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
8037 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
8038
8039 if (auto_resize_tool_bars_p)
8040 {
8041 int nlines;
8042
8043 /* If we couldn't display everything, change the tool-bar's
8044 height. */
8045 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (it) < it.end_charpos)
8046 change_height_p = 1;
8047
8048 /* If there are blank lines at the end, except for a partially
8049 visible blank line at the end that is smaller than
8050 CANON_Y_UNIT, change the tool-bar's height. */
8051 row = it.glyph_row - 1;
8052 if (!row->displays_text_p
8053 && row->height >= CANON_Y_UNIT (f))
8054 change_height_p = 1;
8055
8056 /* If row displays tool-bar items, but is partially visible,
8057 change the tool-bar's height. */
8058 if (row->displays_text_p
8059 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > it.last_visible_y)
8060 change_height_p = 1;
8061
8062 /* Resize windows as needed by changing the `tool-bar-lines'
8063 frame parameter. */
8064 if (change_height_p
8065 && (nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f),
8066 nlines != XFASTINT (w->height)))
8067 {
8068 extern Lisp_Object Qtool_bar_lines;
8069 Lisp_Object frame;
8070 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
8071
8072 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
8073 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8074 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame,
8075 Fcons (Fcons (Qtool_bar_lines,
8076 make_number (nlines)),
8077 Qnil));
8078 if (XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height)
8079 fonts_changed_p = 1;
8080 }
8081 }
8082
8083 return change_height_p;
8084 }
8085
8086
8087 /* Get information about the tool-bar item which is displayed in GLYPH
8088 on frame F. Return in *PROP_IDX the index where tool-bar item
8089 properties start in F->tool_bar_items. Value is zero if
8090 GLYPH doesn't display a tool-bar item. */
8091
8092 int
8093 tool_bar_item_info (f, glyph, prop_idx)
8094 struct frame *f;
8095 struct glyph *glyph;
8096 int *prop_idx;
8097 {
8098 Lisp_Object prop;
8099 int success_p;
8100 int charpos;
8101
8102 /* This function can be called asynchronously, which means we must
8103 exclude any possibility that Fget_text_property signals an
8104 error. */
8105 charpos = min (SCHARS (f->current_tool_bar_string), glyph->charpos);
8106 charpos = max (0, charpos);
8107
8108 /* Get the text property `menu-item' at pos. The value of that
8109 property is the start index of this item's properties in
8110 F->tool_bar_items. */
8111 prop = Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos),
8112 Qmenu_item, f->current_tool_bar_string);
8113 if (INTEGERP (prop))
8114 {
8115 *prop_idx = XINT (prop);
8116 success_p = 1;
8117 }
8118 else
8119 success_p = 0;
8120
8121 return success_p;
8122 }
8123
8124 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
8125
8126
8127 \f
8128 /************************************************************************
8129 Horizontal scrolling
8130 ************************************************************************/
8131
8132 static int hscroll_window_tree P_ ((Lisp_Object));
8133 static int hscroll_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
8134
8135 /* For all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW, set their
8136 hscroll value so that PT is (i) visible in the window, and (ii) so
8137 that it is not within a certain margin at the window's left and
8138 right border. Value is non-zero if any window's hscroll has been
8139 changed. */
8140
8141 static int
8142 hscroll_window_tree (window)
8143 Lisp_Object window;
8144 {
8145 int hscrolled_p = 0;
8146 int hscroll_relative_p = FLOATP (Vhscroll_step);
8147 int hscroll_step_abs = 0;
8148 double hscroll_step_rel = 0;
8149
8150 if (hscroll_relative_p)
8151 {
8152 hscroll_step_rel = XFLOAT_DATA (Vhscroll_step);
8153 if (hscroll_step_rel < 0)
8154 {
8155 hscroll_relative_p = 0;
8156 hscroll_step_abs = 0;
8157 }
8158 }
8159 else if (INTEGERP (Vhscroll_step))
8160 {
8161 hscroll_step_abs = XINT (Vhscroll_step);
8162 if (hscroll_step_abs < 0)
8163 hscroll_step_abs = 0;
8164 }
8165 else
8166 hscroll_step_abs = 0;
8167
8168 while (WINDOWP (window))
8169 {
8170 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8171
8172 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
8173 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->hchild);
8174 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
8175 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->vchild);
8176 else if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
8177 {
8178 int h_margin, text_area_x, text_area_y;
8179 int text_area_width, text_area_height;
8180 struct glyph_row *current_cursor_row
8181 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
8182 struct glyph_row *desired_cursor_row
8183 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
8184 struct glyph_row *cursor_row
8185 = (desired_cursor_row->enabled_p
8186 ? desired_cursor_row
8187 : current_cursor_row);
8188
8189 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y,
8190 &text_area_width, &text_area_height);
8191
8192 /* Scroll when cursor is inside this scroll margin. */
8193 h_margin = hscroll_margin * CANON_X_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame));
8194
8195 if ((XFASTINT (w->hscroll)
8196 && w->cursor.x <= h_margin)
8197 || (cursor_row->enabled_p
8198 && cursor_row->truncated_on_right_p
8199 && (w->cursor.x >= text_area_width - h_margin)))
8200 {
8201 struct it it;
8202 int hscroll;
8203 struct buffer *saved_current_buffer;
8204 int pt;
8205 int wanted_x;
8206
8207 /* Find point in a display of infinite width. */
8208 saved_current_buffer = current_buffer;
8209 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8210
8211 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8212 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
8213 else
8214 {
8215 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
8216 pt = max (BEGV, pt);
8217 pt = min (ZV, pt);
8218 }
8219
8220 /* Move iterator to pt starting at cursor_row->start in
8221 a line with infinite width. */
8222 init_to_row_start (&it, w, cursor_row);
8223 it.last_visible_x = INFINITY;
8224 move_it_in_display_line_to (&it, pt, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
8225 current_buffer = saved_current_buffer;
8226
8227 /* Position cursor in window. */
8228 if (!hscroll_relative_p && hscroll_step_abs == 0)
8229 hscroll = max (0, it.current_x - text_area_width / 2)
8230 / CANON_X_UNIT (it.f);
8231 else if (w->cursor.x >= text_area_width - h_margin)
8232 {
8233 if (hscroll_relative_p)
8234 wanted_x = text_area_width * (1 - hscroll_step_rel)
8235 - h_margin;
8236 else
8237 wanted_x = text_area_width
8238 - hscroll_step_abs * CANON_X_UNIT (it.f)
8239 - h_margin;
8240 hscroll
8241 = max (0, it.current_x - wanted_x) / CANON_X_UNIT (it.f);
8242 }
8243 else
8244 {
8245 if (hscroll_relative_p)
8246 wanted_x = text_area_width * hscroll_step_rel
8247 + h_margin;
8248 else
8249 wanted_x = hscroll_step_abs * CANON_X_UNIT (it.f)
8250 + h_margin;
8251 hscroll
8252 = max (0, it.current_x - wanted_x) / CANON_X_UNIT (it.f);
8253 }
8254 hscroll = max (hscroll, XFASTINT (w->min_hscroll));
8255
8256 /* Don't call Fset_window_hscroll if value hasn't
8257 changed because it will prevent redisplay
8258 optimizations. */
8259 if (XFASTINT (w->hscroll) != hscroll)
8260 {
8261 XBUFFER (w->buffer)->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 1;
8262 w->hscroll = make_number (hscroll);
8263 hscrolled_p = 1;
8264 }
8265 }
8266 }
8267
8268 window = w->next;
8269 }
8270
8271 /* Value is non-zero if hscroll of any leaf window has been changed. */
8272 return hscrolled_p;
8273 }
8274
8275
8276 /* Set hscroll so that cursor is visible and not inside horizontal
8277 scroll margins for all windows in the tree rooted at WINDOW. See
8278 also hscroll_window_tree above. Value is non-zero if any window's
8279 hscroll has been changed. If it has, desired matrices on the frame
8280 of WINDOW are cleared. */
8281
8282 static int
8283 hscroll_windows (window)
8284 Lisp_Object window;
8285 {
8286 int hscrolled_p;
8287
8288 if (automatic_hscrolling_p)
8289 {
8290 hscrolled_p = hscroll_window_tree (window);
8291 if (hscrolled_p)
8292 clear_desired_matrices (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))));
8293 }
8294 else
8295 hscrolled_p = 0;
8296 return hscrolled_p;
8297 }
8298
8299
8300 \f
8301 /************************************************************************
8302 Redisplay
8303 ************************************************************************/
8304
8305 /* Variables holding some state of redisplay if GLYPH_DEBUG is defined
8306 to a non-zero value. This is sometimes handy to have in a debugger
8307 session. */
8308
8309 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8310
8311 /* First and last unchanged row for try_window_id. */
8312
8313 int debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
8314 int debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos;
8315
8316 /* Delta vpos and y. */
8317
8318 int debug_dvpos, debug_dy;
8319
8320 /* Delta in characters and bytes for try_window_id. */
8321
8322 int debug_delta, debug_delta_bytes;
8323
8324 /* Values of window_end_pos and window_end_vpos at the end of
8325 try_window_id. */
8326
8327 EMACS_INT debug_end_pos, debug_end_vpos;
8328
8329 /* Append a string to W->desired_matrix->method. FMT is a printf
8330 format string. A1...A9 are a supplement for a variable-length
8331 argument list. If trace_redisplay_p is non-zero also printf the
8332 resulting string to stderr. */
8333
8334 static void
8335 debug_method_add (w, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9)
8336 struct window *w;
8337 char *fmt;
8338 int a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9;
8339 {
8340 char buffer[512];
8341 char *method = w->desired_matrix->method;
8342 int len = strlen (method);
8343 int size = sizeof w->desired_matrix->method;
8344 int remaining = size - len - 1;
8345
8346 sprintf (buffer, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9);
8347 if (len && remaining)
8348 {
8349 method[len] = '|';
8350 --remaining, ++len;
8351 }
8352
8353 strncpy (method + len, buffer, remaining);
8354
8355 if (trace_redisplay_p)
8356 fprintf (stderr, "%p (%s): %s\n",
8357 w,
8358 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer)
8359 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name))
8360 ? (char *) SDATA (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)
8361 : "no buffer"),
8362 buffer);
8363 }
8364
8365 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
8366
8367
8368 /* Value is non-zero if all changes in window W, which displays
8369 current_buffer, are in the text between START and END. START is a
8370 buffer position, END is given as a distance from Z. Used in
8371 redisplay_internal for display optimization. */
8372
8373 static INLINE int
8374 text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, start, end)
8375 struct window *w;
8376 int start, end;
8377 {
8378 int unchanged_p = 1;
8379
8380 /* If text or overlays have changed, see where. */
8381 if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8382 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8383 {
8384 /* Gap in the line? */
8385 if (GPT < start || Z - GPT < end)
8386 unchanged_p = 0;
8387
8388 /* Changes start in front of the line, or end after it? */
8389 if (unchanged_p
8390 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start - 1
8391 || END_UNCHANGED < end))
8392 unchanged_p = 0;
8393
8394 /* If selective display, can't optimize if changes start at the
8395 beginning of the line. */
8396 if (unchanged_p
8397 && INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
8398 && XINT (current_buffer->selective_display) > 0
8399 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start || GPT <= start))
8400 unchanged_p = 0;
8401
8402 /* If there are overlays at the start or end of the line, these
8403 may have overlay strings with newlines in them. A change at
8404 START, for instance, may actually concern the display of such
8405 overlay strings as well, and they are displayed on different
8406 lines. So, quickly rule out this case. (For the future, it
8407 might be desirable to implement something more telling than
8408 just BEG/END_UNCHANGED.) */
8409 if (unchanged_p)
8410 {
8411 if (BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED == start
8412 && overlay_touches_p (start))
8413 unchanged_p = 0;
8414 if (END_UNCHANGED == end
8415 && overlay_touches_p (Z - end))
8416 unchanged_p = 0;
8417 }
8418 }
8419
8420 return unchanged_p;
8421 }
8422
8423
8424 /* Do a frame update, taking possible shortcuts into account. This is
8425 the main external entry point for redisplay.
8426
8427 If the last redisplay displayed an echo area message and that message
8428 is no longer requested, we clear the echo area or bring back the
8429 mini-buffer if that is in use. */
8430
8431 void
8432 redisplay ()
8433 {
8434 redisplay_internal (0);
8435 }
8436
8437
8438 /* Return 1 if point moved out of or into a composition. Otherwise
8439 return 0. PREV_BUF and PREV_PT are the last point buffer and
8440 position. BUF and PT are the current point buffer and position. */
8441
8442 int
8443 check_point_in_composition (prev_buf, prev_pt, buf, pt)
8444 struct buffer *prev_buf, *buf;
8445 int prev_pt, pt;
8446 {
8447 int start, end;
8448 Lisp_Object prop;
8449 Lisp_Object buffer;
8450
8451 XSETBUFFER (buffer, buf);
8452 /* Check a composition at the last point if point moved within the
8453 same buffer. */
8454 if (prev_buf == buf)
8455 {
8456 if (prev_pt == pt)
8457 /* Point didn't move. */
8458 return 0;
8459
8460 if (prev_pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && prev_pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
8461 && find_composition (prev_pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
8462 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
8463 && start < prev_pt && end > prev_pt)
8464 /* The last point was within the composition. Return 1 iff
8465 point moved out of the composition. */
8466 return (pt <= start || pt >= end);
8467 }
8468
8469 /* Check a composition at the current point. */
8470 return (pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
8471 && find_composition (pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
8472 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
8473 && start < pt && end > pt);
8474 }
8475
8476
8477 /* Reconsider the setting of B->clip_changed which is displayed
8478 in window W. */
8479
8480 static INLINE void
8481 reconsider_clip_changes (w, b)
8482 struct window *w;
8483 struct buffer *b;
8484 {
8485 if (b->clip_changed
8486 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
8487 && w->current_matrix->buffer == b
8488 && w->current_matrix->zv == BUF_ZV (b)
8489 && w->current_matrix->begv == BUF_BEGV (b))
8490 b->clip_changed = 0;
8491
8492 /* If display wasn't paused, and W is not a tool bar window, see if
8493 point has been moved into or out of a composition. In that case,
8494 we set b->clip_changed to 1 to force updating the screen. If
8495 b->clip_changed has already been set to 1, we can skip this
8496 check. */
8497 if (!b->clip_changed
8498 && BUFFERP (w->buffer) && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
8499 {
8500 int pt;
8501
8502 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8503 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
8504 else
8505 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
8506
8507 if ((w->current_matrix->buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer)
8508 || pt != XINT (w->last_point))
8509 && check_point_in_composition (w->current_matrix->buffer,
8510 XINT (w->last_point),
8511 XBUFFER (w->buffer), pt))
8512 b->clip_changed = 1;
8513 }
8514 }
8515 \f
8516 #define STOP_POLLING \
8517 do { if (! polling_stopped_here) stop_polling (); \
8518 polling_stopped_here = 1; } while (0)
8519
8520 #define RESUME_POLLING \
8521 do { if (polling_stopped_here) start_polling (); \
8522 polling_stopped_here = 0; } while (0)
8523
8524
8525 /* If PRESERVE_ECHO_AREA is nonzero, it means this redisplay is not in
8526 response to any user action; therefore, we should preserve the echo
8527 area. (Actually, our caller does that job.) Perhaps in the future
8528 avoid recentering windows if it is not necessary; currently that
8529 causes some problems. */
8530
8531 static void
8532 redisplay_internal (preserve_echo_area)
8533 int preserve_echo_area;
8534 {
8535 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
8536 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8537 int pause;
8538 int must_finish = 0;
8539 struct text_pos tlbufpos, tlendpos;
8540 int number_of_visible_frames;
8541 int count;
8542 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
8543 int polling_stopped_here = 0;
8544
8545 /* Non-zero means redisplay has to consider all windows on all
8546 frames. Zero means, only selected_window is considered. */
8547 int consider_all_windows_p;
8548
8549 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_internal %d\n", redisplaying_p));
8550
8551 /* No redisplay if running in batch mode or frame is not yet fully
8552 initialized, or redisplay is explicitly turned off by setting
8553 Vinhibit_redisplay. */
8554 if (noninteractive
8555 || !NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay)
8556 || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
8557 return;
8558
8559 /* The flag redisplay_performed_directly_p is set by
8560 direct_output_for_insert when it already did the whole screen
8561 update necessary. */
8562 if (redisplay_performed_directly_p)
8563 {
8564 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0;
8565 if (!hscroll_windows (selected_window))
8566 return;
8567 }
8568
8569 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
8570 if (popup_activated ())
8571 return;
8572 #endif
8573
8574 /* I don't think this happens but let's be paranoid. */
8575 if (redisplaying_p)
8576 return;
8577
8578 /* Record a function that resets redisplaying_p to its old value
8579 when we leave this function. */
8580 count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
8581 record_unwind_protect (unwind_redisplay, make_number (redisplaying_p));
8582 ++redisplaying_p;
8583 specbind (Qinhibit_free_realized_faces, Qnil);
8584
8585 retry:
8586 pause = 0;
8587 reconsider_clip_changes (w, current_buffer);
8588
8589 /* If new fonts have been loaded that make a glyph matrix adjustment
8590 necessary, do it. */
8591 if (fonts_changed_p)
8592 {
8593 adjust_glyphs (NULL);
8594 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8595 fonts_changed_p = 0;
8596 }
8597
8598 /* If face_change_count is non-zero, init_iterator will free all
8599 realized faces, which includes the faces referenced from current
8600 matrices. So, we can't reuse current matrices in this case. */
8601 if (face_change_count)
8602 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8603
8604 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (sf)
8605 && previous_terminal_frame != sf)
8606 {
8607 /* Since frames on an ASCII terminal share the same display
8608 area, displaying a different frame means redisplay the whole
8609 thing. */
8610 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
8611 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (sf);
8612 XSETFRAME (Vterminal_frame, sf);
8613 }
8614 previous_terminal_frame = sf;
8615
8616 /* Set the visible flags for all frames. Do this before checking
8617 for resized or garbaged frames; they want to know if their frames
8618 are visible. See the comment in frame.h for
8619 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY. */
8620 {
8621 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8622
8623 number_of_visible_frames = 0;
8624
8625 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8626 {
8627 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
8628
8629 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
8630 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
8631 ++number_of_visible_frames;
8632 clear_desired_matrices (f);
8633 }
8634 }
8635
8636 /* Notice any pending interrupt request to change frame size. */
8637 do_pending_window_change (1);
8638
8639 /* Clear frames marked as garbaged. */
8640 if (frame_garbaged)
8641 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8642
8643 /* Build menubar and tool-bar items. */
8644 prepare_menu_bars ();
8645
8646 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
8647 update_mode_lines++;
8648
8649 /* Detect case that we need to write or remove a star in the mode line. */
8650 if ((SAVE_MODIFF < MODIFF) != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
8651 {
8652 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8653 if (buffer_shared > 1)
8654 update_mode_lines++;
8655 }
8656
8657 /* If %c is in the mode line, update it if needed. */
8658 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
8659 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
8660 where no change is needed. */
8661 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8662 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
8663 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8664 && (XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed)
8665 != (int) current_column ())) /* iftc */
8666 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8667
8668 FRAME_SCROLL_BOTTOM_VPOS (XFRAME (w->frame)) = -1;
8669
8670 /* The variable buffer_shared is set in redisplay_window and
8671 indicates that we redisplay a buffer in different windows. See
8672 there. */
8673 consider_all_windows_p = (update_mode_lines || buffer_shared > 1
8674 || cursor_type_changed);
8675
8676 /* If specs for an arrow have changed, do thorough redisplay
8677 to ensure we remove any arrow that should no longer exist. */
8678 if (! EQ (COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position), last_arrow_position)
8679 || ! EQ (Voverlay_arrow_string, last_arrow_string))
8680 consider_all_windows_p = windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
8681
8682 /* Normally the message* functions will have already displayed and
8683 updated the echo area, but the frame may have been trashed, or
8684 the update may have been preempted, so display the echo area
8685 again here. Checking message_cleared_p captures the case that
8686 the echo area should be cleared. */
8687 if ((!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) && !display_last_displayed_message_p)
8688 || (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]) && display_last_displayed_message_p)
8689 || (message_cleared_p
8690 && minibuf_level == 0
8691 /* If the mini-window is currently selected, this means the
8692 echo-area doesn't show through. */
8693 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window))))
8694 {
8695 int window_height_changed_p = echo_area_display (0);
8696 must_finish = 1;
8697
8698 /* If we don't display the current message, don't clear the
8699 message_cleared_p flag, because, if we did, we wouldn't clear
8700 the echo area in the next redisplay which doesn't preserve
8701 the echo area. */
8702 if (!display_last_displayed_message_p)
8703 message_cleared_p = 0;
8704
8705 if (fonts_changed_p)
8706 goto retry;
8707 else if (window_height_changed_p)
8708 {
8709 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
8710 ++update_mode_lines;
8711 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8712
8713 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
8714 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
8715 surprises wrt scrolling. */
8716 if (frame_garbaged)
8717 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8718 }
8719 }
8720 else if (EQ (selected_window, minibuf_window)
8721 && (current_buffer->clip_changed
8722 || XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8723 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8724 && resize_mini_window (w, 0))
8725 {
8726 /* Resized active mini-window to fit the size of what it is
8727 showing if its contents might have changed. */
8728 must_finish = 1;
8729 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
8730 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8731 ++update_mode_lines;
8732
8733 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
8734 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
8735 surprises wrt scrolling. */
8736 if (frame_garbaged)
8737 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8738 }
8739
8740
8741 /* If showing the region, and mark has changed, we must redisplay
8742 the whole window. The assignment to this_line_start_pos prevents
8743 the optimization directly below this if-statement. */
8744 if (((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8745 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
8746 != !NILP (w->region_showing))
8747 || (!NILP (w->region_showing)
8748 && !EQ (w->region_showing,
8749 Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark))))
8750 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8751
8752 /* Optimize the case that only the line containing the cursor in the
8753 selected window has changed. Variables starting with this_ are
8754 set in display_line and record information about the line
8755 containing the cursor. */
8756 tlbufpos = this_line_start_pos;
8757 tlendpos = this_line_end_pos;
8758 if (!consider_all_windows_p
8759 && CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > 0
8760 && NILP (w->update_mode_line)
8761 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8762 && !current_buffer->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p
8763 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
8764 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
8765 /* Make sure recorded data applies to current buffer, etc. */
8766 && this_line_buffer == current_buffer
8767 && current_buffer == XBUFFER (w->buffer)
8768 && NILP (w->force_start)
8769 && NILP (w->optional_new_start)
8770 /* Point must be on the line that we have info recorded about. */
8771 && PT >= CHARPOS (tlbufpos)
8772 && PT <= Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8773 /* All text outside that line, including its final newline,
8774 must be unchanged */
8775 && text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos),
8776 CHARPOS (tlendpos)))
8777 {
8778 if (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > BEGV
8779 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos) - 1) != '\n'
8780 && (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) == ZV
8781 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos)) == '\n'))
8782 /* Former continuation line has disappeared by becoming empty */
8783 goto cancel;
8784 else if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8785 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
8786 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
8787 {
8788 /* We have to handle the case of continuation around a
8789 wide-column character (See the comment in indent.c around
8790 line 885).
8791
8792 For instance, in the following case:
8793
8794 -------- Insert --------
8795 K_A_N_\\ `a' K_A_N_a\ `X_' are wide-column chars.
8796 J_I_ ==> J_I_ `^^' are cursors.
8797 ^^ ^^
8798 -------- --------
8799
8800 As we have to redraw the line above, we should goto cancel. */
8801
8802 struct it it;
8803 int line_height_before = this_line_pixel_height;
8804
8805 /* Note that start_display will handle the case that the
8806 line starting at tlbufpos is a continuation lines. */
8807 start_display (&it, w, tlbufpos);
8808
8809 /* Implementation note: It this still necessary? */
8810 if (it.current_x != this_line_start_x)
8811 goto cancel;
8812
8813 TRACE ((stderr, "trying display optimization 1\n"));
8814 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
8815 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
8816 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
8817 it.current_y = this_line_y;
8818 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos);
8819 display_line (&it);
8820
8821 /* If line contains point, is not continued,
8822 and ends at same distance from eob as before, we win */
8823 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0
8824 /* Line is not continued, otherwise this_line_start_pos
8825 would have been set to 0 in display_line. */
8826 && CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8827 /* Line ends as before. */
8828 && CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos) == CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8829 /* Line has same height as before. Otherwise other lines
8830 would have to be shifted up or down. */
8831 && this_line_pixel_height == line_height_before)
8832 {
8833 /* If this is not the window's last line, we must adjust
8834 the charstarts of the lines below. */
8835 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
8836 {
8837 struct glyph_row *row
8838 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos + 1);
8839 int delta, delta_bytes;
8840
8841 if (Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos) == ZV)
8842 {
8843 /* This line ends at end of (accessible part of)
8844 buffer. There is no newline to count. */
8845 delta = (Z
8846 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8847 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
8848 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
8849 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
8850 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8851 }
8852 else
8853 {
8854 /* This line ends in a newline. Must take
8855 account of the newline and the rest of the
8856 text that follows. */
8857 delta = (Z
8858 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8859 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
8860 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
8861 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
8862 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8863 }
8864
8865 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
8866 this_line_vpos + 1,
8867 w->current_matrix->nrows,
8868 delta, delta_bytes);
8869 }
8870
8871 /* If this row displays text now but previously didn't,
8872 or vice versa, w->window_end_vpos may have to be
8873 adjusted. */
8874 if ((it.glyph_row - 1)->displays_text_p)
8875 {
8876 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < this_line_vpos)
8877 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos);
8878 }
8879 else if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) == this_line_vpos
8880 && this_line_vpos > 0)
8881 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos - 1);
8882 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
8883
8884 /* Update hint: No need to try to scroll in update_window. */
8885 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
8886
8887 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8888 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
8889 debug_method_add (w, "optimization 1");
8890 #endif
8891 goto update;
8892 }
8893 else
8894 goto cancel;
8895 }
8896 else if (/* Cursor position hasn't changed. */
8897 PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8898 /* Make sure the cursor was last displayed
8899 in this window. Otherwise we have to reposition it. */
8900 && 0 <= w->cursor.vpos
8901 && XINT (w->height) > w->cursor.vpos)
8902 {
8903 if (!must_finish)
8904 {
8905 do_pending_window_change (1);
8906
8907 /* We used to always goto end_of_redisplay here, but this
8908 isn't enough if we have a blinking cursor. */
8909 if (w->cursor_off_p == w->last_cursor_off_p)
8910 goto end_of_redisplay;
8911 }
8912 goto update;
8913 }
8914 /* If highlighting the region, or if the cursor is in the echo area,
8915 then we can't just move the cursor. */
8916 else if (! (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8917 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8918 && (EQ (selected_window, current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8919 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8920 && NILP (w->region_showing)
8921 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
8922 && !cursor_in_echo_area)
8923 {
8924 struct it it;
8925 struct glyph_row *row;
8926
8927 /* Skip from tlbufpos to PT and see where it is. Note that
8928 PT may be in invisible text. If so, we will end at the
8929 next visible position. */
8930 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos), BYTEPOS (tlbufpos),
8931 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8932 it.current_x = this_line_start_x;
8933 it.current_y = this_line_y;
8934 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
8935
8936 /* The call to move_it_to stops in front of PT, but
8937 moves over before-strings. */
8938 move_it_to (&it, PT, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
8939
8940 if (it.vpos == this_line_vpos
8941 && (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos),
8942 row->enabled_p))
8943 {
8944 xassert (this_line_vpos == it.vpos);
8945 xassert (this_line_y == it.current_y);
8946 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8947 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8948 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
8949 debug_method_add (w, "optimization 3");
8950 #endif
8951 goto update;
8952 }
8953 else
8954 goto cancel;
8955 }
8956
8957 cancel:
8958 /* Text changed drastically or point moved off of line. */
8959 SET_MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos, 0);
8960 }
8961
8962 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8963 consider_all_windows_p |= buffer_shared > 1;
8964 ++clear_face_cache_count;
8965
8966
8967 /* Build desired matrices, and update the display. If
8968 consider_all_windows_p is non-zero, do it for all windows on all
8969 frames. Otherwise do it for selected_window, only. */
8970
8971 if (consider_all_windows_p)
8972 {
8973 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8974 int i, n = 0, size = 50;
8975 struct frame **updated
8976 = (struct frame **) alloca (size * sizeof *updated);
8977
8978 /* Clear the face cache eventually. */
8979 if (clear_face_cache_count > CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT)
8980 {
8981 clear_face_cache (0);
8982 clear_face_cache_count = 0;
8983 }
8984
8985 /* Recompute # windows showing selected buffer. This will be
8986 incremented each time such a window is displayed. */
8987 buffer_shared = 0;
8988
8989 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8990 {
8991 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
8992
8993 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) || f == sf)
8994 {
8995 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
8996 if (clear_face_cache_count % 50 == 0
8997 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
8998 clear_image_cache (f, 0);
8999 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
9000
9001 /* Mark all the scroll bars to be removed; we'll redeem
9002 the ones we want when we redisplay their windows. */
9003 if (condemn_scroll_bars_hook)
9004 condemn_scroll_bars_hook (f);
9005
9006 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
9007 redisplay_windows (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
9008
9009 /* Any scroll bars which redisplay_windows should have
9010 nuked should now go away. */
9011 if (judge_scroll_bars_hook)
9012 judge_scroll_bars_hook (f);
9013
9014 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
9015 /* ??? rms: I suspect it is a mistake to jump all the way
9016 back to retry here. It should just retry this frame. */
9017 if (fonts_changed_p)
9018 goto retry;
9019
9020 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
9021 {
9022 /* See if we have to hscroll. */
9023 if (hscroll_windows (f->root_window))
9024 goto retry;
9025
9026 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display
9027 update. stdio is not robust about handling
9028 signals, which can cause an apparent I/O
9029 error. */
9030 if (interrupt_input)
9031 unrequest_sigio ();
9032 STOP_POLLING;
9033
9034 /* Update the display. */
9035 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (f->root_window), 1);
9036 pause |= update_frame (f, 0, 0);
9037 if (pause)
9038 break;
9039
9040 if (n == size)
9041 {
9042 int nbytes = size * sizeof *updated;
9043 struct frame **p = (struct frame **) alloca (2 * nbytes);
9044 bcopy (updated, p, nbytes);
9045 size *= 2;
9046 }
9047
9048 updated[n++] = f;
9049 }
9050 }
9051 }
9052
9053 /* Do the mark_window_display_accurate after all windows have
9054 been redisplayed because this call resets flags in buffers
9055 which are needed for proper redisplay. */
9056 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
9057 {
9058 struct frame *f = updated[i];
9059 mark_window_display_accurate (f->root_window, 1);
9060 if (frame_up_to_date_hook)
9061 frame_up_to_date_hook (f);
9062 }
9063 }
9064 else if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
9065 {
9066 Lisp_Object mini_window;
9067 struct frame *mini_frame;
9068
9069 displayed_buffer = XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window)->buffer);
9070 /* Use list_of_error, not Qerror, so that
9071 we catch only errors and don't run the debugger. */
9072 internal_condition_case_1 (redisplay_window_1, selected_window,
9073 list_of_error,
9074 redisplay_window_error);
9075
9076 /* Compare desired and current matrices, perform output. */
9077
9078 update:
9079 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
9080 if (fonts_changed_p)
9081 goto retry;
9082
9083 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display update.
9084 stdio is not robust about handling signals,
9085 which can cause an apparent I/O error. */
9086 if (interrupt_input)
9087 unrequest_sigio ();
9088 STOP_POLLING;
9089
9090 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
9091 {
9092 if (hscroll_windows (selected_window))
9093 goto retry;
9094
9095 XWINDOW (selected_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
9096 pause = update_frame (sf, 0, 0);
9097 }
9098
9099 /* We may have called echo_area_display at the top of this
9100 function. If the echo area is on another frame, that may
9101 have put text on a frame other than the selected one, so the
9102 above call to update_frame would not have caught it. Catch
9103 it here. */
9104 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
9105 mini_frame = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
9106
9107 if (mini_frame != sf && FRAME_WINDOW_P (mini_frame))
9108 {
9109 XWINDOW (mini_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
9110 pause |= update_frame (mini_frame, 0, 0);
9111 if (!pause && hscroll_windows (mini_window))
9112 goto retry;
9113 }
9114 }
9115
9116 /* If display was paused because of pending input, make sure we do a
9117 thorough update the next time. */
9118 if (pause)
9119 {
9120 /* Prevent the optimization at the beginning of
9121 redisplay_internal that tries a single-line update of the
9122 line containing the cursor in the selected window. */
9123 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
9124
9125 /* Let the overlay arrow be updated the next time. */
9126 if (!NILP (last_arrow_position))
9127 {
9128 last_arrow_position = Qt;
9129 last_arrow_string = Qt;
9130 }
9131
9132 /* If we pause after scrolling, some rows in the current
9133 matrices of some windows are not valid. */
9134 if (!WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)
9135 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame)))
9136 update_mode_lines = 1;
9137 }
9138 else
9139 {
9140 if (!consider_all_windows_p)
9141 {
9142 /* This has already been done above if
9143 consider_all_windows_p is set. */
9144 mark_window_display_accurate_1 (w, 1);
9145
9146 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
9147 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
9148
9149 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0)
9150 frame_up_to_date_hook (sf);
9151 }
9152
9153 update_mode_lines = 0;
9154 windows_or_buffers_changed = 0;
9155 cursor_type_changed = 0;
9156 }
9157
9158 /* Start SIGIO interrupts coming again. Having them off during the
9159 code above makes it less likely one will discard output, but not
9160 impossible, since there might be stuff in the system buffer here.
9161 But it is much hairier to try to do anything about that. */
9162 if (interrupt_input)
9163 request_sigio ();
9164 RESUME_POLLING;
9165
9166 /* If a frame has become visible which was not before, redisplay
9167 again, so that we display it. Expose events for such a frame
9168 (which it gets when becoming visible) don't call the parts of
9169 redisplay constructing glyphs, so simply exposing a frame won't
9170 display anything in this case. So, we have to display these
9171 frames here explicitly. */
9172 if (!pause)
9173 {
9174 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
9175 int new_count = 0;
9176
9177 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
9178 {
9179 int this_is_visible = 0;
9180
9181 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
9182 this_is_visible = 1;
9183 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (XFRAME (frame));
9184 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
9185 this_is_visible = 1;
9186
9187 if (this_is_visible)
9188 new_count++;
9189 }
9190
9191 if (new_count != number_of_visible_frames)
9192 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
9193 }
9194
9195 /* Change frame size now if a change is pending. */
9196 do_pending_window_change (1);
9197
9198 /* If we just did a pending size change, or have additional
9199 visible frames, redisplay again. */
9200 if (windows_or_buffers_changed && !pause)
9201 goto retry;
9202
9203 end_of_redisplay:
9204 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
9205 RESUME_POLLING;
9206 }
9207
9208
9209 /* Redisplay, but leave alone any recent echo area message unless
9210 another message has been requested in its place.
9211
9212 This is useful in situations where you need to redisplay but no
9213 user action has occurred, making it inappropriate for the message
9214 area to be cleared. See tracking_off and
9215 wait_reading_process_input for examples of these situations.
9216
9217 FROM_WHERE is an integer saying from where this function was
9218 called. This is useful for debugging. */
9219
9220 void
9221 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (from_where)
9222 int from_where;
9223 {
9224 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_preserve_echo_area (%d)\n", from_where));
9225
9226 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
9227 {
9228 /* We have a previously displayed message, but no current
9229 message. Redisplay the previous message. */
9230 display_last_displayed_message_p = 1;
9231 redisplay_internal (1);
9232 display_last_displayed_message_p = 0;
9233 }
9234 else
9235 redisplay_internal (1);
9236 }
9237
9238
9239 /* Function registered with record_unwind_protect in
9240 redisplay_internal. Reset redisplaying_p to the value it had
9241 before redisplay_internal was called, and clear
9242 prevent_freeing_realized_faces_p. */
9243
9244 static Lisp_Object
9245 unwind_redisplay (old_redisplaying_p)
9246 Lisp_Object old_redisplaying_p;
9247 {
9248 redisplaying_p = XFASTINT (old_redisplaying_p);
9249 return Qnil;
9250 }
9251
9252
9253 /* Mark the display of window W as accurate or inaccurate. If
9254 ACCURATE_P is non-zero mark display of W as accurate. If
9255 ACCURATE_P is zero, arrange for W to be redisplayed the next time
9256 redisplay_internal is called. */
9257
9258 static void
9259 mark_window_display_accurate_1 (w, accurate_p)
9260 struct window *w;
9261 int accurate_p;
9262 {
9263 if (BUFFERP (w->buffer))
9264 {
9265 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
9266
9267 w->last_modified
9268 = make_number (accurate_p ? BUF_MODIFF (b) : 0);
9269 w->last_overlay_modified
9270 = make_number (accurate_p ? BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b) : 0);
9271 w->last_had_star
9272 = BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b) ? Qt : Qnil;
9273
9274 if (accurate_p)
9275 {
9276 b->clip_changed = 0;
9277 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
9278
9279 BUF_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_MODIFF (b);
9280 BUF_OVERLAY_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b);
9281 BUF_BEG_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_GPT (b) - BUF_BEG (b);
9282 BUF_END_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_Z (b) - BUF_GPT (b);
9283
9284 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
9285 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
9286 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
9287
9288 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
9289 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
9290
9291 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
9292 w->last_point = make_number (BUF_PT (b));
9293 else
9294 w->last_point = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
9295 }
9296 }
9297
9298 if (accurate_p)
9299 {
9300 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
9301 #if 0 /* This is incorrect with variable-height lines. */
9302 xassert (XINT (w->window_end_vpos)
9303 < (XINT (w->height)
9304 - (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0)));
9305 #endif
9306 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
9307 }
9308 }
9309
9310
9311 /* Mark the display of windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW as
9312 accurate or inaccurate. If ACCURATE_P is non-zero mark display of
9313 windows as accurate. If ACCURATE_P is zero, arrange for windows to
9314 be redisplayed the next time redisplay_internal is called. */
9315
9316 void
9317 mark_window_display_accurate (window, accurate_p)
9318 Lisp_Object window;
9319 int accurate_p;
9320 {
9321 struct window *w;
9322
9323 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next)
9324 {
9325 w = XWINDOW (window);
9326 mark_window_display_accurate_1 (w, accurate_p);
9327
9328 if (!NILP (w->vchild))
9329 mark_window_display_accurate (w->vchild, accurate_p);
9330 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
9331 mark_window_display_accurate (w->hchild, accurate_p);
9332 }
9333
9334 if (accurate_p)
9335 {
9336 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
9337 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
9338 }
9339 else
9340 {
9341 /* Force a thorough redisplay the next time by setting
9342 last_arrow_position and last_arrow_string to t, which is
9343 unequal to any useful value of Voverlay_arrow_... */
9344 last_arrow_position = Qt;
9345 last_arrow_string = Qt;
9346 }
9347 }
9348
9349
9350 /* Return value in display table DP (Lisp_Char_Table *) for character
9351 C. Since a display table doesn't have any parent, we don't have to
9352 follow parent. Do not call this function directly but use the
9353 macro DISP_CHAR_VECTOR. */
9354
9355 Lisp_Object
9356 disp_char_vector (dp, c)
9357 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp;
9358 int c;
9359 {
9360 int code[4], i;
9361 Lisp_Object val;
9362
9363 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c))
9364 return (dp->contents[c]);
9365
9366 SPLIT_CHAR (c, code[0], code[1], code[2]);
9367 if (code[1] < 32)
9368 code[1] = -1;
9369 else if (code[2] < 32)
9370 code[2] = -1;
9371
9372 /* Here, the possible range of code[0] (== charset ID) is
9373 128..max_charset. Since the top level char table contains data
9374 for multibyte characters after 256th element, we must increment
9375 code[0] by 128 to get a correct index. */
9376 code[0] += 128;
9377 code[3] = -1; /* anchor */
9378
9379 for (i = 0; code[i] >= 0; i++, dp = XCHAR_TABLE (val))
9380 {
9381 val = dp->contents[code[i]];
9382 if (!SUB_CHAR_TABLE_P (val))
9383 return (NILP (val) ? dp->defalt : val);
9384 }
9385
9386 /* Here, val is a sub char table. We return the default value of
9387 it. */
9388 return (dp->defalt);
9389 }
9390
9391
9392 \f
9393 /***********************************************************************
9394 Window Redisplay
9395 ***********************************************************************/
9396
9397 /* Redisplay all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW. */
9398
9399 static void
9400 redisplay_windows (window)
9401 Lisp_Object window;
9402 {
9403 while (!NILP (window))
9404 {
9405 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9406
9407 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
9408 redisplay_windows (w->hchild);
9409 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
9410 redisplay_windows (w->vchild);
9411 else
9412 {
9413 displayed_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
9414 /* Use list_of_error, not Qerror, so that
9415 we catch only errors and don't run the debugger. */
9416 internal_condition_case_1 (redisplay_window_0, window,
9417 list_of_error,
9418 redisplay_window_error);
9419 }
9420
9421 window = w->next;
9422 }
9423 }
9424
9425 static Lisp_Object
9426 redisplay_window_error ()
9427 {
9428 displayed_buffer->display_error_modiff = BUF_MODIFF (displayed_buffer);
9429 return Qnil;
9430 }
9431
9432 static Lisp_Object
9433 redisplay_window_0 (window)
9434 Lisp_Object window;
9435 {
9436 if (displayed_buffer->display_error_modiff < BUF_MODIFF (displayed_buffer))
9437 redisplay_window (window, 0);
9438 return Qnil;
9439 }
9440
9441 static Lisp_Object
9442 redisplay_window_1 (window)
9443 Lisp_Object window;
9444 {
9445 if (displayed_buffer->display_error_modiff < BUF_MODIFF (displayed_buffer))
9446 redisplay_window (window, 1);
9447 return Qnil;
9448 }
9449 \f
9450
9451 /* Increment GLYPH until it reaches END or CONDITION fails while
9452 adding (GLYPH)->pixel_width to X. */
9453
9454 #define SKIP_GLYPHS(glyph, end, x, condition) \
9455 do \
9456 { \
9457 (x) += (glyph)->pixel_width; \
9458 ++(glyph); \
9459 } \
9460 while ((glyph) < (end) && (condition))
9461
9462
9463 /* Set cursor position of W. PT is assumed to be displayed in ROW.
9464 DELTA is the number of bytes by which positions recorded in ROW
9465 differ from current buffer positions. */
9466
9467 void
9468 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, matrix, delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos)
9469 struct window *w;
9470 struct glyph_row *row;
9471 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
9472 int delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos;
9473 {
9474 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
9475 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
9476 /* The first glyph that starts a sequence of glyphs from string. */
9477 struct glyph *string_start;
9478 /* The X coordinate of string_start. */
9479 int string_start_x;
9480 /* The last known character position. */
9481 int last_pos = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) + delta;
9482 /* The last known character position before string_start. */
9483 int string_before_pos;
9484 int x = row->x;
9485 int pt_old = PT - delta;
9486
9487 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
9488 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
9489 frames. */
9490 if (row->displays_text_p)
9491 while (glyph < end
9492 && INTEGERP (glyph->object)
9493 && glyph->charpos < 0)
9494 {
9495 x += glyph->pixel_width;
9496 ++glyph;
9497 }
9498
9499 string_start = NULL;
9500 while (glyph < end
9501 && !INTEGERP (glyph->object)
9502 && (!BUFFERP (glyph->object)
9503 || (last_pos = glyph->charpos) < pt_old))
9504 {
9505 if (! STRINGP (glyph->object))
9506 {
9507 string_start = NULL;
9508 x += glyph->pixel_width;
9509 ++glyph;
9510 }
9511 else
9512 {
9513 string_before_pos = last_pos;
9514 string_start = glyph;
9515 string_start_x = x;
9516 /* Skip all glyphs from string. */
9517 SKIP_GLYPHS (glyph, end, x, STRINGP (glyph->object));
9518 }
9519 }
9520
9521 if (string_start
9522 && (glyph == end || !BUFFERP (glyph->object) || last_pos > pt_old))
9523 {
9524 /* We may have skipped over point because the previous glyphs
9525 are from string. As there's no easy way to know the
9526 character position of the current glyph, find the correct
9527 glyph on point by scanning from string_start again. */
9528 Lisp_Object limit;
9529 Lisp_Object string;
9530 int pos;
9531
9532 limit = make_number (pt_old + 1);
9533 end = glyph;
9534 glyph = string_start;
9535 x = string_start_x;
9536 string = glyph->object;
9537 pos = string_buffer_position (w, string, string_before_pos);
9538 /* If STRING is from overlay, LAST_POS == 0. We skip such glyphs
9539 because we always put cursor after overlay strings. */
9540 while (pos == 0 && glyph < end)
9541 {
9542 string = glyph->object;
9543 SKIP_GLYPHS (glyph, end, x, EQ (glyph->object, string));
9544 if (glyph < end)
9545 pos = string_buffer_position (w, glyph->object, string_before_pos);
9546 }
9547
9548 while (glyph < end)
9549 {
9550 pos = XINT (Fnext_single_char_property_change
9551 (make_number (pos), Qdisplay, Qnil, limit));
9552 if (pos > pt_old)
9553 break;
9554 /* Skip glyphs from the same string. */
9555 string = glyph->object;
9556 SKIP_GLYPHS (glyph, end, x, EQ (glyph->object, string));
9557 /* Skip glyphs from an overlay. */
9558 while (glyph < end
9559 && ! string_buffer_position (w, glyph->object, pos))
9560 {
9561 string = glyph->object;
9562 SKIP_GLYPHS (glyph, end, x, EQ (glyph->object, string));
9563 }
9564 }
9565 }
9566
9567 w->cursor.hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
9568 w->cursor.x = x;
9569 w->cursor.vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, matrix) + dvpos;
9570 w->cursor.y = row->y + dy;
9571
9572 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
9573 {
9574 if (!row->continued_p
9575 && !MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row)
9576 && row->x == 0)
9577 {
9578 this_line_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
9579
9580 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
9581 = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) + delta;
9582 BYTEPOS (this_line_start_pos)
9583 = MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes;
9584
9585 CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos)
9586 = Z - (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + delta);
9587 BYTEPOS (this_line_end_pos)
9588 = Z_BYTE - (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes);
9589
9590 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
9591 this_line_pixel_height = row->height;
9592 this_line_vpos = w->cursor.vpos;
9593 this_line_start_x = row->x;
9594 }
9595 else
9596 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
9597 }
9598 }
9599
9600
9601 /* Run window scroll functions, if any, for WINDOW with new window
9602 start STARTP. Sets the window start of WINDOW to that position.
9603
9604 We assume that the window's buffer is really current. */
9605
9606 static INLINE struct text_pos
9607 run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp)
9608 Lisp_Object window;
9609 struct text_pos startp;
9610 {
9611 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9612 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, startp);
9613
9614 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
9615 abort ();
9616
9617 if (!NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
9618 {
9619 run_hook_with_args_2 (Qwindow_scroll_functions, window,
9620 make_number (CHARPOS (startp)));
9621 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9622 /* In case the hook functions switch buffers. */
9623 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
9624 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
9625 }
9626
9627 return startp;
9628 }
9629
9630
9631 /* Make sure the line containing the cursor is fully visible.
9632 A value of 1 means there is nothing to be done.
9633 (Either the line is fully visible, or it cannot be made so,
9634 or we cannot tell.)
9635 A value of 0 means the caller should do scrolling
9636 as if point had gone off the screen. */
9637
9638 static int
9639 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w)
9640 struct window *w;
9641 {
9642 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
9643 struct glyph_row *row;
9644 int window_height;
9645
9646 /* It's not always possible to find the cursor, e.g, when a window
9647 is full of overlay strings. Don't do anything in that case. */
9648 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9649 return 1;
9650
9651 matrix = w->desired_matrix;
9652 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
9653
9654 /* If the cursor row is not partially visible, there's nothing to do. */
9655 if (!MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
9656 return 1;
9657
9658 /* If the row the cursor is in is taller than the window's height,
9659 it's not clear what to do, so do nothing. */
9660 window_height = window_box_height (w);
9661 if (row->height >= window_height)
9662 return 1;
9663
9664 return 0;
9665
9666 #if 0
9667 /* This code used to try to scroll the window just enough to make
9668 the line visible. It returned 0 to say that the caller should
9669 allocate larger glyph matrices. */
9670
9671 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (w, row))
9672 {
9673 int dy = row->height - row->visible_height;
9674 w->vscroll = 0;
9675 w->cursor.y += dy;
9676 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
9677 }
9678 else /* MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_BOTTOM_P (w, row)) */
9679 {
9680 int dy = - (row->height - row->visible_height);
9681 w->vscroll = dy;
9682 w->cursor.y += dy;
9683 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
9684 }
9685
9686 /* When we change the cursor y-position of the selected window,
9687 change this_line_y as well so that the display optimization for
9688 the cursor line of the selected window in redisplay_internal uses
9689 the correct y-position. */
9690 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
9691 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
9692
9693 /* If vscrolling requires a larger glyph matrix, arrange for a fresh
9694 redisplay with larger matrices. */
9695 if (matrix->nrows < required_matrix_height (w))
9696 {
9697 fonts_changed_p = 1;
9698 return 0;
9699 }
9700
9701 return 1;
9702 #endif /* 0 */
9703 }
9704
9705
9706 /* Try scrolling PT into view in window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P
9707 non-zero means only WINDOW is redisplayed in redisplay_internal.
9708 TEMP_SCROLL_STEP has the same meaning as scroll_step, and is used
9709 in redisplay_window to bring a partially visible line into view in
9710 the case that only the cursor has moved.
9711
9712 LAST_LINE_MISFIT should be nonzero if we're scrolling because the
9713 last screen line's vertical height extends past the end of the screen.
9714
9715 Value is
9716
9717 1 if scrolling succeeded
9718
9719 0 if scrolling didn't find point.
9720
9721 -1 if new fonts have been loaded so that we must interrupt
9722 redisplay, adjust glyph matrices, and try again. */
9723
9724 enum
9725 {
9726 SCROLLING_SUCCESS,
9727 SCROLLING_FAILED,
9728 SCROLLING_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES
9729 };
9730
9731 static int
9732 try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p, scroll_conservatively,
9733 scroll_step, temp_scroll_step, last_line_misfit)
9734 Lisp_Object window;
9735 int just_this_one_p;
9736 EMACS_INT scroll_conservatively, scroll_step;
9737 int temp_scroll_step;
9738 int last_line_misfit;
9739 {
9740 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9741 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9742 struct text_pos scroll_margin_pos;
9743 struct text_pos pos;
9744 struct text_pos startp;
9745 struct it it;
9746 Lisp_Object window_end;
9747 int this_scroll_margin;
9748 int dy = 0;
9749 int scroll_max;
9750 int rc;
9751 int amount_to_scroll = 0;
9752 Lisp_Object aggressive;
9753 int height;
9754 int end_scroll_margin;
9755
9756 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9757 debug_method_add (w, "try_scrolling");
9758 #endif
9759
9760 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9761
9762 /* Compute scroll margin height in pixels. We scroll when point is
9763 within this distance from the top or bottom of the window. */
9764 if (scroll_margin > 0)
9765 {
9766 this_scroll_margin = min (scroll_margin, XINT (w->height) / 4);
9767 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
9768 }
9769 else
9770 this_scroll_margin = 0;
9771
9772 /* Compute how much we should try to scroll maximally to bring point
9773 into view. */
9774 if (scroll_step || scroll_conservatively || temp_scroll_step)
9775 scroll_max = max (scroll_step,
9776 max (scroll_conservatively, temp_scroll_step));
9777 else if (NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively)
9778 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively))
9779 /* We're trying to scroll because of aggressive scrolling
9780 but no scroll_step is set. Choose an arbitrary one. Maybe
9781 there should be a variable for this. */
9782 scroll_max = 10;
9783 else
9784 scroll_max = 0;
9785 scroll_max *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
9786
9787 /* Decide whether we have to scroll down. Start at the window end
9788 and move this_scroll_margin up to find the position of the scroll
9789 margin. */
9790 window_end = Fwindow_end (window, Qt);
9791
9792 too_near_end:
9793
9794 CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = XINT (window_end);
9795 BYTEPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos));
9796
9797 end_scroll_margin = this_scroll_margin + !!last_line_misfit;
9798 if (end_scroll_margin)
9799 {
9800 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
9801 move_it_vertically (&it, - end_scroll_margin);
9802 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
9803 }
9804
9805 if (PT >= CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
9806 {
9807 int y0;
9808
9809 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the bottom of the window, or
9810 below. Compute a new window start that makes point visible. */
9811
9812 /* Compute the distance from the scroll margin to PT.
9813 Give up if the distance is greater than scroll_max. */
9814 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
9815 y0 = it.current_y;
9816 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
9817 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9818
9819 /* To make point visible, we have to move the window start
9820 down so that the line the cursor is in is visible, which
9821 means we have to add in the height of the cursor line. */
9822 dy = line_bottom_y (&it) - y0;
9823
9824 if (dy > scroll_max)
9825 return SCROLLING_FAILED;
9826
9827 /* Move the window start down. If scrolling conservatively,
9828 move it just enough down to make point visible. If
9829 scroll_step is set, move it down by scroll_step. */
9830 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9831
9832 if (scroll_conservatively)
9833 /* Set AMOUNT_TO_SCROLL to at least one line,
9834 and at most scroll_conservatively lines. */
9835 amount_to_scroll
9836 = min (max (dy, CANON_Y_UNIT (f)),
9837 CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * scroll_conservatively);
9838 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
9839 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
9840 else
9841 {
9842 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively;
9843 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
9844 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
9845 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
9846 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
9847 }
9848
9849 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
9850 return SCROLLING_FAILED;
9851
9852 /* If moving by amount_to_scroll leaves STARTP unchanged,
9853 move it down one screen line. */
9854
9855 move_it_vertically (&it, amount_to_scroll);
9856 if (CHARPOS (it.current.pos) == CHARPOS (startp))
9857 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 1);
9858 startp = it.current.pos;
9859 }
9860 else
9861 {
9862 /* See if point is inside the scroll margin at the top of the
9863 window. */
9864 scroll_margin_pos = startp;
9865 if (this_scroll_margin)
9866 {
9867 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9868 move_it_vertically (&it, this_scroll_margin);
9869 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
9870 }
9871
9872 if (PT < CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
9873 {
9874 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the top of the window or
9875 above what is displayed in the window. */
9876 int y0;
9877
9878 /* Compute the vertical distance from PT to the scroll
9879 margin position. Give up if distance is greater than
9880 scroll_max. */
9881 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE);
9882 start_display (&it, w, pos);
9883 y0 = it.current_y;
9884 move_it_to (&it, CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos), 0,
9885 it.last_visible_y, -1,
9886 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9887 dy = it.current_y - y0;
9888 if (dy > scroll_max)
9889 return SCROLLING_FAILED;
9890
9891 /* Compute new window start. */
9892 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9893
9894 if (scroll_conservatively)
9895 amount_to_scroll =
9896 max (dy, CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * max (scroll_step, temp_scroll_step));
9897 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
9898 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
9899 else
9900 {
9901 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively;
9902 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
9903 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
9904 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
9905 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
9906 }
9907
9908 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
9909 return SCROLLING_FAILED;
9910
9911 move_it_vertically (&it, - amount_to_scroll);
9912 startp = it.current.pos;
9913 }
9914 }
9915
9916 /* Run window scroll functions. */
9917 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
9918
9919 /* Display the window. Give up if new fonts are loaded, or if point
9920 doesn't appear. */
9921 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9922 rc = SCROLLING_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES;
9923 else if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9924 {
9925 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9926 rc = SCROLLING_FAILED;
9927 }
9928 else
9929 {
9930 /* Maybe forget recorded base line for line number display. */
9931 if (!just_this_one_p
9932 || current_buffer->clip_changed
9933 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
9934 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9935
9936 /* If cursor ends up on a partially visible line,
9937 treat that as being off the bottom of the screen. */
9938 if (! make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w))
9939 {
9940 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9941 last_line_misfit = 1;
9942 goto too_near_end;
9943 }
9944 rc = SCROLLING_SUCCESS;
9945 }
9946
9947 return rc;
9948 }
9949
9950
9951 /* Compute a suitable window start for window W if display of W starts
9952 on a continuation line. Value is non-zero if a new window start
9953 was computed.
9954
9955 The new window start will be computed, based on W's width, starting
9956 from the start of the continued line. It is the start of the
9957 screen line with the minimum distance from the old start W->start. */
9958
9959 static int
9960 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w)
9961 struct window *w;
9962 {
9963 struct text_pos pos, start_pos;
9964 int window_start_changed_p = 0;
9965
9966 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start_pos, w->start);
9967
9968 /* If window start is on a continuation line... Window start may be
9969 < BEGV in case there's invisible text at the start of the
9970 buffer (M-x rmail, for example). */
9971 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > BEGV
9972 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start_pos) - 1) != '\n')
9973 {
9974 struct it it;
9975 struct glyph_row *row;
9976
9977 /* Handle the case that the window start is out of range. */
9978 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) < BEGV)
9979 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9980 else if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > ZV)
9981 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9982
9983 /* Find the start of the continued line. This should be fast
9984 because scan_buffer is fast (newline cache). */
9985 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0);
9986 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (start_pos), BYTEPOS (start_pos),
9987 row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9988 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (&it);
9989
9990 /* If the line start is "too far" away from the window start,
9991 say it takes too much time to compute a new window start. */
9992 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it)
9993 < XFASTINT (w->height) * XFASTINT (w->width))
9994 {
9995 int min_distance, distance;
9996
9997 /* Move forward by display lines to find the new window
9998 start. If window width was enlarged, the new start can
9999 be expected to be > the old start. If window width was
10000 decreased, the new window start will be < the old start.
10001 So, we're looking for the display line start with the
10002 minimum distance from the old window start. */
10003 pos = it.current.pos;
10004 min_distance = INFINITY;
10005 while ((distance = abs (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it))),
10006 distance < min_distance)
10007 {
10008 min_distance = distance;
10009 pos = it.current.pos;
10010 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
10011 }
10012
10013 /* Set the window start there. */
10014 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, pos);
10015 window_start_changed_p = 1;
10016 }
10017 }
10018
10019 return window_start_changed_p;
10020 }
10021
10022
10023 /* Try cursor movement in case text has not changed in window WINDOW,
10024 with window start STARTP. Value is
10025
10026 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS if successful
10027
10028 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED if this method cannot be used
10029
10030 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL if we know we have to scroll the
10031 display. *SCROLL_STEP is set to 1, under certain circumstances, if
10032 we want to scroll as if scroll-step were set to 1. See the code.
10033
10034 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES if we need larger matrices, in
10035 which case we have to abort this redisplay, and adjust matrices
10036 first. */
10037
10038 enum
10039 {
10040 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS,
10041 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED,
10042 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL,
10043 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES
10044 };
10045
10046 static int
10047 try_cursor_movement (window, startp, scroll_step)
10048 Lisp_Object window;
10049 struct text_pos startp;
10050 int *scroll_step;
10051 {
10052 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
10053 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10054 int rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED;
10055
10056 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10057 if (inhibit_try_cursor_movement)
10058 return rc;
10059 #endif
10060
10061 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
10062 not moved off the frame. */
10063 if (/* Point may be in this window. */
10064 PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
10065 /* Selective display hasn't changed. */
10066 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
10067 /* Function force-mode-line-update is used to force a thorough
10068 redisplay. It sets either windows_or_buffers_changed or
10069 update_mode_lines. So don't take a shortcut here for these
10070 cases. */
10071 && !update_mode_lines
10072 && !windows_or_buffers_changed
10073 && !cursor_type_changed
10074 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region. When a
10075 region exists, cursor movement has to do more than just
10076 set the cursor. */
10077 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
10078 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
10079 && NILP (w->region_showing)
10080 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
10081 /* Right after splitting windows, last_point may be nil. */
10082 && INTEGERP (w->last_point)
10083 /* This code is not used for mini-buffer for the sake of the case
10084 of redisplaying to replace an echo area message; since in
10085 that case the mini-buffer contents per se are usually
10086 unchanged. This code is of no real use in the mini-buffer
10087 since the handling of this_line_start_pos, etc., in redisplay
10088 handles the same cases. */
10089 && !EQ (window, minibuf_window)
10090 /* When splitting windows or for new windows, it happens that
10091 redisplay is called with a nil window_end_vpos or one being
10092 larger than the window. This should really be fixed in
10093 window.c. I don't have this on my list, now, so we do
10094 approximately the same as the old redisplay code. --gerd. */
10095 && INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos)
10096 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < w->current_matrix->nrows
10097 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
10098 || !MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
10099 || current_buffer != XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer))
10100 {
10101 int this_scroll_margin;
10102 struct glyph_row *row = NULL;
10103
10104 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10105 debug_method_add (w, "cursor movement");
10106 #endif
10107
10108 /* Scroll if point within this distance from the top or bottom
10109 of the window. This is a pixel value. */
10110 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
10111 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin, XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
10112 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
10113
10114 /* Start with the row the cursor was displayed during the last
10115 not paused redisplay. Give up if that row is not valid. */
10116 if (w->last_cursor.vpos < 0
10117 || w->last_cursor.vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows)
10118 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL;
10119 else
10120 {
10121 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->last_cursor.vpos);
10122 if (row->mode_line_p)
10123 ++row;
10124 if (!row->enabled_p)
10125 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL;
10126 }
10127
10128 if (rc == CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED)
10129 {
10130 int scroll_p = 0;
10131 int last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w) - this_scroll_margin;
10132
10133 if (PT > XFASTINT (w->last_point))
10134 {
10135 /* Point has moved forward. */
10136 while (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < PT
10137 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
10138 {
10139 xassert (row->enabled_p);
10140 ++row;
10141 }
10142
10143 /* The end position of a row equals the start position
10144 of the next row. If PT is there, we would rather
10145 display it in the next line. */
10146 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
10147 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
10148 && !cursor_row_p (w, row))
10149 ++row;
10150
10151 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. Note that
10152 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y gives the pixel position at which
10153 the next line would be drawn, and that
10154 this_scroll_margin can be zero. */
10155 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > last_y
10156 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
10157 /* Line is completely visible last line in window
10158 and PT is to be set in the next line. */
10159 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) == last_y
10160 && PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
10161 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
10162 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
10163 scroll_p = 1;
10164 }
10165 else if (PT < XFASTINT (w->last_point))
10166 {
10167 /* Cursor has to be moved backward. Note that PT >=
10168 CHARPOS (startp) because of the outer
10169 if-statement. */
10170 while (!row->mode_line_p
10171 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) > PT
10172 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) == PT
10173 && MATRIX_ROW_STARTS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
10174 && (row->y > this_scroll_margin
10175 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV))
10176 {
10177 xassert (row->enabled_p);
10178 --row;
10179 }
10180
10181 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV,
10182 there is invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that
10183 display starts at some point START > BEGV. It can
10184 happen that we are called with PT somewhere between
10185 BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
10186 if (row < w->current_matrix->rows
10187 || row->mode_line_p)
10188 {
10189 row = w->current_matrix->rows;
10190 if (row->mode_line_p)
10191 ++row;
10192 }
10193
10194 /* Due to newlines in overlay strings, we may have to
10195 skip forward over overlay strings. */
10196 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
10197 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
10198 && !cursor_row_p (w, row))
10199 ++row;
10200
10201 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. */
10202 if (row->y < this_scroll_margin
10203 && CHARPOS (startp) != BEGV)
10204 scroll_p = 1;
10205 }
10206
10207 if (PT < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
10208 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10209 {
10210 /* if PT is not in the glyph row, give up. */
10211 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL;
10212 }
10213 else if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
10214 {
10215 if (PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
10216 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
10217 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))
10218 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL;
10219 else if (row->height > window_box_height (w))
10220 {
10221 /* If we end up in a partially visible line, let's
10222 make it fully visible, except when it's taller
10223 than the window, in which case we can't do much
10224 about it. */
10225 *scroll_step = 1;
10226 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL;
10227 }
10228 else
10229 {
10230 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10231 if (!make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w))
10232 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL;
10233 else
10234 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS;
10235 }
10236 }
10237 else if (scroll_p)
10238 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL;
10239 else
10240 {
10241 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10242 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS;
10243 }
10244 }
10245 }
10246
10247 return rc;
10248 }
10249
10250
10251 /* Redisplay leaf window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P non-zero means only
10252 selected_window is redisplayed.
10253
10254 We can return without actually redisplaying the window if
10255 fonts_changed_p is nonzero. In that case, redisplay_internal will
10256 retry. */
10257
10258 static void
10259 redisplay_window (window, just_this_one_p)
10260 Lisp_Object window;
10261 int just_this_one_p;
10262 {
10263 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
10264 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10265 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
10266 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
10267 struct text_pos lpoint, opoint, startp;
10268 int update_mode_line;
10269 int tem;
10270 struct it it;
10271 /* Record it now because it's overwritten. */
10272 int current_matrix_up_to_date_p = 0;
10273 /* This is less strict than current_matrix_up_to_date_p.
10274 It indictes that the buffer contents and narrowing are unchanged. */
10275 int buffer_unchanged_p = 0;
10276 int temp_scroll_step = 0;
10277 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
10278 int rc;
10279 int centering_position;
10280 int last_line_misfit = 0;
10281
10282 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
10283 opoint = lpoint;
10284
10285 /* W must be a leaf window here. */
10286 xassert (!NILP (w->buffer));
10287 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10288 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
10289 #endif
10290
10291 specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks, Qt);
10292
10293 reconsider_clip_changes (w, buffer);
10294
10295 /* Has the mode line to be updated? */
10296 update_mode_line = (!NILP (w->update_mode_line)
10297 || update_mode_lines
10298 || buffer->clip_changed
10299 || buffer->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p);
10300
10301 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
10302 {
10303 if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window)
10304 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
10305 {
10306 if (update_mode_line)
10307 /* We may have to update a tty frame's menu bar or a
10308 tool-bar. Example `M-x C-h C-h C-g'. */
10309 goto finish_menu_bars;
10310 else
10311 /* We've already displayed the echo area glyphs in this window. */
10312 goto finish_scroll_bars;
10313 }
10314 else if ((w != XWINDOW (minibuf_window)
10315 || minibuf_level == 0)
10316 /* Quail displays non-mini buffers in minibuffer window.
10317 In that case, redisplay the window normally. */
10318 && !NILP (Fmemq (w->buffer, Vminibuffer_list)))
10319 {
10320 /* W is a mini-buffer window, but it's not active, so clear
10321 it. */
10322 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10323 struct glyph_row *row;
10324 int y;
10325
10326 for (y = 0, row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
10327 y < yb;
10328 y += row->height, ++row)
10329 blank_row (w, row, y);
10330 goto finish_scroll_bars;
10331 }
10332
10333 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10334 }
10335
10336 /* Otherwise set up data on this window; select its buffer and point
10337 value. */
10338 /* Really select the buffer, for the sake of buffer-local
10339 variables. */
10340 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
10341 SET_TEXT_POS (opoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
10342
10343 current_matrix_up_to_date_p
10344 = (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
10345 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
10346 && !current_buffer->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p
10347 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
10348 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF);
10349
10350 buffer_unchanged_p
10351 = (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
10352 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
10353 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
10354 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF);
10355
10356 /* When windows_or_buffers_changed is non-zero, we can't rely on
10357 the window end being valid, so set it to nil there. */
10358 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
10359 {
10360 /* If window starts on a continuation line, maybe adjust the
10361 window start in case the window's width changed. */
10362 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer == current_buffer)
10363 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w);
10364
10365 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10366 }
10367
10368 /* Some sanity checks. */
10369 CHECK_WINDOW_END (w);
10370 if (Z == Z_BYTE && CHARPOS (opoint) != BYTEPOS (opoint))
10371 abort ();
10372 if (BYTEPOS (opoint) < CHARPOS (opoint))
10373 abort ();
10374
10375 /* If %c is in mode line, update it if needed. */
10376 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
10377 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
10378 where no change is needed. */
10379 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
10380 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
10381 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
10382 && (XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed)
10383 != (int) current_column ())) /* iftc */
10384 update_mode_line = 1;
10385
10386 /* Count number of windows showing the selected buffer. An indirect
10387 buffer counts as its base buffer. */
10388 if (!just_this_one_p)
10389 {
10390 struct buffer *current_base, *window_base;
10391 current_base = current_buffer;
10392 window_base = XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window)->buffer);
10393 if (current_base->base_buffer)
10394 current_base = current_base->base_buffer;
10395 if (window_base->base_buffer)
10396 window_base = window_base->base_buffer;
10397 if (current_base == window_base)
10398 buffer_shared++;
10399 }
10400
10401 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any other
10402 window, set up appropriate value. */
10403 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
10404 {
10405 int new_pt = XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos;
10406 int new_pt_byte = marker_byte_position (w->pointm);
10407 if (new_pt < BEGV)
10408 {
10409 new_pt = BEGV;
10410 new_pt_byte = BEGV_BYTE;
10411 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
10412 }
10413 else if (new_pt > (ZV - 1))
10414 {
10415 new_pt = ZV;
10416 new_pt_byte = ZV_BYTE;
10417 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
10418 }
10419
10420 /* We don't use SET_PT so that the point-motion hooks don't run. */
10421 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (new_pt, new_pt_byte);
10422 }
10423
10424 /* If any of the character widths specified in the display table
10425 have changed, invalidate the width run cache. It's true that
10426 this may be a bit late to catch such changes, but the rest of
10427 redisplay goes (non-fatally) haywire when the display table is
10428 changed, so why should we worry about doing any better? */
10429 if (current_buffer->width_run_cache)
10430 {
10431 struct Lisp_Char_Table *disptab = buffer_display_table ();
10432
10433 if (! disptab_matches_widthtab (disptab,
10434 XVECTOR (current_buffer->width_table)))
10435 {
10436 invalidate_region_cache (current_buffer,
10437 current_buffer->width_run_cache,
10438 BEG, Z);
10439 recompute_width_table (current_buffer, disptab);
10440 }
10441 }
10442
10443 /* If window-start is screwed up, choose a new one. */
10444 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer != current_buffer)
10445 goto recenter;
10446
10447 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
10448
10449 /* If someone specified a new starting point but did not insist,
10450 check whether it can be used. */
10451 if (!NILP (w->optional_new_start)
10452 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
10453 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
10454 {
10455 w->optional_new_start = Qnil;
10456 start_display (&it, w, startp);
10457 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
10458 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
10459 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) == PT)
10460 w->force_start = Qt;
10461 }
10462
10463 /* Handle case where place to start displaying has been specified,
10464 unless the specified location is outside the accessible range. */
10465 if (!NILP (w->force_start)
10466 || w->frozen_window_start_p)
10467 {
10468 /* We set this later on if we have to adjust point. */
10469 int new_vpos = -1;
10470
10471 w->force_start = Qnil;
10472 w->vscroll = 0;
10473 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10474
10475 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
10476 if (!buffer_unchanged_p)
10477 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
10478
10479 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that.
10480 Also, run the hook window-scroll-functions
10481 because we have scrolled. */
10482 /* Note, we do this after clearing force_start because
10483 if there's an error, it is better to forget about force_start
10484 than to get into an infinite loop calling the hook functions
10485 and having them get more errors. */
10486 if (!update_mode_line
10487 || ! NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
10488 {
10489 update_mode_line = 1;
10490 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
10491 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
10492 }
10493
10494 w->last_modified = make_number (0);
10495 w->last_overlay_modified = make_number (0);
10496 if (CHARPOS (startp) < BEGV)
10497 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
10498 else if (CHARPOS (startp) > ZV)
10499 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
10500
10501 /* Redisplay, then check if cursor has been set during the
10502 redisplay. Give up if new fonts were loaded. */
10503 if (!try_window (window, startp))
10504 {
10505 w->force_start = Qt;
10506 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10507 goto need_larger_matrices;
10508 }
10509
10510 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0 && !w->frozen_window_start_p)
10511 {
10512 /* If point does not appear, try to move point so it does
10513 appear. The desired matrix has been built above, so we
10514 can use it here. */
10515 new_vpos = window_box_height (w) / 2;
10516 }
10517
10518 if (!make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w))
10519 {
10520 /* Point does appear, but on a line partly visible at end of window.
10521 Move it back to a fully-visible line. */
10522 new_vpos = window_box_height (w);
10523 }
10524
10525 /* If we need to move point for either of the above reasons,
10526 now actually do it. */
10527 if (new_vpos >= 0)
10528 {
10529 struct glyph_row *row;
10530
10531 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
10532 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < new_vpos)
10533 ++row;
10534
10535 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
10536 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
10537
10538 if (w != XWINDOW (selected_window))
10539 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, PT, PT_BYTE);
10540 else if (current_buffer == old)
10541 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
10542
10543 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10544
10545 /* If we are highlighting the region, then we just changed
10546 the region, so redisplay to show it. */
10547 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
10548 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
10549 {
10550 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10551 if (!try_window (window, startp))
10552 goto need_larger_matrices;
10553 }
10554 }
10555
10556 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10557 debug_method_add (w, "forced window start");
10558 #endif
10559 goto done;
10560 }
10561
10562 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
10563 not moved off the frame, and we are not retrying after hscroll.
10564 (current_matrix_up_to_date_p is nonzero when retrying.) */
10565 if (current_matrix_up_to_date_p
10566 && (rc = try_cursor_movement (window, startp, &temp_scroll_step),
10567 rc != CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED))
10568 {
10569 switch (rc)
10570 {
10571 case CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS:
10572 goto done;
10573
10574 #if 0 /* try_cursor_movement never returns this value. */
10575 case CURSOR_MOVEMENT_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES:
10576 goto need_larger_matrices;
10577 #endif
10578
10579 case CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL:
10580 goto try_to_scroll;
10581
10582 default:
10583 abort ();
10584 }
10585 }
10586 /* If current starting point was originally the beginning of a line
10587 but no longer is, find a new starting point. */
10588 else if (!NILP (w->start_at_line_beg)
10589 && !(CHARPOS (startp) <= BEGV
10590 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n'))
10591 {
10592 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10593 debug_method_add (w, "recenter 1");
10594 #endif
10595 goto recenter;
10596 }
10597
10598 /* Try scrolling with try_window_id. Value is > 0 if update has
10599 been done, it is -1 if we know that the same window start will
10600 not work. It is 0 if unsuccessful for some other reason. */
10601 else if ((tem = try_window_id (w)) != 0)
10602 {
10603 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10604 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_id %d", tem);
10605 #endif
10606
10607 if (fonts_changed_p)
10608 goto need_larger_matrices;
10609 if (tem > 0)
10610 goto done;
10611
10612 /* Otherwise try_window_id has returned -1 which means that we
10613 don't want the alternative below this comment to execute. */
10614 }
10615 else if (CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
10616 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV
10617 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
10618 && (CHARPOS (startp) < ZV
10619 /* Avoid starting at end of buffer. */
10620 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
10621 || (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
10622 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)))
10623 {
10624 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10625 debug_method_add (w, "same window start");
10626 #endif
10627
10628 /* Try to redisplay starting at same place as before.
10629 If point has not moved off frame, accept the results. */
10630 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
10631 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
10632 because a window scroll function can have changed the
10633 buffer. */
10634 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
10635 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
10636 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
10637 {
10638 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "1"));
10639 try_window (window, startp);
10640 }
10641
10642 if (fonts_changed_p)
10643 goto need_larger_matrices;
10644
10645 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
10646 {
10647 if (!just_this_one_p
10648 || current_buffer->clip_changed
10649 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
10650 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
10651 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
10652
10653 if (!make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w))
10654 {
10655 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10656 last_line_misfit = 1;
10657 }
10658 /* Drop through and scroll. */
10659 else
10660 goto done;
10661 }
10662 else
10663 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10664 }
10665
10666 try_to_scroll:
10667
10668 w->last_modified = make_number (0);
10669 w->last_overlay_modified = make_number (0);
10670
10671 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that. */
10672 if (!update_mode_line)
10673 {
10674 update_mode_line = 1;
10675 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
10676 }
10677
10678 /* Try to scroll by specified few lines. */
10679 if ((scroll_conservatively
10680 || scroll_step
10681 || temp_scroll_step
10682 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively)
10683 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively))
10684 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
10685 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
10686 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
10687 {
10688 /* The function returns -1 if new fonts were loaded, 1 if
10689 successful, 0 if not successful. */
10690 int rc = try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p,
10691 scroll_conservatively,
10692 scroll_step,
10693 temp_scroll_step, last_line_misfit);
10694 switch (rc)
10695 {
10696 case SCROLLING_SUCCESS:
10697 goto done;
10698
10699 case SCROLLING_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES:
10700 goto need_larger_matrices;
10701
10702 case SCROLLING_FAILED:
10703 break;
10704
10705 default:
10706 abort ();
10707 }
10708 }
10709
10710 /* Finally, just choose place to start which centers point */
10711
10712 recenter:
10713 centering_position = window_box_height (w) / 2;
10714
10715 point_at_top:
10716 /* Jump here with centering_position already set to 0. */
10717
10718 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10719 debug_method_add (w, "recenter");
10720 #endif
10721
10722 /* w->vscroll = 0; */
10723
10724 /* Forget any previously recorded base line for line number display. */
10725 if (!buffer_unchanged_p)
10726 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
10727
10728 /* Move backward half the height of the window. */
10729 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
10730 it.current_y = it.last_visible_y;
10731 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, centering_position);
10732 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= BEGV);
10733
10734 /* The function move_it_vertically_backward may move over more
10735 than the specified y-distance. If it->w is small, e.g. a
10736 mini-buffer window, we may end up in front of the window's
10737 display area. Start displaying at the start of the line
10738 containing PT in this case. */
10739 if (it.current_y <= 0)
10740 {
10741 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
10742 move_it_vertically (&it, 0);
10743 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) <= PT);
10744 it.current_y = 0;
10745 }
10746
10747 it.current_x = it.hpos = 0;
10748
10749 /* Set startp here explicitly in case that helps avoid an infinite loop
10750 in case the window-scroll-functions functions get errors. */
10751 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, IT_CHARPOS (it), IT_BYTEPOS (it));
10752
10753 /* Run scroll hooks. */
10754 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, it.current.pos);
10755
10756 /* Redisplay the window. */
10757 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
10758 || windows_or_buffers_changed
10759 || cursor_type_changed
10760 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
10761 because it can have changed the buffer. */
10762 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
10763 || !just_this_one_p
10764 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
10765 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
10766 try_window (window, startp);
10767
10768 /* If new fonts have been loaded (due to fontsets), give up. We
10769 have to start a new redisplay since we need to re-adjust glyph
10770 matrices. */
10771 if (fonts_changed_p)
10772 goto need_larger_matrices;
10773
10774 /* If cursor did not appear assume that the middle of the window is
10775 in the first line of the window. Do it again with the next line.
10776 (Imagine a window of height 100, displaying two lines of height
10777 60. Moving back 50 from it->last_visible_y will end in the first
10778 line.) */
10779 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10780 {
10781 if (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
10782 && PT >= Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos))
10783 {
10784 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10785 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
10786 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
10787 }
10788 else if (PT < IT_CHARPOS (it))
10789 {
10790 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10791 move_it_by_lines (&it, -1, 0);
10792 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
10793 }
10794 else
10795 {
10796 /* Not much we can do about it. */
10797 }
10798 }
10799
10800 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there is
10801 invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display starts at
10802 some point START > BEGV. It can happen that we are called with
10803 PT somewhere between BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
10804 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10805 {
10806 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows;
10807 if (row->mode_line_p)
10808 ++row;
10809 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10810 }
10811
10812 if (!make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w))
10813 {
10814 /* If centering point failed to make the whole line visible,
10815 put point at the top instead. That has to make the whole line
10816 visible, if it can be done. */
10817 centering_position = 0;
10818 goto point_at_top;
10819 }
10820
10821 done:
10822
10823 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
10824 w->start_at_line_beg = ((CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
10825 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n')
10826 ? Qt : Qnil);
10827
10828 /* Display the mode line, if we must. */
10829 if ((update_mode_line
10830 /* If window not full width, must redo its mode line
10831 if (a) the window to its side is being redone and
10832 (b) we do a frame-based redisplay. This is a consequence
10833 of how inverted lines are drawn in frame-based redisplay. */
10834 || (!just_this_one_p
10835 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
10836 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))
10837 /* Line number to display. */
10838 || INTEGERP (w->base_line_pos)
10839 /* Column number is displayed and different from the one displayed. */
10840 || (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
10841 && (XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed)
10842 != (int) current_column ()))) /* iftc */
10843 /* This means that the window has a mode line. */
10844 && (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
10845 || WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)))
10846 {
10847 display_mode_lines (w);
10848
10849 /* If mode line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
10850 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
10851 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
10852 && CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
10853 {
10854 fonts_changed_p = 1;
10855 MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
10856 = DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10857 }
10858
10859 /* If top line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
10860 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
10861 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
10862 && CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
10863 {
10864 fonts_changed_p = 1;
10865 MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
10866 = DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10867 }
10868
10869 if (fonts_changed_p)
10870 goto need_larger_matrices;
10871 }
10872
10873 if (!line_number_displayed
10874 && !BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
10875 {
10876 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
10877 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
10878 }
10879
10880 finish_menu_bars:
10881
10882 /* When we reach a frame's selected window, redo the frame's menu bar. */
10883 if (update_mode_line
10884 && EQ (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), window))
10885 {
10886 int redisplay_menu_p = 0;
10887 int redisplay_tool_bar_p = 0;
10888
10889 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
10890 {
10891 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (MAC_OS) \
10892 || defined (USE_GTK)
10893 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f);
10894 #else
10895 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
10896 #endif
10897 }
10898 else
10899 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
10900
10901 if (redisplay_menu_p)
10902 display_menu_bar (w);
10903
10904 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
10905 #ifdef USE_GTK
10906 redisplay_tool_bar_p = FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f);
10907 #else
10908 redisplay_tool_bar_p = WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
10909 && (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
10910 || auto_resize_tool_bars_p);
10911
10912 #endif
10913
10914 if (redisplay_tool_bar_p)
10915 redisplay_tool_bar (f);
10916 #endif
10917 }
10918
10919 /* We go to this label, with fonts_changed_p nonzero,
10920 if it is necessary to try again using larger glyph matrices.
10921 We have to redeem the scroll bar even in this case,
10922 because the loop in redisplay_internal expects that. */
10923 need_larger_matrices:
10924 ;
10925 finish_scroll_bars:
10926
10927 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
10928 {
10929 int start, end, whole;
10930
10931 /* Calculate the start and end positions for the current window.
10932 At some point, it would be nice to choose between scrollbars
10933 which reflect the whole buffer size, with special markers
10934 indicating narrowing, and scrollbars which reflect only the
10935 visible region.
10936
10937 Note that mini-buffers sometimes aren't displaying any text. */
10938 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
10939 || (w == XWINDOW (minibuf_window)
10940 && NILP (echo_area_buffer[0])))
10941 {
10942 whole = ZV - BEGV;
10943 start = marker_position (w->start) - BEGV;
10944 /* I don't think this is guaranteed to be right. For the
10945 moment, we'll pretend it is. */
10946 end = (Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)) - BEGV;
10947
10948 if (end < start)
10949 end = start;
10950 if (whole < (end - start))
10951 whole = end - start;
10952 }
10953 else
10954 start = end = whole = 0;
10955
10956 /* Indicate what this scroll bar ought to be displaying now. */
10957 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook (w, end - start, whole, start);
10958
10959 /* Note that we actually used the scroll bar attached to this
10960 window, so it shouldn't be deleted at the end of redisplay. */
10961 redeem_scroll_bar_hook (w);
10962 }
10963
10964 /* Restore current_buffer and value of point in it. */
10965 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (opoint), BYTEPOS (opoint));
10966 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
10967 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
10968
10969 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
10970 }
10971
10972
10973 /* Build the complete desired matrix of WINDOW with a window start
10974 buffer position POS. Value is non-zero if successful. It is zero
10975 if fonts were loaded during redisplay which makes re-adjusting
10976 glyph matrices necessary. */
10977
10978 int
10979 try_window (window, pos)
10980 Lisp_Object window;
10981 struct text_pos pos;
10982 {
10983 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
10984 struct it it;
10985 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL;
10986
10987 /* Make POS the new window start. */
10988 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos));
10989
10990 /* Mark cursor position as unknown. No overlay arrow seen. */
10991 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10992 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
10993
10994 /* Initialize iterator and info to start at POS. */
10995 start_display (&it, w, pos);
10996
10997 /* Display all lines of W. */
10998 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10999 {
11000 if (display_line (&it))
11001 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
11002 if (fonts_changed_p)
11003 return 0;
11004 }
11005
11006 /* If bottom moved off end of frame, change mode line percentage. */
11007 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= 0
11008 && Z != IT_CHARPOS (it))
11009 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
11010
11011 /* Set window_end_pos to the offset of the last character displayed
11012 on the window from the end of current_buffer. Set
11013 window_end_vpos to its row number. */
11014 if (last_text_row)
11015 {
11016 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (last_text_row));
11017 w->window_end_bytepos
11018 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
11019 w->window_end_pos
11020 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
11021 w->window_end_vpos
11022 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
11023 xassert (MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))
11024 ->displays_text_p);
11025 }
11026 else
11027 {
11028 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
11029 w->window_end_pos = w->window_end_vpos = make_number (0);
11030 }
11031
11032 /* But that is not valid info until redisplay finishes. */
11033 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
11034 return 1;
11035 }
11036
11037
11038 \f
11039 /************************************************************************
11040 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has not changed
11041 ************************************************************************/
11042
11043 /* Try redisplay of window W showing an unchanged buffer with a
11044 different window start than the last time it was displayed by
11045 reusing its current matrix. Value is non-zero if successful.
11046 W->start is the new window start. */
11047
11048 static int
11049 try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w)
11050 struct window *w;
11051 {
11052 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
11053 struct glyph_row *row, *bottom_row;
11054 struct it it;
11055 struct run run;
11056 struct text_pos start, new_start;
11057 int nrows_scrolled, i;
11058 struct glyph_row *last_text_row;
11059 struct glyph_row *last_reused_text_row;
11060 struct glyph_row *start_row;
11061 int start_vpos, min_y, max_y;
11062
11063 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11064 if (inhibit_try_window_reusing)
11065 return 0;
11066 #endif
11067
11068 if (/* This function doesn't handle terminal frames. */
11069 !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
11070 /* Don't try to reuse the display if windows have been split
11071 or such. */
11072 || windows_or_buffers_changed
11073 || cursor_type_changed)
11074 return 0;
11075
11076 /* Can't do this if region may have changed. */
11077 if ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
11078 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
11079 || !NILP (w->region_showing)
11080 || !NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
11081 return 0;
11082
11083 /* If top-line visibility has changed, give up. */
11084 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
11085 != MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->mode_line_p)
11086 return 0;
11087
11088 /* Give up if old or new display is scrolled vertically. We could
11089 make this function handle this, but right now it doesn't. */
11090 start_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
11091 if (w->vscroll || MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (start_row))
11092 return 0;
11093
11094 /* The variable new_start now holds the new window start. The old
11095 start `start' can be determined from the current matrix. */
11096 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (new_start, w->start);
11097 start = start_row->start.pos;
11098 start_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (start_row, w->current_matrix);
11099
11100 /* Clear the desired matrix for the display below. */
11101 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11102
11103 if (CHARPOS (new_start) <= CHARPOS (start))
11104 {
11105 int first_row_y;
11106
11107 /* Don't use this method if the display starts with an ellipsis
11108 displayed for invisible text. It's not easy to handle that case
11109 below, and it's certainly not worth the effort since this is
11110 not a frequent case. */
11111 if (in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p (&start_row->start, w))
11112 return 0;
11113
11114 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu1"));
11115
11116 /* Display up to a row that can be reused. The variable
11117 last_text_row is set to the last row displayed that displays
11118 text. Note that it.vpos == 0 if or if not there is a
11119 header-line; it's not the same as the MATRIX_ROW_VPOS! */
11120 start_display (&it, w, new_start);
11121 first_row_y = it.current_y;
11122 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
11123 last_text_row = last_reused_text_row = NULL;
11124
11125 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
11126 && IT_CHARPOS (it) < CHARPOS (start)
11127 && !fonts_changed_p)
11128 if (display_line (&it))
11129 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
11130
11131 /* A value of current_y < last_visible_y means that we stopped
11132 at the previous window start, which in turn means that we
11133 have at least one reusable row. */
11134 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
11135 {
11136 /* IT.vpos always starts from 0; it counts text lines. */
11137 nrows_scrolled = it.vpos;
11138
11139 /* Find PT if not already found in the lines displayed. */
11140 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11141 {
11142 int dy = it.current_y - first_row_y;
11143
11144 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
11145 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, row, NULL, dy);
11146 if (row)
11147 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0,
11148 dy, nrows_scrolled);
11149 else
11150 {
11151 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11152 return 0;
11153 }
11154 }
11155
11156 /* Scroll the display. Do it before the current matrix is
11157 changed. The problem here is that update has not yet
11158 run, i.e. part of the current matrix is not up to date.
11159 scroll_run_hook will clear the cursor, and use the
11160 current matrix to get the height of the row the cursor is
11161 in. */
11162 run.current_y = first_row_y;
11163 run.desired_y = it.current_y;
11164 run.height = it.last_visible_y - it.current_y;
11165
11166 if (run.height > 0 && run.current_y != run.desired_y)
11167 {
11168 update_begin (f);
11169 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
11170 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
11171 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
11172 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
11173 update_end (f);
11174 }
11175
11176 /* Shift current matrix down by nrows_scrolled lines. */
11177 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
11178 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
11179 start_vpos,
11180 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
11181 nrows_scrolled);
11182
11183 /* Disable lines that must be updated. */
11184 for (i = 0; i < it.vpos; ++i)
11185 (start_row + i)->enabled_p = 0;
11186
11187 /* Re-compute Y positions. */
11188 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
11189 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
11190 for (row = start_row + nrows_scrolled;
11191 row < bottom_row;
11192 ++row)
11193 {
11194 row->y = it.current_y;
11195 row->visible_height = row->height;
11196
11197 if (row->y < min_y)
11198 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y;
11199 if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
11200 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y;
11201
11202 it.current_y += row->height;
11203
11204 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
11205 last_reused_text_row = row;
11206 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it.last_visible_y)
11207 break;
11208 }
11209
11210 /* Disable lines in the current matrix which are now
11211 below the window. */
11212 for (++row; row < bottom_row; ++row)
11213 row->enabled_p = 0;
11214 }
11215
11216 /* Update window_end_pos etc.; last_reused_text_row is the last
11217 reused row from the current matrix containing text, if any.
11218 The value of last_text_row is the last displayed line
11219 containing text. */
11220 if (last_reused_text_row)
11221 {
11222 w->window_end_bytepos
11223 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_reused_text_row);
11224 w->window_end_pos
11225 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_reused_text_row));
11226 w->window_end_vpos
11227 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_reused_text_row,
11228 w->current_matrix));
11229 }
11230 else if (last_text_row)
11231 {
11232 w->window_end_bytepos
11233 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
11234 w->window_end_pos
11235 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
11236 w->window_end_vpos
11237 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
11238 }
11239 else
11240 {
11241 /* This window must be completely empty. */
11242 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
11243 w->window_end_pos = w->window_end_vpos = make_number (0);
11244 }
11245 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
11246
11247 /* Update hint: don't try scrolling again in update_window. */
11248 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
11249
11250 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11251 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 1");
11252 #endif
11253 return 1;
11254 }
11255 else if (CHARPOS (new_start) > CHARPOS (start))
11256 {
11257 struct glyph_row *pt_row, *row;
11258 struct glyph_row *first_reusable_row;
11259 struct glyph_row *first_row_to_display;
11260 int dy;
11261 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
11262
11263 /* Find the row starting at new_start, if there is one. Don't
11264 reuse a partially visible line at the end. */
11265 first_reusable_row = start_row;
11266 while (first_reusable_row->enabled_p
11267 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) < yb
11268 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
11269 < CHARPOS (new_start)))
11270 ++first_reusable_row;
11271
11272 /* Give up if there is no row to reuse. */
11273 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) >= yb
11274 || !first_reusable_row->enabled_p
11275 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
11276 != CHARPOS (new_start)))
11277 return 0;
11278
11279 /* We can reuse fully visible rows beginning with
11280 first_reusable_row to the end of the window. Set
11281 first_row_to_display to the first row that cannot be reused.
11282 Set pt_row to the row containing point, if there is any. */
11283 pt_row = NULL;
11284 for (first_row_to_display = first_reusable_row;
11285 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_row_to_display) < yb;
11286 ++first_row_to_display)
11287 {
11288 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display)
11289 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display))
11290 pt_row = first_row_to_display;
11291 }
11292
11293 /* Start displaying at the start of first_row_to_display. */
11294 xassert (first_row_to_display->y < yb);
11295 init_to_row_start (&it, w, first_row_to_display);
11296
11297 nrows_scrolled = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row, w->current_matrix)
11298 - start_vpos);
11299 it.vpos = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_row_to_display, w->current_matrix)
11300 - nrows_scrolled);
11301 it.current_y = (first_row_to_display->y - first_reusable_row->y
11302 + WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
11303
11304 /* Display lines beginning with first_row_to_display in the
11305 desired matrix. Set last_text_row to the last row displayed
11306 that displays text. */
11307 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, it.vpos);
11308 if (pt_row == NULL)
11309 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
11310 last_text_row = NULL;
11311 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y && !fonts_changed_p)
11312 if (display_line (&it))
11313 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
11314
11315 /* Give up If point isn't in a row displayed or reused. */
11316 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11317 {
11318 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11319 return 0;
11320 }
11321
11322 /* If point is in a reused row, adjust y and vpos of the cursor
11323 position. */
11324 if (pt_row)
11325 {
11326 w->cursor.vpos -= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row,
11327 w->current_matrix);
11328 w->cursor.y -= first_reusable_row->y;
11329 }
11330
11331 /* Scroll the display. */
11332 run.current_y = first_reusable_row->y;
11333 run.desired_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
11334 run.height = it.last_visible_y - run.current_y;
11335 dy = run.current_y - run.desired_y;
11336
11337 if (run.height)
11338 {
11339 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
11340 update_begin (f);
11341 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
11342 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
11343 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
11344 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
11345 update_end (f);
11346 }
11347
11348 /* Adjust Y positions of reused rows. */
11349 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
11350 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
11351 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
11352 for (row = first_reusable_row; row < first_row_to_display; ++row)
11353 {
11354 row->y -= dy;
11355 row->visible_height = row->height;
11356 if (row->y < min_y)
11357 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y;
11358 if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
11359 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y;
11360 }
11361
11362 /* Scroll the current matrix. */
11363 xassert (nrows_scrolled > 0);
11364 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
11365 start_vpos,
11366 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
11367 -nrows_scrolled);
11368
11369 /* Disable rows not reused. */
11370 for (row -= nrows_scrolled; row < bottom_row; ++row)
11371 row->enabled_p = 0;
11372
11373 /* Adjust window end. A null value of last_text_row means that
11374 the window end is in reused rows which in turn means that
11375 only its vpos can have changed. */
11376 if (last_text_row)
11377 {
11378 w->window_end_bytepos
11379 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
11380 w->window_end_pos
11381 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
11382 w->window_end_vpos
11383 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
11384 }
11385 else
11386 {
11387 w->window_end_vpos
11388 = make_number (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) - nrows_scrolled);
11389 }
11390
11391 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
11392 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
11393
11394 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11395 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 2");
11396 #endif
11397 return 1;
11398 }
11399
11400 return 0;
11401 }
11402
11403
11404 \f
11405 /************************************************************************
11406 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has changed
11407 ************************************************************************/
11408
11409 static struct glyph_row *find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row P_ ((struct window *));
11410 static struct glyph_row *find_first_unchanged_at_end_row P_ ((struct window *,
11411 int *, int *));
11412 static struct glyph_row *
11413 find_last_row_displaying_text P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct it *,
11414 struct glyph_row *));
11415
11416
11417 /* Return the last row in MATRIX displaying text. If row START is
11418 non-null, start searching with that row. IT gives the dimensions
11419 of the display. Value is null if matrix is empty; otherwise it is
11420 a pointer to the row found. */
11421
11422 static struct glyph_row *
11423 find_last_row_displaying_text (matrix, it, start)
11424 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
11425 struct it *it;
11426 struct glyph_row *start;
11427 {
11428 struct glyph_row *row, *row_found;
11429
11430 /* Set row_found to the last row in IT->w's current matrix
11431 displaying text. The loop looks funny but think of partially
11432 visible lines. */
11433 row_found = NULL;
11434 row = start ? start : MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (matrix);
11435 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
11436 {
11437 xassert (row->enabled_p);
11438 row_found = row;
11439 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it->last_visible_y)
11440 break;
11441 ++row;
11442 }
11443
11444 return row_found;
11445 }
11446
11447
11448 /* Return the last row in the current matrix of W that is not affected
11449 by changes at the start of current_buffer that occurred since W's
11450 current matrix was built. Value is null if no such row exists.
11451
11452 BEG_UNCHANGED us the number of characters unchanged at the start of
11453 current_buffer. BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED is the buffer position of the
11454 first changed character in current_buffer. Characters at positions <
11455 BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED are at the same buffer positions as they were
11456 when the current matrix was built. */
11457
11458 static struct glyph_row *
11459 find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w)
11460 struct window *w;
11461 {
11462 int first_changed_pos = BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED;
11463 struct glyph_row *row;
11464 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
11465 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
11466
11467 /* Find the last row displaying unchanged text. */
11468 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
11469 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
11470 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) < first_changed_pos)
11471 {
11472 if (/* If row ends before first_changed_pos, it is unchanged,
11473 except in some case. */
11474 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) <= first_changed_pos
11475 /* When row ends in ZV and we write at ZV it is not
11476 unchanged. */
11477 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
11478 /* When first_changed_pos is the end of a continued line,
11479 row is not unchanged because it may be no longer
11480 continued. */
11481 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == first_changed_pos
11482 && row->continued_p))
11483 row_found = row;
11484
11485 /* Stop if last visible row. */
11486 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb)
11487 break;
11488
11489 ++row;
11490 }
11491
11492 return row_found;
11493 }
11494
11495
11496 /* Find the first glyph row in the current matrix of W that is not
11497 affected by changes at the end of current_buffer since the
11498 time W's current matrix was built.
11499
11500 Return in *DELTA the number of chars by which buffer positions in
11501 unchanged text at the end of current_buffer must be adjusted.
11502
11503 Return in *DELTA_BYTES the corresponding number of bytes.
11504
11505 Value is null if no such row exists, i.e. all rows are affected by
11506 changes. */
11507
11508 static struct glyph_row *
11509 find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, delta, delta_bytes)
11510 struct window *w;
11511 int *delta, *delta_bytes;
11512 {
11513 struct glyph_row *row;
11514 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
11515
11516 *delta = *delta_bytes = 0;
11517
11518 /* Display must not have been paused, otherwise the current matrix
11519 is not up to date. */
11520 if (NILP (w->window_end_valid))
11521 abort ();
11522
11523 /* A value of window_end_pos >= END_UNCHANGED means that the window
11524 end is in the range of changed text. If so, there is no
11525 unchanged row at the end of W's current matrix. */
11526 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) >= END_UNCHANGED)
11527 return NULL;
11528
11529 /* Set row to the last row in W's current matrix displaying text. */
11530 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
11531
11532 /* If matrix is entirely empty, no unchanged row exists. */
11533 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
11534 {
11535 /* The value of row is the last glyph row in the matrix having a
11536 meaningful buffer position in it. The end position of row
11537 corresponds to window_end_pos. This allows us to translate
11538 buffer positions in the current matrix to current buffer
11539 positions for characters not in changed text. */
11540 int Z_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
11541 int Z_BYTE_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + w->window_end_bytepos;
11542 int last_unchanged_pos, last_unchanged_pos_old;
11543 struct glyph_row *first_text_row
11544 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
11545
11546 *delta = Z - Z_old;
11547 *delta_bytes = Z_BYTE - Z_BYTE_old;
11548
11549 /* Set last_unchanged_pos to the buffer position of the last
11550 character in the buffer that has not been changed. Z is the
11551 index + 1 of the last character in current_buffer, i.e. by
11552 subtracting END_UNCHANGED we get the index of the last
11553 unchanged character, and we have to add BEG to get its buffer
11554 position. */
11555 last_unchanged_pos = Z - END_UNCHANGED + BEG;
11556 last_unchanged_pos_old = last_unchanged_pos - *delta;
11557
11558 /* Search backward from ROW for a row displaying a line that
11559 starts at a minimum position >= last_unchanged_pos_old. */
11560 for (; row > first_text_row; --row)
11561 {
11562 if (!row->enabled_p || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
11563 abort ();
11564
11565 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) >= last_unchanged_pos_old)
11566 row_found = row;
11567 }
11568 }
11569
11570 if (row_found && !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row_found))
11571 abort ();
11572
11573 return row_found;
11574 }
11575
11576
11577 /* Make sure that glyph rows in the current matrix of window W
11578 reference the same glyph memory as corresponding rows in the
11579 frame's frame matrix. This function is called after scrolling W's
11580 current matrix on a terminal frame in try_window_id and
11581 try_window_reusing_current_matrix. */
11582
11583 static void
11584 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w)
11585 struct window *w;
11586 {
11587 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
11588 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row;
11589
11590 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame
11591 must have a frame matrix. */
11592 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild));
11593 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w));
11594 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
11595
11596 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix
11597 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the
11598 corresponding frame matrix. Note that frame matrices have no
11599 marginal areas (see build_frame_matrix). */
11600 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows;
11601 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows;
11602 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + XFASTINT (w->top);
11603 while (window_row < window_row_end)
11604 {
11605 struct glyph *start = window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA];
11606 struct glyph *end = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA];
11607
11608 frame_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = start;
11609 frame_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = start;
11610 frame_row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = end;
11611 frame_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] = end;
11612
11613 /* Disable frame rows whose corresponding window rows have
11614 been disabled in try_window_id. */
11615 if (!window_row->enabled_p)
11616 frame_row->enabled_p = 0;
11617
11618 ++window_row, ++frame_row;
11619 }
11620 }
11621
11622
11623 /* Find the glyph row in window W containing CHARPOS. Consider all
11624 rows between START and END (not inclusive). END null means search
11625 all rows to the end of the display area of W. Value is the row
11626 containing CHARPOS or null. */
11627
11628 struct glyph_row *
11629 row_containing_pos (w, charpos, start, end, dy)
11630 struct window *w;
11631 int charpos;
11632 struct glyph_row *start, *end;
11633 int dy;
11634 {
11635 struct glyph_row *row = start;
11636 int last_y;
11637
11638 /* If we happen to start on a header-line, skip that. */
11639 if (row->mode_line_p)
11640 ++row;
11641
11642 if ((end && row >= end) || !row->enabled_p)
11643 return NULL;
11644
11645 last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w) - dy;
11646
11647 while (1)
11648 {
11649 /* Give up if we have gone too far. */
11650 if (end && row >= end)
11651 return NULL;
11652 /* This formerly returned if they were equal.
11653 I think that both quantities are of a "last plus one" type;
11654 if so, when they are equal, the row is within the screen. -- rms. */
11655 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > last_y)
11656 return NULL;
11657
11658 /* If it is in this row, return this row. */
11659 if (! (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < charpos
11660 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == charpos
11661 /* The end position of a row equals the start
11662 position of the next row. If CHARPOS is there, we
11663 would rather display it in the next line, except
11664 when this line ends in ZV. */
11665 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
11666 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
11667 && charpos >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))
11668 return row;
11669 ++row;
11670 }
11671 }
11672
11673
11674 /* Try to redisplay window W by reusing its existing display. W's
11675 current matrix must be up to date when this function is called,
11676 i.e. window_end_valid must not be nil.
11677
11678 Value is
11679
11680 1 if display has been updated
11681 0 if otherwise unsuccessful
11682 -1 if redisplay with same window start is known not to succeed
11683
11684 The following steps are performed:
11685
11686 1. Find the last row in the current matrix of W that is not
11687 affected by changes at the start of current_buffer. If no such row
11688 is found, give up.
11689
11690 2. Find the first row in W's current matrix that is not affected by
11691 changes at the end of current_buffer. Maybe there is no such row.
11692
11693 3. Display lines beginning with the row + 1 found in step 1 to the
11694 row found in step 2 or, if step 2 didn't find a row, to the end of
11695 the window.
11696
11697 4. If cursor is not known to appear on the window, give up.
11698
11699 5. If display stopped at the row found in step 2, scroll the
11700 display and current matrix as needed.
11701
11702 6. Maybe display some lines at the end of W, if we must. This can
11703 happen under various circumstances, like a partially visible line
11704 becoming fully visible, or because newly displayed lines are displayed
11705 in smaller font sizes.
11706
11707 7. Update W's window end information. */
11708
11709 static int
11710 try_window_id (w)
11711 struct window *w;
11712 {
11713 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
11714 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix;
11715 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix;
11716 struct glyph_row *last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
11717 struct glyph_row *first_unchanged_at_end_row;
11718 struct glyph_row *row;
11719 struct glyph_row *bottom_row;
11720 int bottom_vpos;
11721 struct it it;
11722 int delta = 0, delta_bytes = 0, stop_pos, dvpos, dy;
11723 struct text_pos start_pos;
11724 struct run run;
11725 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = 0;
11726 struct glyph_row *last_text_row, *last_text_row_at_end;
11727 struct text_pos start;
11728 int first_changed_charpos, last_changed_charpos;
11729
11730 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11731 if (inhibit_try_window_id)
11732 return 0;
11733 #endif
11734
11735 /* This is handy for debugging. */
11736 #if 0
11737 #define GIVE_UP(X) \
11738 do { \
11739 fprintf (stderr, "try_window_id give up %d\n", (X)); \
11740 return 0; \
11741 } while (0)
11742 #else
11743 #define GIVE_UP(X) return 0
11744 #endif
11745
11746 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start, w->start);
11747
11748 /* Don't use this for mini-windows because these can show
11749 messages and mini-buffers, and we don't handle that here. */
11750 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
11751 GIVE_UP (1);
11752
11753 /* This flag is used to prevent redisplay optimizations. */
11754 if (windows_or_buffers_changed || cursor_type_changed)
11755 GIVE_UP (2);
11756
11757 /* Verify that narrowing has not changed.
11758 Also verify that we were not told to prevent redisplay optimizations.
11759 It would be nice to further
11760 reduce the number of cases where this prevents try_window_id. */
11761 if (current_buffer->clip_changed
11762 || current_buffer->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p)
11763 GIVE_UP (3);
11764
11765 /* Window must either use window-based redisplay or be full width. */
11766 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
11767 && (!line_ins_del_ok
11768 || !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)))
11769 GIVE_UP (4);
11770
11771 /* Give up if point is not known NOT to appear in W. */
11772 if (PT < CHARPOS (start))
11773 GIVE_UP (5);
11774
11775 /* Another way to prevent redisplay optimizations. */
11776 if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) == 0)
11777 GIVE_UP (6);
11778
11779 /* Verify that window is not hscrolled. */
11780 if (XFASTINT (w->hscroll) != 0)
11781 GIVE_UP (7);
11782
11783 /* Verify that display wasn't paused. */
11784 if (NILP (w->window_end_valid))
11785 GIVE_UP (8);
11786
11787 /* Can't use this if highlighting a region because a cursor movement
11788 will do more than just set the cursor. */
11789 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
11790 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
11791 GIVE_UP (9);
11792
11793 /* Likewise if highlighting trailing whitespace. */
11794 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
11795 GIVE_UP (11);
11796
11797 /* Likewise if showing a region. */
11798 if (!NILP (w->region_showing))
11799 GIVE_UP (10);
11800
11801 /* Can use this if overlay arrow position and or string have changed. */
11802 if (!EQ (last_arrow_position, COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position))
11803 || !EQ (last_arrow_string, Voverlay_arrow_string))
11804 GIVE_UP (12);
11805
11806
11807 /* Make sure beg_unchanged and end_unchanged are up to date. Do it
11808 only if buffer has really changed. The reason is that the gap is
11809 initially at Z for freshly visited files. The code below would
11810 set end_unchanged to 0 in that case. */
11811 if (MODIFF > SAVE_MODIFF
11812 /* This seems to happen sometimes after saving a buffer. */
11813 || BEG_UNCHANGED + END_UNCHANGED > Z_BYTE)
11814 {
11815 if (GPT - BEG < BEG_UNCHANGED)
11816 BEG_UNCHANGED = GPT - BEG;
11817 if (Z - GPT < END_UNCHANGED)
11818 END_UNCHANGED = Z - GPT;
11819 }
11820
11821 /* The position of the first and last character that has been changed. */
11822 first_changed_charpos = BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED;
11823 last_changed_charpos = Z - END_UNCHANGED;
11824
11825 /* If window starts after a line end, and the last change is in
11826 front of that newline, then changes don't affect the display.
11827 This case happens with stealth-fontification. Note that although
11828 the display is unchanged, glyph positions in the matrix have to
11829 be adjusted, of course. */
11830 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
11831 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
11832 && ((last_changed_charpos < CHARPOS (start)
11833 && CHARPOS (start) == BEGV)
11834 || (last_changed_charpos < CHARPOS (start) - 1
11835 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start) - 1) == '\n')))
11836 {
11837 int Z_old, delta, Z_BYTE_old, delta_bytes;
11838 struct glyph_row *r0;
11839
11840 /* Compute how many chars/bytes have been added to or removed
11841 from the buffer. */
11842 Z_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
11843 Z_BYTE_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + w->window_end_bytepos;
11844 delta = Z - Z_old;
11845 delta_bytes = Z_BYTE - Z_BYTE_old;
11846
11847 /* Give up if PT is not in the window. Note that it already has
11848 been checked at the start of try_window_id that PT is not in
11849 front of the window start. */
11850 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + delta)
11851 GIVE_UP (13);
11852
11853 /* If window start is unchanged, we can reuse the whole matrix
11854 as is, after adjusting glyph positions. No need to compute
11855 the window end again, since its offset from Z hasn't changed. */
11856 r0 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix);
11857 if (CHARPOS (start) == MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r0) + delta
11858 && BYTEPOS (start) == MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (r0) + delta_bytes)
11859 {
11860 /* Adjust positions in the glyph matrix. */
11861 if (delta || delta_bytes)
11862 {
11863 struct glyph_row *r1
11864 = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
11865 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
11866 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r0, current_matrix),
11867 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r1, current_matrix),
11868 delta, delta_bytes);
11869 }
11870
11871 /* Set the cursor. */
11872 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, r0, NULL, 0);
11873 if (row)
11874 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11875 else
11876 abort ();
11877 return 1;
11878 }
11879 }
11880
11881 /* Handle the case that changes are all below what is displayed in
11882 the window, and that PT is in the window. This shortcut cannot
11883 be taken if ZV is visible in the window, and text has been added
11884 there that is visible in the window. */
11885 if (first_changed_charpos >= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
11886 /* ZV is not visible in the window, or there are no
11887 changes at ZV, actually. */
11888 && (current_matrix->zv > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
11889 || first_changed_charpos == last_changed_charpos))
11890 {
11891 struct glyph_row *r0;
11892
11893 /* Give up if PT is not in the window. Note that it already has
11894 been checked at the start of try_window_id that PT is not in
11895 front of the window start. */
11896 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
11897 GIVE_UP (14);
11898
11899 /* If window start is unchanged, we can reuse the whole matrix
11900 as is, without changing glyph positions since no text has
11901 been added/removed in front of the window end. */
11902 r0 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix);
11903 if (TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start, r0->start.pos))
11904 {
11905 /* We have to compute the window end anew since text
11906 can have been added/removed after it. */
11907 w->window_end_pos
11908 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
11909 w->window_end_bytepos
11910 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
11911
11912 /* Set the cursor. */
11913 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, r0, NULL, 0);
11914 if (row)
11915 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11916 else
11917 abort ();
11918 return 2;
11919 }
11920 }
11921
11922 /* Give up if window start is in the changed area.
11923
11924 The condition used to read
11925
11926 (BEG_UNCHANGED + END_UNCHANGED != Z - BEG && ...)
11927
11928 but why that was tested escapes me at the moment. */
11929 if (CHARPOS (start) >= first_changed_charpos
11930 && CHARPOS (start) <= last_changed_charpos)
11931 GIVE_UP (15);
11932
11933 /* Check that window start agrees with the start of the first glyph
11934 row in its current matrix. Check this after we know the window
11935 start is not in changed text, otherwise positions would not be
11936 comparable. */
11937 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix);
11938 if (!TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start, row->start.pos))
11939 GIVE_UP (16);
11940
11941 /* Give up if the window ends in strings. Overlay strings
11942 at the end are difficult to handle, so don't try. */
11943 row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
11944 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
11945 GIVE_UP (20);
11946
11947 /* Compute the position at which we have to start displaying new
11948 lines. Some of the lines at the top of the window might be
11949 reusable because they are not displaying changed text. Find the
11950 last row in W's current matrix not affected by changes at the
11951 start of current_buffer. Value is null if changes start in the
11952 first line of window. */
11953 last_unchanged_at_beg_row = find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w);
11954 if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
11955 {
11956 /* Avoid starting to display in the moddle of a character, a TAB
11957 for instance. This is easier than to set up the iterator
11958 exactly, and it's not a frequent case, so the additional
11959 effort wouldn't really pay off. */
11960 while ((MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
11961 || last_unchanged_at_beg_row->ends_in_newline_from_string_p)
11962 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row > w->current_matrix->rows)
11963 --last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
11964
11965 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row))
11966 GIVE_UP (17);
11967
11968 if (init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_unchanged_at_beg_row) == 0)
11969 GIVE_UP (18);
11970 start_pos = it.current.pos;
11971
11972 /* Start displaying new lines in the desired matrix at the same
11973 vpos we would use in the current matrix, i.e. below
11974 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
11975 it.vpos = 1 + MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row,
11976 current_matrix);
11977 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
11978 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
11979
11980 xassert (it.hpos == 0 && it.current_x == 0);
11981 }
11982 else
11983 {
11984 /* There are no reusable lines at the start of the window.
11985 Start displaying in the first line. */
11986 start_display (&it, w, start);
11987 start_pos = it.current.pos;
11988 }
11989
11990 /* Find the first row that is not affected by changes at the end of
11991 the buffer. Value will be null if there is no unchanged row, in
11992 which case we must redisplay to the end of the window. delta
11993 will be set to the value by which buffer positions beginning with
11994 first_unchanged_at_end_row have to be adjusted due to text
11995 changes. */
11996 first_unchanged_at_end_row
11997 = find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, &delta, &delta_bytes);
11998 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta = delta);
11999 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta_bytes = delta_bytes);
12000
12001 /* Set stop_pos to the buffer position up to which we will have to
12002 display new lines. If first_unchanged_at_end_row != NULL, this
12003 is the buffer position of the start of the line displayed in that
12004 row. For first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL, use 0 to indicate
12005 that we don't stop at a buffer position. */
12006 stop_pos = 0;
12007 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
12008 {
12009 xassert (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL
12010 || first_unchanged_at_end_row >= last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
12011
12012 /* If this is a continuation line, move forward to the next one
12013 that isn't. Changes in lines above affect this line.
12014 Caution: this may move first_unchanged_at_end_row to a row
12015 not displaying text. */
12016 while (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
12017 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
12018 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
12019 < it.last_visible_y))
12020 ++first_unchanged_at_end_row;
12021
12022 if (!MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
12023 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
12024 >= it.last_visible_y))
12025 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
12026 else
12027 {
12028 stop_pos = (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
12029 + delta);
12030 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
12031 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, current_matrix);
12032 xassert (stop_pos >= Z - END_UNCHANGED);
12033 }
12034 }
12035 else if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL)
12036 GIVE_UP (19);
12037
12038
12039 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
12040
12041 /* Either there is no unchanged row at the end, or the one we have
12042 now displays text. This is a necessary condition for the window
12043 end pos calculation at the end of this function. */
12044 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
12045 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row));
12046
12047 debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
12048 = (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
12049 ? MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row, current_matrix)
12050 : -1);
12051 debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
12052
12053 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
12054
12055
12056 /* Display new lines. Set last_text_row to the last new line
12057 displayed which has text on it, i.e. might end up as being the
12058 line where the window_end_vpos is. */
12059 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
12060 last_text_row = NULL;
12061 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
12062 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
12063 && !fonts_changed_p
12064 && (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
12065 || IT_CHARPOS (it) < stop_pos))
12066 {
12067 if (display_line (&it))
12068 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
12069 }
12070
12071 if (fonts_changed_p)
12072 return -1;
12073
12074
12075 /* Compute differences in buffer positions, y-positions etc. for
12076 lines reused at the bottom of the window. Compute what we can
12077 scroll. */
12078 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
12079 /* No lines reused because we displayed everything up to the
12080 bottom of the window. */
12081 && it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
12082 {
12083 dvpos = (it.vpos
12084 - MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row,
12085 current_matrix));
12086 dy = it.current_y - first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
12087 run.current_y = first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
12088 run.desired_y = run.current_y + dy;
12089 run.height = it.last_visible_y - max (run.current_y, run.desired_y);
12090 }
12091 else
12092 {
12093 delta = dvpos = dy = run.current_y = run.desired_y = run.height = 0;
12094 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
12095 }
12096 IF_DEBUG (debug_dvpos = dvpos; debug_dy = dy);
12097
12098
12099 /* Find the cursor if not already found. We have to decide whether
12100 PT will appear on this window (it sometimes doesn't, but this is
12101 not a very frequent case.) This decision has to be made before
12102 the current matrix is altered. A value of cursor.vpos < 0 means
12103 that PT is either in one of the lines beginning at
12104 first_unchanged_at_end_row or below the window. Don't care for
12105 lines that might be displayed later at the window end; as
12106 mentioned, this is not a frequent case. */
12107 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
12108 {
12109 /* Cursor in unchanged rows at the top? */
12110 if (PT < CHARPOS (start_pos)
12111 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
12112 {
12113 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT,
12114 MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix),
12115 last_unchanged_at_beg_row + 1, 0);
12116 if (row)
12117 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
12118 }
12119
12120 /* Start from first_unchanged_at_end_row looking for PT. */
12121 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
12122 {
12123 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT - delta,
12124 first_unchanged_at_end_row, NULL, 0);
12125 if (row)
12126 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, delta,
12127 delta_bytes, dy, dvpos);
12128 }
12129
12130 /* Give up if cursor was not found. */
12131 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
12132 {
12133 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
12134 return -1;
12135 }
12136 }
12137
12138 /* Don't let the cursor end in the scroll margins. */
12139 {
12140 int this_scroll_margin, cursor_height;
12141
12142 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
12143 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin,
12144 XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
12145 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (it.f);
12146 cursor_height = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos)->height;
12147
12148 if ((w->cursor.y < this_scroll_margin
12149 && CHARPOS (start) > BEGV)
12150 /* Don't take scroll margin into account at the bottom because
12151 old redisplay didn't do it either. */
12152 || w->cursor.y + cursor_height > it.last_visible_y)
12153 {
12154 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
12155 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
12156 return -1;
12157 }
12158 }
12159
12160 /* Scroll the display. Do it before changing the current matrix so
12161 that xterm.c doesn't get confused about where the cursor glyph is
12162 found. */
12163 if (dy && run.height)
12164 {
12165 update_begin (f);
12166
12167 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12168 {
12169 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
12170 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
12171 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
12172 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
12173 }
12174 else
12175 {
12176 /* Terminal frame. In this case, dvpos gives the number of
12177 lines to scroll by; dvpos < 0 means scroll up. */
12178 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
12179 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, w->current_matrix);
12180 int from = XFASTINT (w->top) + first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
12181 int end = (XFASTINT (w->top)
12182 + (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0)
12183 + window_internal_height (w));
12184
12185 /* Perform the operation on the screen. */
12186 if (dvpos > 0)
12187 {
12188 /* Scroll last_unchanged_at_beg_row to the end of the
12189 window down dvpos lines. */
12190 set_terminal_window (end);
12191
12192 /* On dumb terminals delete dvpos lines at the end
12193 before inserting dvpos empty lines. */
12194 if (!scroll_region_ok)
12195 ins_del_lines (end - dvpos, -dvpos);
12196
12197 /* Insert dvpos empty lines in front of
12198 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
12199 ins_del_lines (from, dvpos);
12200 }
12201 else if (dvpos < 0)
12202 {
12203 /* Scroll up last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos to the end of
12204 the window to last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos - |dvpos|. */
12205 set_terminal_window (end);
12206
12207 /* Delete dvpos lines in front of
12208 last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos. ins_del_lines will set
12209 the cursor to the given vpos and emit |dvpos| delete
12210 line sequences. */
12211 ins_del_lines (from + dvpos, dvpos);
12212
12213 /* On a dumb terminal insert dvpos empty lines at the
12214 end. */
12215 if (!scroll_region_ok)
12216 ins_del_lines (end + dvpos, -dvpos);
12217 }
12218
12219 set_terminal_window (0);
12220 }
12221
12222 update_end (f);
12223 }
12224
12225 /* Shift reused rows of the current matrix to the right position.
12226 BOTTOM_ROW is the last + 1 row in the current matrix reserved for
12227 text. */
12228 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
12229 bottom_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, current_matrix);
12230 if (dvpos < 0)
12231 {
12232 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
12233 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
12234 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, bottom_vpos + dvpos,
12235 bottom_vpos, 0);
12236 }
12237 else if (dvpos > 0)
12238 {
12239 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
12240 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
12241 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
12242 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos, 0);
12243 }
12244
12245 /* For frame-based redisplay, make sure that current frame and window
12246 matrix are in sync with respect to glyph memory. */
12247 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12248 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w);
12249
12250 /* Adjust buffer positions in reused rows. */
12251 if (delta)
12252 increment_matrix_positions (current_matrix,
12253 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
12254 bottom_vpos, delta, delta_bytes);
12255
12256 /* Adjust Y positions. */
12257 if (dy)
12258 shift_glyph_matrix (w, current_matrix,
12259 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
12260 bottom_vpos, dy);
12261
12262 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
12263 first_unchanged_at_end_row += dvpos;
12264
12265 /* If scrolling up, there may be some lines to display at the end of
12266 the window. */
12267 last_text_row_at_end = NULL;
12268 if (dy < 0)
12269 {
12270 /* Scrolling up can leave for example a partially visible line
12271 at the end of the window to be redisplayed. */
12272 /* Set last_row to the glyph row in the current matrix where the
12273 window end line is found. It has been moved up or down in
12274 the matrix by dvpos. */
12275 int last_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) + dvpos;
12276 struct glyph_row *last_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, last_vpos);
12277
12278 /* If last_row is the window end line, it should display text. */
12279 xassert (last_row->displays_text_p);
12280
12281 /* If window end line was partially visible before, begin
12282 displaying at that line. Otherwise begin displaying with the
12283 line following it. */
12284 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row) - dy >= it.last_visible_y)
12285 {
12286 init_to_row_start (&it, w, last_row);
12287 it.vpos = last_vpos;
12288 it.current_y = last_row->y;
12289 }
12290 else
12291 {
12292 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_row);
12293 it.vpos = 1 + last_vpos;
12294 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row);
12295 ++last_row;
12296 }
12297
12298 /* We may start in a continuation line. If so, we have to
12299 get the right continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
12300 it.continuation_lines_width = last_row->continuation_lines_width;
12301 it.hpos = it.current_x = 0;
12302
12303 /* Display the rest of the lines at the window end. */
12304 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
12305 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
12306 && !fonts_changed_p)
12307 {
12308 /* Is it always sure that the display agrees with lines in
12309 the current matrix? I don't think so, so we mark rows
12310 displayed invalid in the current matrix by setting their
12311 enabled_p flag to zero. */
12312 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, it.vpos)->enabled_p = 0;
12313 if (display_line (&it))
12314 last_text_row_at_end = it.glyph_row - 1;
12315 }
12316 }
12317
12318 /* Update window_end_pos and window_end_vpos. */
12319 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
12320 && first_unchanged_at_end_row->y < it.last_visible_y
12321 && !last_text_row_at_end)
12322 {
12323 /* Window end line if one of the preserved rows from the current
12324 matrix. Set row to the last row displaying text in current
12325 matrix starting at first_unchanged_at_end_row, after
12326 scrolling. */
12327 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row->displays_text_p);
12328 row = find_last_row_displaying_text (w->current_matrix, &it,
12329 first_unchanged_at_end_row);
12330 xassert (row && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row));
12331
12332 w->window_end_pos = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
12333 w->window_end_bytepos = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
12334 w->window_end_vpos
12335 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix));
12336 xassert (w->window_end_bytepos >= 0);
12337 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "A"));
12338 }
12339 else if (last_text_row_at_end)
12340 {
12341 w->window_end_pos
12342 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row_at_end));
12343 w->window_end_bytepos
12344 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row_at_end);
12345 w->window_end_vpos
12346 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row_at_end, desired_matrix));
12347 xassert (w->window_end_bytepos >= 0);
12348 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "B"));
12349 }
12350 else if (last_text_row)
12351 {
12352 /* We have displayed either to the end of the window or at the
12353 end of the window, i.e. the last row with text is to be found
12354 in the desired matrix. */
12355 w->window_end_pos
12356 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
12357 w->window_end_bytepos
12358 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
12359 w->window_end_vpos
12360 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, desired_matrix));
12361 xassert (w->window_end_bytepos >= 0);
12362 }
12363 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
12364 && last_text_row == NULL
12365 && last_text_row_at_end == NULL)
12366 {
12367 /* Displayed to end of window, but no line containing text was
12368 displayed. Lines were deleted at the end of the window. */
12369 int first_vpos = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
12370 int vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos);
12371 struct glyph_row *current_row = current_matrix->rows + vpos;
12372 struct glyph_row *desired_row = desired_matrix->rows + vpos;
12373
12374 for (row = NULL;
12375 row == NULL && vpos >= first_vpos;
12376 --vpos, --current_row, --desired_row)
12377 {
12378 if (desired_row->enabled_p)
12379 {
12380 if (desired_row->displays_text_p)
12381 row = desired_row;
12382 }
12383 else if (current_row->displays_text_p)
12384 row = current_row;
12385 }
12386
12387 xassert (row != NULL);
12388 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (vpos + 1);
12389 w->window_end_pos = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
12390 w->window_end_bytepos = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
12391 xassert (w->window_end_bytepos >= 0);
12392 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "C"));
12393 }
12394 else
12395 abort ();
12396
12397 #if 0 /* This leads to problems, for instance when the cursor is
12398 at ZV, and the cursor line displays no text. */
12399 /* Disable rows below what's displayed in the window. This makes
12400 debugging easier. */
12401 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix,
12402 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) + 1,
12403 bottom_vpos, 0);
12404 #endif
12405
12406 IF_DEBUG (debug_end_pos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
12407 debug_end_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
12408
12409 /* Record that display has not been completed. */
12410 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
12411 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
12412 return 3;
12413
12414 #undef GIVE_UP
12415 }
12416
12417
12418 \f
12419 /***********************************************************************
12420 More debugging support
12421 ***********************************************************************/
12422
12423 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
12424
12425 void dump_glyph_row P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int, int));
12426 void dump_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int));
12427 void dump_glyph P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph *, int));
12428
12429
12430 /* Dump the contents of glyph matrix MATRIX on stderr.
12431
12432 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
12433 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
12434 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
12435
12436 void
12437 dump_glyph_matrix (matrix, glyphs)
12438 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
12439 int glyphs;
12440 {
12441 int i;
12442 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i)
12443 dump_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (matrix, i), i, glyphs);
12444 }
12445
12446
12447 /* Dump contents of glyph GLYPH to stderr. ROW and AREA are
12448 the glyph row and area where the glyph comes from. */
12449
12450 void
12451 dump_glyph (row, glyph, area)
12452 struct glyph_row *row;
12453 struct glyph *glyph;
12454 int area;
12455 {
12456 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
12457 {
12458 fprintf (stderr,
12459 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
12460 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
12461 'C',
12462 glyph->charpos,
12463 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
12464 ? 'B'
12465 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
12466 ? 'S'
12467 : '-')),
12468 glyph->pixel_width,
12469 glyph->u.ch,
12470 (glyph->u.ch < 0x80 && glyph->u.ch >= ' '
12471 ? glyph->u.ch
12472 : '.'),
12473 glyph->face_id,
12474 glyph->left_box_line_p,
12475 glyph->right_box_line_p);
12476 }
12477 else if (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH)
12478 {
12479 fprintf (stderr,
12480 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
12481 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
12482 'S',
12483 glyph->charpos,
12484 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
12485 ? 'B'
12486 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
12487 ? 'S'
12488 : '-')),
12489 glyph->pixel_width,
12490 0,
12491 '.',
12492 glyph->face_id,
12493 glyph->left_box_line_p,
12494 glyph->right_box_line_p);
12495 }
12496 else if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
12497 {
12498 fprintf (stderr,
12499 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
12500 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
12501 'I',
12502 glyph->charpos,
12503 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
12504 ? 'B'
12505 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
12506 ? 'S'
12507 : '-')),
12508 glyph->pixel_width,
12509 glyph->u.img_id,
12510 '.',
12511 glyph->face_id,
12512 glyph->left_box_line_p,
12513 glyph->right_box_line_p);
12514 }
12515 }
12516
12517
12518 /* Dump the contents of glyph row at VPOS in MATRIX to stderr.
12519 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
12520 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
12521 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
12522
12523 void
12524 dump_glyph_row (row, vpos, glyphs)
12525 struct glyph_row *row;
12526 int vpos, glyphs;
12527 {
12528 if (glyphs != 1)
12529 {
12530 fprintf (stderr, "Row Start End Used oEI><O\\CTZFesm X Y W H V A P\n");
12531 fprintf (stderr, "=======================================================================\n");
12532
12533 fprintf (stderr, "%3d %5d %5d %4d %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d\
12534 %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d\n",
12535 vpos,
12536 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
12537 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row),
12538 row->used[TEXT_AREA],
12539 row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p,
12540 row->enabled_p,
12541 row->truncated_on_left_p,
12542 row->truncated_on_right_p,
12543 row->overlay_arrow_p,
12544 row->continued_p,
12545 MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row),
12546 row->displays_text_p,
12547 row->ends_at_zv_p,
12548 row->fill_line_p,
12549 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p,
12550 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p,
12551 row->mouse_face_p,
12552 row->x,
12553 row->y,
12554 row->pixel_width,
12555 row->height,
12556 row->visible_height,
12557 row->ascent,
12558 row->phys_ascent);
12559 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\t%5d\n", row->start.overlay_string_index,
12560 row->end.overlay_string_index,
12561 row->continuation_lines_width);
12562 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n",
12563 CHARPOS (row->start.string_pos),
12564 CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos));
12565 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.dpvec_index,
12566 row->end.dpvec_index);
12567 }
12568
12569 if (glyphs > 1)
12570 {
12571 int area;
12572
12573 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
12574 {
12575 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[area];
12576 struct glyph *glyph_end = glyph + row->used[area];
12577
12578 /* Glyph for a line end in text. */
12579 if (area == TEXT_AREA && glyph == glyph_end && glyph->charpos > 0)
12580 ++glyph_end;
12581
12582 if (glyph < glyph_end)
12583 fprintf (stderr, " Glyph Type Pos O W Code C Face LR\n");
12584
12585 for (; glyph < glyph_end; ++glyph)
12586 dump_glyph (row, glyph, area);
12587 }
12588 }
12589 else if (glyphs == 1)
12590 {
12591 int area;
12592
12593 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
12594 {
12595 char *s = (char *) alloca (row->used[area] + 1);
12596 int i;
12597
12598 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i)
12599 {
12600 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[area] + i;
12601 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12602 && glyph->u.ch < 0x80
12603 && glyph->u.ch >= ' ')
12604 s[i] = glyph->u.ch;
12605 else
12606 s[i] = '.';
12607 }
12608
12609 s[i] = '\0';
12610 fprintf (stderr, "%3d: (%d) '%s'\n", vpos, row->enabled_p, s);
12611 }
12612 }
12613 }
12614
12615
12616 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-matrix", Fdump_glyph_matrix,
12617 Sdump_glyph_matrix, 0, 1, "p",
12618 doc: /* Dump the current matrix of the selected window to stderr.
12619 Shows contents of glyph row structures. With non-nil
12620 parameter GLYPHS, dump glyphs as well. If GLYPHS is 1 show
12621 glyphs in short form, otherwise show glyphs in long form. */)
12622 (glyphs)
12623 Lisp_Object glyphs;
12624 {
12625 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
12626 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
12627
12628 fprintf (stderr, "PT = %d, BEGV = %d. ZV = %d\n",
12629 BUF_PT (buffer), BUF_BEGV (buffer), BUF_ZV (buffer));
12630 fprintf (stderr, "Cursor x = %d, y = %d, hpos = %d, vpos = %d\n",
12631 w->cursor.x, w->cursor.y, w->cursor.hpos, w->cursor.vpos);
12632 fprintf (stderr, "=============================================\n");
12633 dump_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix,
12634 NILP (glyphs) ? 0 : XINT (glyphs));
12635 return Qnil;
12636 }
12637
12638
12639 DEFUN ("dump-frame-glyph-matrix", Fdump_frame_glyph_matrix,
12640 Sdump_frame_glyph_matrix, 0, 0, "", doc: /* */)
12641 ()
12642 {
12643 struct frame *f = XFRAME (selected_frame);
12644 dump_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix, 1);
12645 return Qnil;
12646 }
12647
12648
12649 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-row", Fdump_glyph_row, Sdump_glyph_row, 1, 2, "",
12650 doc: /* Dump glyph row ROW to stderr.
12651 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.
12652 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.
12653 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form. */)
12654 (row, glyphs)
12655 Lisp_Object row, glyphs;
12656 {
12657 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
12658 int vpos;
12659
12660 CHECK_NUMBER (row);
12661 matrix = XWINDOW (selected_window)->current_matrix;
12662 vpos = XINT (row);
12663 if (vpos >= 0 && vpos < matrix->nrows)
12664 dump_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (matrix, vpos),
12665 vpos,
12666 INTEGERP (glyphs) ? XINT (glyphs) : 2);
12667 return Qnil;
12668 }
12669
12670
12671 DEFUN ("dump-tool-bar-row", Fdump_tool_bar_row, Sdump_tool_bar_row, 1, 2, "",
12672 doc: /* Dump glyph row ROW of the tool-bar of the current frame to stderr.
12673 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.
12674 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.
12675 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form. */)
12676 (row, glyphs)
12677 Lisp_Object row, glyphs;
12678 {
12679 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
12680 struct glyph_matrix *m = XWINDOW (sf->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix;
12681 int vpos;
12682
12683 CHECK_NUMBER (row);
12684 vpos = XINT (row);
12685 if (vpos >= 0 && vpos < m->nrows)
12686 dump_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (m, vpos), vpos,
12687 INTEGERP (glyphs) ? XINT (glyphs) : 2);
12688 return Qnil;
12689 }
12690
12691
12692 DEFUN ("trace-redisplay", Ftrace_redisplay, Strace_redisplay, 0, 1, "P",
12693 doc: /* Toggle tracing of redisplay.
12694 With ARG, turn tracing on if and only if ARG is positive. */)
12695 (arg)
12696 Lisp_Object arg;
12697 {
12698 if (NILP (arg))
12699 trace_redisplay_p = !trace_redisplay_p;
12700 else
12701 {
12702 arg = Fprefix_numeric_value (arg);
12703 trace_redisplay_p = XINT (arg) > 0;
12704 }
12705
12706 return Qnil;
12707 }
12708
12709
12710 DEFUN ("trace-to-stderr", Ftrace_to_stderr, Strace_to_stderr, 1, MANY, "",
12711 doc: /* Like `format', but print result to stderr.
12712 usage: (trace-to-stderr STRING &rest OBJECTS) */)
12713 (nargs, args)
12714 int nargs;
12715 Lisp_Object *args;
12716 {
12717 Lisp_Object s = Fformat (nargs, args);
12718 fprintf (stderr, "%s", SDATA (s));
12719 return Qnil;
12720 }
12721
12722 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
12723
12724
12725 \f
12726 /***********************************************************************
12727 Building Desired Matrix Rows
12728 ***********************************************************************/
12729
12730 /* Return a temporary glyph row holding the glyphs of an overlay
12731 arrow. Only used for non-window-redisplay windows. */
12732
12733 static struct glyph_row *
12734 get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (w)
12735 struct window *w;
12736 {
12737 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
12738 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
12739 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
12740 const unsigned char *arrow_string = SDATA (Voverlay_arrow_string);
12741 int arrow_len = SCHARS (Voverlay_arrow_string);
12742 const unsigned char *arrow_end = arrow_string + arrow_len;
12743 const unsigned char *p;
12744 struct it it;
12745 int multibyte_p;
12746 int n_glyphs_before;
12747
12748 set_buffer_temp (buffer);
12749 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, &scratch_glyph_row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
12750 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
12751 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, 0, 0);
12752
12753 multibyte_p = !NILP (buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
12754 p = arrow_string;
12755 while (p < arrow_end)
12756 {
12757 Lisp_Object face, ilisp;
12758
12759 /* Get the next character. */
12760 if (multibyte_p)
12761 it.c = string_char_and_length (p, arrow_len, &it.len);
12762 else
12763 it.c = *p, it.len = 1;
12764 p += it.len;
12765
12766 /* Get its face. */
12767 ilisp = make_number (p - arrow_string);
12768 face = Fget_text_property (ilisp, Qface, Voverlay_arrow_string);
12769 it.face_id = compute_char_face (f, it.c, face);
12770
12771 /* Compute its width, get its glyphs. */
12772 n_glyphs_before = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12773 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, -1, -1);
12774 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
12775
12776 /* If this character doesn't fit any more in the line, we have
12777 to remove some glyphs. */
12778 if (it.current_x > it.last_visible_x)
12779 {
12780 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
12781 break;
12782 }
12783 }
12784
12785 set_buffer_temp (old);
12786 return it.glyph_row;
12787 }
12788
12789
12790 /* Insert truncation glyphs at the start of IT->glyph_row. Truncation
12791 glyphs are only inserted for terminal frames since we can't really
12792 win with truncation glyphs when partially visible glyphs are
12793 involved. Which glyphs to insert is determined by
12794 produce_special_glyphs. */
12795
12796 static void
12797 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it)
12798 struct it *it;
12799 {
12800 struct it truncate_it;
12801 struct glyph *from, *end, *to, *toend;
12802
12803 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f));
12804
12805 /* Get the truncation glyphs. */
12806 truncate_it = *it;
12807 truncate_it.current_x = 0;
12808 truncate_it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12809 truncate_it.glyph_row = &scratch_glyph_row;
12810 truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
12811 CHARPOS (truncate_it.position) = BYTEPOS (truncate_it.position) = -1;
12812 truncate_it.object = make_number (0);
12813 produce_special_glyphs (&truncate_it, IT_TRUNCATION);
12814
12815 /* Overwrite glyphs from IT with truncation glyphs. */
12816 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12817 end = from + truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12818 to = it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12819 toend = to + it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12820
12821 while (from < end)
12822 *to++ = *from++;
12823
12824 /* There may be padding glyphs left over. Overwrite them too. */
12825 while (to < toend && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*to))
12826 {
12827 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12828 while (from < end)
12829 *to++ = *from++;
12830 }
12831
12832 if (to > toend)
12833 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = to - it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12834 }
12835
12836
12837 /* Compute the pixel height and width of IT->glyph_row.
12838
12839 Most of the time, ascent and height of a display line will be equal
12840 to the max_ascent and max_height values of the display iterator
12841 structure. This is not the case if
12842
12843 1. We hit ZV without displaying anything. In this case, max_ascent
12844 and max_height will be zero.
12845
12846 2. We have some glyphs that don't contribute to the line height.
12847 (The glyph row flag contributes_to_line_height_p is for future
12848 pixmap extensions).
12849
12850 The first case is easily covered by using default values because in
12851 these cases, the line height does not really matter, except that it
12852 must not be zero. */
12853
12854 static void
12855 compute_line_metrics (it)
12856 struct it *it;
12857 {
12858 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
12859 int area, i;
12860
12861 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12862 {
12863 int i, min_y, max_y;
12864
12865 /* The line may consist of one space only, that was added to
12866 place the cursor on it. If so, the row's height hasn't been
12867 computed yet. */
12868 if (row->height == 0)
12869 {
12870 if (it->max_ascent + it->max_descent == 0)
12871 it->max_descent = it->max_phys_descent = CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
12872 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
12873 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
12874 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12875 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
12876 }
12877
12878 /* Compute the width of this line. */
12879 row->pixel_width = row->x;
12880 for (i = 0; i < row->used[TEXT_AREA]; ++i)
12881 row->pixel_width += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
12882
12883 xassert (row->pixel_width >= 0);
12884 xassert (row->ascent >= 0 && row->height > 0);
12885
12886 row->overlapping_p = (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row)
12887 || MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row));
12888
12889 /* If first line's physical ascent is larger than its logical
12890 ascent, use the physical ascent, and make the row taller.
12891 This makes accented characters fully visible. */
12892 if (row == MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
12893 && row->phys_ascent > row->ascent)
12894 {
12895 row->height += row->phys_ascent - row->ascent;
12896 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent;
12897 }
12898
12899 /* Compute how much of the line is visible. */
12900 row->visible_height = row->height;
12901
12902 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (it->w);
12903 max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (it->w);
12904
12905 if (row->y < min_y)
12906 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y;
12907 if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
12908 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y;
12909 }
12910 else
12911 {
12912 row->pixel_width = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12913 if (row->continued_p)
12914 row->pixel_width -= it->continuation_pixel_width;
12915 else if (row->truncated_on_right_p)
12916 row->pixel_width -= it->truncation_pixel_width;
12917 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
12918 row->height = row->phys_height = row->visible_height = 1;
12919 }
12920
12921 /* Compute a hash code for this row. */
12922 row->hash = 0;
12923 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
12924 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i)
12925 row->hash = ((((row->hash << 4) + (row->hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff)
12926 + row->glyphs[area][i].u.val
12927 + row->glyphs[area][i].face_id
12928 + row->glyphs[area][i].padding_p
12929 + (row->glyphs[area][i].type << 2));
12930
12931 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
12932 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
12933 }
12934
12935
12936 /* Append one space to the glyph row of iterator IT if doing a
12937 window-based redisplay. DEFAULT_FACE_P non-zero means let the
12938 space have the default face, otherwise let it have the same face as
12939 IT->face_id. Value is non-zero if a space was added.
12940
12941 This function is called to make sure that there is always one glyph
12942 at the end of a glyph row that the cursor can be set on under
12943 window-systems. (If there weren't such a glyph we would not know
12944 how wide and tall a box cursor should be displayed).
12945
12946 At the same time this space let's a nicely handle clearing to the
12947 end of the line if the row ends in italic text. */
12948
12949 static int
12950 append_space (it, default_face_p)
12951 struct it *it;
12952 int default_face_p;
12953 {
12954 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12955 {
12956 int n = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12957
12958 if (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n
12959 < it->glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
12960 {
12961 /* Save some values that must not be changed.
12962 Must save IT->c and IT->len because otherwise
12963 ITERATOR_AT_END_P wouldn't work anymore after
12964 append_space has been called. */
12965 enum display_element_type saved_what = it->what;
12966 int saved_c = it->c, saved_len = it->len;
12967 int saved_x = it->current_x;
12968 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
12969 struct text_pos saved_pos;
12970 Lisp_Object saved_object;
12971 struct face *face;
12972
12973 saved_object = it->object;
12974 saved_pos = it->position;
12975
12976 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
12977 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
12978 it->object = make_number (0);
12979 it->c = ' ';
12980 it->len = 1;
12981
12982 if (default_face_p)
12983 it->face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12984 else if (it->face_before_selective_p)
12985 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
12986 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
12987 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, 0);
12988
12989 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12990
12991 it->current_x = saved_x;
12992 it->object = saved_object;
12993 it->position = saved_pos;
12994 it->what = saved_what;
12995 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
12996 it->len = saved_len;
12997 it->c = saved_c;
12998 return 1;
12999 }
13000 }
13001
13002 return 0;
13003 }
13004
13005
13006 /* Extend the face of the last glyph in the text area of IT->glyph_row
13007 to the end of the display line. Called from display_line.
13008 If the glyph row is empty, add a space glyph to it so that we
13009 know the face to draw. Set the glyph row flag fill_line_p. */
13010
13011 static void
13012 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it)
13013 struct it *it;
13014 {
13015 struct face *face;
13016 struct frame *f = it->f;
13017
13018 /* If line is already filled, do nothing. */
13019 if (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
13020 return;
13021
13022 /* Face extension extends the background and box of IT->face_id
13023 to the end of the line. If the background equals the background
13024 of the frame, we don't have to do anything. */
13025 if (it->face_before_selective_p)
13026 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->saved_face_id);
13027 else
13028 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, it->face_id);
13029
13030 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
13031 && face->box == FACE_NO_BOX
13032 && face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)
13033 && !face->stipple)
13034 return;
13035
13036 /* Set the glyph row flag indicating that the face of the last glyph
13037 in the text area has to be drawn to the end of the text area. */
13038 it->glyph_row->fill_line_p = 1;
13039
13040 /* If current character of IT is not ASCII, make sure we have the
13041 ASCII face. This will be automatically undone the next time
13042 get_next_display_element returns a multibyte character. Note
13043 that the character will always be single byte in unibyte text. */
13044 if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
13045 {
13046 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (f, face, 0);
13047 }
13048
13049 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
13050 {
13051 /* If the row is empty, add a space with the current face of IT,
13052 so that we know which face to draw. */
13053 if (it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
13054 {
13055 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0] = space_glyph;
13056 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].face_id = it->face_id;
13057 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 1;
13058 }
13059 }
13060 else
13061 {
13062 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
13063 int saved_x = it->current_x;
13064 struct text_pos saved_pos;
13065 Lisp_Object saved_object;
13066 enum display_element_type saved_what = it->what;
13067 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
13068
13069 saved_object = it->object;
13070 saved_pos = it->position;
13071
13072 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
13073 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
13074 it->object = make_number (0);
13075 it->c = ' ';
13076 it->len = 1;
13077 it->face_id = face->id;
13078
13079 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
13080
13081 while (it->current_x <= it->last_visible_x)
13082 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
13083
13084 /* Don't count these blanks really. It would let us insert a left
13085 truncation glyph below and make us set the cursor on them, maybe. */
13086 it->current_x = saved_x;
13087 it->object = saved_object;
13088 it->position = saved_pos;
13089 it->what = saved_what;
13090 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
13091 }
13092 }
13093
13094
13095 /* Value is non-zero if text starting at CHARPOS in current_buffer is
13096 trailing whitespace. */
13097
13098 static int
13099 trailing_whitespace_p (charpos)
13100 int charpos;
13101 {
13102 int bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
13103 int c = 0;
13104
13105 while (bytepos < ZV_BYTE
13106 && (c = FETCH_CHAR (bytepos),
13107 c == ' ' || c == '\t'))
13108 ++bytepos;
13109
13110 if (bytepos >= ZV_BYTE || c == '\n' || c == '\r')
13111 {
13112 if (bytepos != PT_BYTE)
13113 return 1;
13114 }
13115 return 0;
13116 }
13117
13118
13119 /* Highlight trailing whitespace, if any, in ROW. */
13120
13121 void
13122 highlight_trailing_whitespace (f, row)
13123 struct frame *f;
13124 struct glyph_row *row;
13125 {
13126 int used = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
13127
13128 if (used)
13129 {
13130 struct glyph *start = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
13131 struct glyph *glyph = start + used - 1;
13132
13133 /* Skip over glyphs inserted to display the cursor at the
13134 end of a line, for extending the face of the last glyph
13135 to the end of the line on terminals, and for truncation
13136 and continuation glyphs. */
13137 while (glyph >= start
13138 && glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
13139 && INTEGERP (glyph->object))
13140 --glyph;
13141
13142 /* If last glyph is a space or stretch, and it's trailing
13143 whitespace, set the face of all trailing whitespace glyphs in
13144 IT->glyph_row to `trailing-whitespace'. */
13145 if (glyph >= start
13146 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
13147 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
13148 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
13149 && glyph->u.ch == ' '))
13150 && trailing_whitespace_p (glyph->charpos))
13151 {
13152 int face_id = lookup_named_face (f, Qtrailing_whitespace, 0);
13153
13154 while (glyph >= start
13155 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
13156 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
13157 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
13158 && glyph->u.ch == ' ')))
13159 (glyph--)->face_id = face_id;
13160 }
13161 }
13162 }
13163
13164
13165 /* Value is non-zero if glyph row ROW in window W should be
13166 used to hold the cursor. */
13167
13168 static int
13169 cursor_row_p (w, row)
13170 struct window *w;
13171 struct glyph_row *row;
13172 {
13173 int cursor_row_p = 1;
13174
13175 if (PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
13176 {
13177 /* If the row ends with a newline from a string, we don't want
13178 the cursor there (if the row is continued it doesn't end in a
13179 newline). */
13180 if (CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos) >= 0
13181 || MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))
13182 cursor_row_p = row->continued_p;
13183
13184 /* If the row ends at ZV, display the cursor at the end of that
13185 row instead of at the start of the row below. */
13186 else if (row->ends_at_zv_p)
13187 cursor_row_p = 1;
13188 else
13189 cursor_row_p = 0;
13190 }
13191
13192 return cursor_row_p;
13193 }
13194
13195
13196 /* Construct the glyph row IT->glyph_row in the desired matrix of
13197 IT->w from text at the current position of IT. See dispextern.h
13198 for an overview of struct it. Value is non-zero if
13199 IT->glyph_row displays text, as opposed to a line displaying ZV
13200 only. */
13201
13202 static int
13203 display_line (it)
13204 struct it *it;
13205 {
13206 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
13207
13208 /* We always start displaying at hpos zero even if hscrolled. */
13209 xassert (it->hpos == 0 && it->current_x == 0);
13210
13211 /* We must not display in a row that's not a text row. */
13212 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, it->w->desired_matrix)
13213 < it->w->desired_matrix->nrows);
13214
13215 /* Is IT->w showing the region? */
13216 it->w->region_showing = it->region_beg_charpos > 0 ? Qt : Qnil;
13217
13218 /* Clear the result glyph row and enable it. */
13219 prepare_desired_row (row);
13220
13221 row->y = it->current_y;
13222 row->start = it->current;
13223 row->continuation_lines_width = it->continuation_lines_width;
13224 row->displays_text_p = 1;
13225 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p;
13226 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 0;
13227
13228 /* Arrange the overlays nicely for our purposes. Usually, we call
13229 display_line on only one line at a time, in which case this
13230 can't really hurt too much, or we call it on lines which appear
13231 one after another in the buffer, in which case all calls to
13232 recenter_overlay_lists but the first will be pretty cheap. */
13233 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
13234
13235 /* Move over display elements that are not visible because we are
13236 hscrolled. This may stop at an x-position < IT->first_visible_x
13237 if the first glyph is partially visible or if we hit a line end. */
13238 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
13239 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, ZV, it->first_visible_x,
13240 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
13241
13242 /* Get the initial row height. This is either the height of the
13243 text hscrolled, if there is any, or zero. */
13244 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
13245 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
13246 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
13247 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
13248
13249 /* Loop generating characters. The loop is left with IT on the next
13250 character to display. */
13251 while (1)
13252 {
13253 int n_glyphs_before, hpos_before, x_before;
13254 int x, i, nglyphs;
13255 int ascent = 0, descent = 0, phys_ascent = 0, phys_descent = 0;
13256
13257 /* Retrieve the next thing to display. Value is zero if end of
13258 buffer reached. */
13259 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
13260 {
13261 /* Maybe add a space at the end of this line that is used to
13262 display the cursor there under X. Set the charpos of the
13263 first glyph of blank lines not corresponding to any text
13264 to -1. */
13265 if ((append_space (it, 1) && row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 1)
13266 || row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
13267 {
13268 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = -1;
13269 row->displays_text_p = 0;
13270
13271 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (it->w->buffer)->indicate_empty_lines)
13272 && (!MINI_WINDOW_P (it->w)
13273 || (minibuf_level && EQ (it->window, minibuf_window))))
13274 row->indicate_empty_line_p = 1;
13275 }
13276
13277 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
13278 row->ends_at_zv_p = 1;
13279 break;
13280 }
13281
13282 /* Now, get the metrics of what we want to display. This also
13283 generates glyphs in `row' (which is IT->glyph_row). */
13284 n_glyphs_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
13285 x = it->current_x;
13286
13287 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
13288 fit on the line. */
13289 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
13290 {
13291 ascent = it->max_ascent;
13292 descent = it->max_descent;
13293 phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
13294 phys_descent = it->max_phys_descent;
13295 }
13296
13297 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
13298
13299 /* If this display element was in marginal areas, continue with
13300 the next one. */
13301 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
13302 {
13303 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
13304 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
13305 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
13306 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
13307 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
13308 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
13309 continue;
13310 }
13311
13312 /* Does the display element fit on the line? If we truncate
13313 lines, we should draw past the right edge of the window. If
13314 we don't truncate, we want to stop so that we can display the
13315 continuation glyph before the right margin. If lines are
13316 continued, there are two possible strategies for characters
13317 resulting in more than 1 glyph (e.g. tabs): Display as many
13318 glyphs as possible in this line and leave the rest for the
13319 continuation line, or display the whole element in the next
13320 line. Original redisplay did the former, so we do it also. */
13321 nglyphs = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
13322 hpos_before = it->hpos;
13323 x_before = x;
13324
13325 if (/* Not a newline. */
13326 nglyphs > 0
13327 /* Glyphs produced fit entirely in the line. */
13328 && it->current_x < it->last_visible_x)
13329 {
13330 it->hpos += nglyphs;
13331 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
13332 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
13333 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
13334 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
13335 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
13336 if (it->current_x - it->pixel_width < it->first_visible_x)
13337 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
13338 }
13339 else
13340 {
13341 int new_x;
13342 struct glyph *glyph;
13343
13344 for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
13345 {
13346 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
13347 new_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
13348
13349 if (/* Lines are continued. */
13350 !it->truncate_lines_p
13351 && (/* Glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
13352 new_x > it->last_visible_x
13353 /* Or it fits exactly on a window system frame. */
13354 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
13355 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
13356 {
13357 /* End of a continued line. */
13358
13359 if (it->hpos == 0
13360 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
13361 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
13362 {
13363 /* Current glyph is the only one on the line or
13364 fits exactly on the line. We must continue
13365 the line because we can't draw the cursor
13366 after the glyph. */
13367 row->continued_p = 1;
13368 it->current_x = new_x;
13369 it->continuation_lines_width += new_x;
13370 ++it->hpos;
13371 if (i == nglyphs - 1)
13372 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
13373 }
13374 else if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph)
13375 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13376 {
13377 /* A padding glyph that doesn't fit on this line.
13378 This means the whole character doesn't fit
13379 on the line. */
13380 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
13381
13382 /* Fill the rest of the row with continuation
13383 glyphs like in 20.x. */
13384 while (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA]
13385 < row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
13386 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
13387
13388 row->continued_p = 1;
13389 it->current_x = x_before;
13390 it->continuation_lines_width += x_before;
13391
13392 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
13393 element not fitting on the line. */
13394 it->max_ascent = ascent;
13395 it->max_descent = descent;
13396 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
13397 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
13398 }
13399 else if (it->c == '\t' && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13400 {
13401 /* A TAB that extends past the right edge of the
13402 window. This produces a single glyph on
13403 window system frames. We leave the glyph in
13404 this row and let it fill the row, but don't
13405 consume the TAB. */
13406 it->continuation_lines_width += it->last_visible_x;
13407 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
13408 row->continued_p = 1;
13409 glyph->pixel_width = it->last_visible_x - x;
13410 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
13411 }
13412 else
13413 {
13414 /* Something other than a TAB that draws past
13415 the right edge of the window. Restore
13416 positions to values before the element. */
13417 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
13418
13419 /* Display continuation glyphs. */
13420 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13421 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
13422 row->continued_p = 1;
13423
13424 it->continuation_lines_width += x;
13425
13426 if (nglyphs > 1 && i > 0)
13427 {
13428 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
13429 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
13430 }
13431
13432 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
13433 element not fitting on the line. */
13434 it->max_ascent = ascent;
13435 it->max_descent = descent;
13436 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
13437 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
13438 }
13439
13440 break;
13441 }
13442 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
13443 {
13444 /* Increment number of glyphs actually displayed. */
13445 ++it->hpos;
13446
13447 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
13448 /* Glyph is partially visible, i.e. row starts at
13449 negative X position. */
13450 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
13451 }
13452 else
13453 {
13454 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the
13455 window. This should not happen because of the
13456 move_it_in_display_line at the start of this
13457 function, unless the text display area of the
13458 window is empty. */
13459 xassert (it->first_visible_x <= it->last_visible_x);
13460 }
13461 }
13462
13463 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
13464 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
13465 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
13466 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
13467 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
13468
13469 /* End of this display line if row is continued. */
13470 if (row->continued_p)
13471 break;
13472 }
13473
13474 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're also done, after making
13475 sure that a non-default face is extended up to the right
13476 margin of the window. */
13477 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
13478 {
13479 int used_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
13480
13481 row->ends_in_newline_from_string_p = STRINGP (it->object);
13482
13483 /* Add a space at the end of the line that is used to
13484 display the cursor there. */
13485 append_space (it, 0);
13486
13487 /* Extend the face to the end of the line. */
13488 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
13489
13490 /* Make sure we have the position. */
13491 if (used_before == 0)
13492 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
13493
13494 /* Consume the line end. This skips over invisible lines. */
13495 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
13496 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
13497 break;
13498 }
13499
13500 /* Proceed with next display element. Note that this skips
13501 over lines invisible because of selective display. */
13502 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
13503
13504 /* If we truncate lines, we are done when the last displayed
13505 glyphs reach past the right margin of the window. */
13506 if (it->truncate_lines_p
13507 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
13508 ? (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
13509 : (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)))
13510 {
13511 /* Maybe add truncation glyphs. */
13512 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13513 {
13514 int i, n;
13515
13516 for (i = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; i > 0; --i)
13517 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i]))
13518 break;
13519
13520 for (n = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i < n; ++i)
13521 {
13522 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i;
13523 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
13524 }
13525 }
13526
13527 row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
13528 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
13529 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
13530 row->ends_at_zv_p = FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n';
13531 it->hpos = hpos_before;
13532 it->current_x = x_before;
13533 break;
13534 }
13535 }
13536
13537 /* If line is not empty and hscrolled, maybe insert truncation glyphs
13538 at the left window margin. */
13539 if (it->first_visible_x
13540 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) != MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))
13541 {
13542 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13543 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
13544 row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
13545 }
13546
13547 /* If the start of this line is the overlay arrow-position, then
13548 mark this glyph row as the one containing the overlay arrow.
13549 This is clearly a mess with variable size fonts. It would be
13550 better to let it be displayed like cursors under X. */
13551 if (MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
13552 && current_buffer == XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer
13553 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
13554 == marker_position (Voverlay_arrow_position))
13555 && STRINGP (Voverlay_arrow_string)
13556 && ! overlay_arrow_seen)
13557 {
13558 /* Overlay arrow in window redisplay is a fringe bitmap. */
13559 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13560 {
13561 struct glyph_row *arrow_row = get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (it->w);
13562 struct glyph *glyph = arrow_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
13563 struct glyph *arrow_end = glyph + arrow_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
13564 struct glyph *p = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
13565 struct glyph *p2, *end;
13566
13567 /* Copy the arrow glyphs. */
13568 while (glyph < arrow_end)
13569 *p++ = *glyph++;
13570
13571 /* Throw away padding glyphs. */
13572 p2 = p;
13573 end = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
13574 while (p2 < end && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*p2))
13575 ++p2;
13576 if (p2 > p)
13577 {
13578 while (p2 < end)
13579 *p++ = *p2++;
13580 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = p2 - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
13581 }
13582 }
13583
13584 overlay_arrow_seen = 1;
13585 row->overlay_arrow_p = 1;
13586 }
13587
13588 /* Compute pixel dimensions of this line. */
13589 compute_line_metrics (it);
13590
13591 /* Remember the position at which this line ends. */
13592 row->end = it->current;
13593
13594 /* Maybe set the cursor. */
13595 if (it->w->cursor.vpos < 0
13596 && PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
13597 && PT <= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
13598 && cursor_row_p (it->w, row))
13599 set_cursor_from_row (it->w, row, it->w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
13600
13601 /* Highlight trailing whitespace. */
13602 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
13603 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it->f, it->glyph_row);
13604
13605 /* Prepare for the next line. This line starts horizontally at (X
13606 HPOS) = (0 0). Vertical positions are incremented. As a
13607 convenience for the caller, IT->glyph_row is set to the next
13608 row to be used. */
13609 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
13610 it->current_y += row->height;
13611 ++it->vpos;
13612 ++it->glyph_row;
13613 return row->displays_text_p;
13614 }
13615
13616
13617 \f
13618 /***********************************************************************
13619 Menu Bar
13620 ***********************************************************************/
13621
13622 /* Redisplay the menu bar in the frame for window W.
13623
13624 The menu bar of X frames that don't have X toolkit support is
13625 displayed in a special window W->frame->menu_bar_window.
13626
13627 The menu bar of terminal frames is treated specially as far as
13628 glyph matrices are concerned. Menu bar lines are not part of
13629 windows, so the update is done directly on the frame matrix rows
13630 for the menu bar. */
13631
13632 static void
13633 display_menu_bar (w)
13634 struct window *w;
13635 {
13636 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
13637 struct it it;
13638 Lisp_Object items;
13639 int i;
13640
13641 /* Don't do all this for graphical frames. */
13642 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI
13643 if (!NILP (Vwindow_system))
13644 return;
13645 #endif
13646 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
13647 if (FRAME_X_P (f))
13648 return;
13649 #endif
13650 #ifdef MAC_OS
13651 if (FRAME_MAC_P (f))
13652 return;
13653 #endif
13654
13655 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13656 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
13657 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows, MENU_FACE_ID);
13658 it.first_visible_x = 0;
13659 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
13660 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13661 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
13662 {
13663 /* Menu bar lines are displayed in the desired matrix of the
13664 dummy window menu_bar_window. */
13665 struct window *menu_w;
13666 xassert (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window));
13667 menu_w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window);
13668 init_iterator (&it, menu_w, -1, -1, menu_w->desired_matrix->rows,
13669 MENU_FACE_ID);
13670 it.first_visible_x = 0;
13671 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
13672 }
13673 else
13674 {
13675 /* This is a TTY frame, i.e. character hpos/vpos are used as
13676 pixel x/y. */
13677 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows,
13678 MENU_FACE_ID);
13679 it.first_visible_x = 0;
13680 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WIDTH (f);
13681 }
13682 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13683
13684 if (! mode_line_inverse_video)
13685 /* Force the menu-bar to be displayed in the default face. */
13686 it.base_face_id = it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
13687
13688 /* Clear all rows of the menu bar. */
13689 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f); ++i)
13690 {
13691 struct glyph_row *row = it.glyph_row + i;
13692 clear_glyph_row (row);
13693 row->enabled_p = 1;
13694 row->full_width_p = 1;
13695 }
13696
13697 /* Display all items of the menu bar. */
13698 items = FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (it.f);
13699 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (items)->size; i += 4)
13700 {
13701 Lisp_Object string;
13702
13703 /* Stop at nil string. */
13704 string = AREF (items, i + 1);
13705 if (NILP (string))
13706 break;
13707
13708 /* Remember where item was displayed. */
13709 AREF (items, i + 3) = make_number (it.hpos);
13710
13711 /* Display the item, pad with one space. */
13712 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
13713 display_string (NULL, string, Qnil, 0, 0, &it,
13714 SCHARS (string) + 1, 0, 0, -1);
13715 }
13716
13717 /* Fill out the line with spaces. */
13718 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
13719 display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, -1, 0, 0, -1);
13720
13721 /* Compute the total height of the lines. */
13722 compute_line_metrics (&it);
13723 }
13724
13725
13726 \f
13727 /***********************************************************************
13728 Mode Line
13729 ***********************************************************************/
13730
13731 /* Redisplay mode lines in the window tree whose root is WINDOW. If
13732 FORCE is non-zero, redisplay mode lines unconditionally.
13733 Otherwise, redisplay only mode lines that are garbaged. Value is
13734 the number of windows whose mode lines were redisplayed. */
13735
13736 static int
13737 redisplay_mode_lines (window, force)
13738 Lisp_Object window;
13739 int force;
13740 {
13741 int nwindows = 0;
13742
13743 while (!NILP (window))
13744 {
13745 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
13746
13747 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
13748 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->hchild, force);
13749 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
13750 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->vchild, force);
13751 else if (force
13752 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
13753 || !MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->enabled_p)
13754 {
13755 struct text_pos lpoint;
13756 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
13757
13758 /* Set the window's buffer for the mode line display. */
13759 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
13760 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
13761
13762 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any
13763 other window, set up appropriate value. */
13764 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
13765 {
13766 struct text_pos pt;
13767
13768 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (pt, w->pointm);
13769 if (CHARPOS (pt) < BEGV)
13770 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
13771 else if (CHARPOS (pt) > (ZV - 1))
13772 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (ZV, ZV_BYTE);
13773 else
13774 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
13775 }
13776
13777 /* Display mode lines. */
13778 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
13779 if (display_mode_lines (w))
13780 {
13781 ++nwindows;
13782 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
13783 }
13784
13785 /* Restore old settings. */
13786 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
13787 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
13788 }
13789
13790 window = w->next;
13791 }
13792
13793 return nwindows;
13794 }
13795
13796
13797 /* Display the mode and/or top line of window W. Value is the number
13798 of mode lines displayed. */
13799
13800 static int
13801 display_mode_lines (w)
13802 struct window *w;
13803 {
13804 Lisp_Object old_selected_window, old_selected_frame;
13805 int n = 0;
13806
13807 old_selected_frame = selected_frame;
13808 selected_frame = w->frame;
13809 old_selected_window = selected_window;
13810 XSETWINDOW (selected_window, w);
13811
13812 /* These will be set while the mode line specs are processed. */
13813 line_number_displayed = 0;
13814 w->column_number_displayed = Qnil;
13815
13816 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
13817 {
13818 struct window *sel_w = XWINDOW (old_selected_window);
13819
13820 /* Select mode line face based on the real selected window. */
13821 display_mode_line (w, CURRENT_MODE_LINE_FACE_ID_3 (sel_w, sel_w, w),
13822 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
13823 ++n;
13824 }
13825
13826 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
13827 {
13828 display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
13829 current_buffer->header_line_format);
13830 ++n;
13831 }
13832
13833 selected_frame = old_selected_frame;
13834 selected_window = old_selected_window;
13835 return n;
13836 }
13837
13838
13839 /* Display mode or top line of window W. FACE_ID specifies which line
13840 to display; it is either MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID.
13841 FORMAT is the mode line format to display. Value is the pixel
13842 height of the mode line displayed. */
13843
13844 static int
13845 display_mode_line (w, face_id, format)
13846 struct window *w;
13847 enum face_id face_id;
13848 Lisp_Object format;
13849 {
13850 struct it it;
13851 struct face *face;
13852
13853 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, NULL, face_id);
13854 prepare_desired_row (it.glyph_row);
13855
13856 if (! mode_line_inverse_video)
13857 /* Force the mode-line to be displayed in the default face. */
13858 it.base_face_id = it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
13859
13860 /* Temporarily make frame's keyboard the current kboard so that
13861 kboard-local variables in the mode_line_format will get the right
13862 values. */
13863 push_frame_kboard (it.f);
13864 display_mode_element (&it, 0, 0, 0, format, Qnil, 0);
13865 pop_frame_kboard ();
13866
13867 /* Fill up with spaces. */
13868 display_string (" ", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, 10000, -1, -1, 0);
13869
13870 compute_line_metrics (&it);
13871 it.glyph_row->full_width_p = 1;
13872 it.glyph_row->mode_line_p = 1;
13873 it.glyph_row->continued_p = 0;
13874 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
13875 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
13876
13877 /* Make a 3D mode-line have a shadow at its right end. */
13878 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it.f, face_id);
13879 extend_face_to_end_of_line (&it);
13880 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
13881 {
13882 struct glyph *last = (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
13883 + it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1);
13884 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
13885 }
13886
13887 return it.glyph_row->height;
13888 }
13889
13890 /* Alist that caches the results of :propertize.
13891 Each element is (PROPERTIZED-STRING . PROPERTY-LIST). */
13892 Lisp_Object mode_line_proptrans_alist;
13893
13894 /* List of strings making up the mode-line. */
13895 Lisp_Object mode_line_string_list;
13896
13897 /* Base face property when building propertized mode line string. */
13898 static Lisp_Object mode_line_string_face;
13899 static Lisp_Object mode_line_string_face_prop;
13900
13901
13902 /* Contribute ELT to the mode line for window IT->w. How it
13903 translates into text depends on its data type.
13904
13905 IT describes the display environment in which we display, as usual.
13906
13907 DEPTH is the depth in recursion. It is used to prevent
13908 infinite recursion here.
13909
13910 FIELD_WIDTH is the number of characters the display of ELT should
13911 occupy in the mode line, and PRECISION is the maximum number of
13912 characters to display from ELT's representation. See
13913 display_string for details.
13914
13915 Returns the hpos of the end of the text generated by ELT.
13916
13917 PROPS is a property list to add to any string we encounter.
13918
13919 If RISKY is nonzero, remove (disregard) any properties in any string
13920 we encounter, and ignore :eval and :propertize.
13921
13922 If the global variable `frame_title_ptr' is non-NULL, then the output
13923 is passed to `store_frame_title' instead of `display_string'. */
13924
13925 static int
13926 display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width, precision, elt, props, risky)
13927 struct it *it;
13928 int depth;
13929 int field_width, precision;
13930 Lisp_Object elt, props;
13931 int risky;
13932 {
13933 int n = 0, field, prec;
13934 int literal = 0;
13935
13936 tail_recurse:
13937 if (depth > 10)
13938 goto invalid;
13939
13940 depth++;
13941
13942 switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST (XTYPE (elt)))
13943 {
13944 case Lisp_String:
13945 {
13946 /* A string: output it and check for %-constructs within it. */
13947 unsigned char c;
13948 const unsigned char *this, *lisp_string;
13949
13950 if (!NILP (props) || risky)
13951 {
13952 Lisp_Object oprops, aelt;
13953 oprops = Ftext_properties_at (make_number (0), elt);
13954
13955 if (NILP (Fequal (props, oprops)) || risky)
13956 {
13957 /* If the starting string has properties,
13958 merge the specified ones onto the existing ones. */
13959 if (! NILP (oprops) && !risky)
13960 {
13961 Lisp_Object tem;
13962
13963 oprops = Fcopy_sequence (oprops);
13964 tem = props;
13965 while (CONSP (tem))
13966 {
13967 oprops = Fplist_put (oprops, XCAR (tem),
13968 XCAR (XCDR (tem)));
13969 tem = XCDR (XCDR (tem));
13970 }
13971 props = oprops;
13972 }
13973
13974 aelt = Fassoc (elt, mode_line_proptrans_alist);
13975 if (! NILP (aelt) && !NILP (Fequal (props, XCDR (aelt))))
13976 {
13977 mode_line_proptrans_alist
13978 = Fcons (aelt, Fdelq (aelt, mode_line_proptrans_alist));
13979 elt = XCAR (aelt);
13980 }
13981 else
13982 {
13983 Lisp_Object tem;
13984
13985 elt = Fcopy_sequence (elt);
13986 Fset_text_properties (make_number (0), Flength (elt),
13987 props, elt);
13988 /* Add this item to mode_line_proptrans_alist. */
13989 mode_line_proptrans_alist
13990 = Fcons (Fcons (elt, props),
13991 mode_line_proptrans_alist);
13992 /* Truncate mode_line_proptrans_alist
13993 to at most 50 elements. */
13994 tem = Fnthcdr (make_number (50),
13995 mode_line_proptrans_alist);
13996 if (! NILP (tem))
13997 XSETCDR (tem, Qnil);
13998 }
13999 }
14000 }
14001
14002 this = SDATA (elt);
14003 lisp_string = this;
14004
14005 if (literal)
14006 {
14007 prec = precision - n;
14008 if (frame_title_ptr)
14009 n += store_frame_title (SDATA (elt), -1, prec);
14010 else if (!NILP (mode_line_string_list))
14011 n += store_mode_line_string (NULL, elt, 1, 0, prec, Qnil);
14012 else
14013 n += display_string (NULL, elt, Qnil, 0, 0, it,
14014 0, prec, 0, STRING_MULTIBYTE (elt));
14015
14016 break;
14017 }
14018
14019 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
14020 && *this
14021 && (frame_title_ptr
14022 || !NILP (mode_line_string_list)
14023 || it->current_x < it->last_visible_x))
14024 {
14025 const unsigned char *last = this;
14026
14027 /* Advance to end of string or next format specifier. */
14028 while ((c = *this++) != '\0' && c != '%')
14029 ;
14030
14031 if (this - 1 != last)
14032 {
14033 /* Output to end of string or up to '%'. Field width
14034 is length of string. Don't output more than
14035 PRECISION allows us. */
14036 --this;
14037
14038 prec = chars_in_text (last, this - last);
14039 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
14040 prec = precision - n;
14041
14042 if (frame_title_ptr)
14043 n += store_frame_title (last, 0, prec);
14044 else if (!NILP (mode_line_string_list))
14045 {
14046 int bytepos = last - lisp_string;
14047 int charpos = string_byte_to_char (elt, bytepos);
14048 n += store_mode_line_string (NULL,
14049 Fsubstring (elt, make_number (charpos),
14050 make_number (charpos + prec)),
14051 0, 0, 0, Qnil);
14052 }
14053 else
14054 {
14055 int bytepos = last - lisp_string;
14056 int charpos = string_byte_to_char (elt, bytepos);
14057 n += display_string (NULL, elt, Qnil, 0, charpos,
14058 it, 0, prec, 0,
14059 STRING_MULTIBYTE (elt));
14060 }
14061 }
14062 else /* c == '%' */
14063 {
14064 const unsigned char *percent_position = this;
14065
14066 /* Get the specified minimum width. Zero means
14067 don't pad. */
14068 field = 0;
14069 while ((c = *this++) >= '0' && c <= '9')
14070 field = field * 10 + c - '0';
14071
14072 /* Don't pad beyond the total padding allowed. */
14073 if (field_width - n > 0 && field > field_width - n)
14074 field = field_width - n;
14075
14076 /* Note that either PRECISION <= 0 or N < PRECISION. */
14077 prec = precision - n;
14078
14079 if (c == 'M')
14080 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field, prec,
14081 Vglobal_mode_string, props,
14082 risky);
14083 else if (c != 0)
14084 {
14085 int multibyte;
14086 int bytepos, charpos;
14087 unsigned char *spec;
14088
14089 bytepos = percent_position - lisp_string;
14090 charpos = (STRING_MULTIBYTE (elt)
14091 ? string_byte_to_char (elt, bytepos)
14092 : bytepos);
14093
14094 spec
14095 = decode_mode_spec (it->w, c, field, prec, &multibyte);
14096
14097 if (frame_title_ptr)
14098 n += store_frame_title (spec, field, prec);
14099 else if (!NILP (mode_line_string_list))
14100 {
14101 int len = strlen (spec);
14102 Lisp_Object tem = make_string (spec, len);
14103 props = Ftext_properties_at (make_number (charpos), elt);
14104 /* Should only keep face property in props */
14105 n += store_mode_line_string (NULL, tem, 0, field, prec, props);
14106 }
14107 else
14108 {
14109 int nglyphs_before, nwritten;
14110
14111 nglyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
14112 nwritten = display_string (spec, Qnil, elt,
14113 charpos, 0, it,
14114 field, prec, 0,
14115 multibyte);
14116
14117 /* Assign to the glyphs written above the
14118 string where the `%x' came from, position
14119 of the `%'. */
14120 if (nwritten > 0)
14121 {
14122 struct glyph *glyph
14123 = (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
14124 + nglyphs_before);
14125 int i;
14126
14127 for (i = 0; i < nwritten; ++i)
14128 {
14129 glyph[i].object = elt;
14130 glyph[i].charpos = charpos;
14131 }
14132
14133 n += nwritten;
14134 }
14135 }
14136 }
14137 else /* c == 0 */
14138 break;
14139 }
14140 }
14141 }
14142 break;
14143
14144 case Lisp_Symbol:
14145 /* A symbol: process the value of the symbol recursively
14146 as if it appeared here directly. Avoid error if symbol void.
14147 Special case: if value of symbol is a string, output the string
14148 literally. */
14149 {
14150 register Lisp_Object tem;
14151
14152 /* If the variable is not marked as risky to set
14153 then its contents are risky to use. */
14154 if (NILP (Fget (elt, Qrisky_local_variable)))
14155 risky = 1;
14156
14157 tem = Fboundp (elt);
14158 if (!NILP (tem))
14159 {
14160 tem = Fsymbol_value (elt);
14161 /* If value is a string, output that string literally:
14162 don't check for % within it. */
14163 if (STRINGP (tem))
14164 literal = 1;
14165
14166 if (!EQ (tem, elt))
14167 {
14168 /* Give up right away for nil or t. */
14169 elt = tem;
14170 goto tail_recurse;
14171 }
14172 }
14173 }
14174 break;
14175
14176 case Lisp_Cons:
14177 {
14178 register Lisp_Object car, tem;
14179
14180 /* A cons cell: five distinct cases.
14181 If first element is :eval or :propertize, do something special.
14182 If first element is a string or a cons, process all the elements
14183 and effectively concatenate them.
14184 If first element is a negative number, truncate displaying cdr to
14185 at most that many characters. If positive, pad (with spaces)
14186 to at least that many characters.
14187 If first element is a symbol, process the cadr or caddr recursively
14188 according to whether the symbol's value is non-nil or nil. */
14189 car = XCAR (elt);
14190 if (EQ (car, QCeval))
14191 {
14192 /* An element of the form (:eval FORM) means evaluate FORM
14193 and use the result as mode line elements. */
14194
14195 if (risky)
14196 break;
14197
14198 if (CONSP (XCDR (elt)))
14199 {
14200 Lisp_Object spec;
14201 spec = safe_eval (XCAR (XCDR (elt)));
14202 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
14203 precision - n, spec, props,
14204 risky);
14205 }
14206 }
14207 else if (EQ (car, QCpropertize))
14208 {
14209 /* An element of the form (:propertize ELT PROPS...)
14210 means display ELT but applying properties PROPS. */
14211
14212 if (risky)
14213 break;
14214
14215 if (CONSP (XCDR (elt)))
14216 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
14217 precision - n, XCAR (XCDR (elt)),
14218 XCDR (XCDR (elt)), risky);
14219 }
14220 else if (SYMBOLP (car))
14221 {
14222 tem = Fboundp (car);
14223 elt = XCDR (elt);
14224 if (!CONSP (elt))
14225 goto invalid;
14226 /* elt is now the cdr, and we know it is a cons cell.
14227 Use its car if CAR has a non-nil value. */
14228 if (!NILP (tem))
14229 {
14230 tem = Fsymbol_value (car);
14231 if (!NILP (tem))
14232 {
14233 elt = XCAR (elt);
14234 goto tail_recurse;
14235 }
14236 }
14237 /* Symbol's value is nil (or symbol is unbound)
14238 Get the cddr of the original list
14239 and if possible find the caddr and use that. */
14240 elt = XCDR (elt);
14241 if (NILP (elt))
14242 break;
14243 else if (!CONSP (elt))
14244 goto invalid;
14245 elt = XCAR (elt);
14246 goto tail_recurse;
14247 }
14248 else if (INTEGERP (car))
14249 {
14250 register int lim = XINT (car);
14251 elt = XCDR (elt);
14252 if (lim < 0)
14253 {
14254 /* Negative int means reduce maximum width. */
14255 if (precision <= 0)
14256 precision = -lim;
14257 else
14258 precision = min (precision, -lim);
14259 }
14260 else if (lim > 0)
14261 {
14262 /* Padding specified. Don't let it be more than
14263 current maximum. */
14264 if (precision > 0)
14265 lim = min (precision, lim);
14266
14267 /* If that's more padding than already wanted, queue it.
14268 But don't reduce padding already specified even if
14269 that is beyond the current truncation point. */
14270 field_width = max (lim, field_width);
14271 }
14272 goto tail_recurse;
14273 }
14274 else if (STRINGP (car) || CONSP (car))
14275 {
14276 register int limit = 50;
14277 /* Limit is to protect against circular lists. */
14278 while (CONSP (elt)
14279 && --limit > 0
14280 && (precision <= 0 || n < precision))
14281 {
14282 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
14283 precision - n, XCAR (elt),
14284 props, risky);
14285 elt = XCDR (elt);
14286 }
14287 }
14288 }
14289 break;
14290
14291 default:
14292 invalid:
14293 if (frame_title_ptr)
14294 n += store_frame_title ("*invalid*", 0, precision - n);
14295 else if (!NILP (mode_line_string_list))
14296 n += store_mode_line_string ("*invalid*", Qnil, 0, 0, precision - n, Qnil);
14297 else
14298 n += display_string ("*invalid*", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, 0,
14299 precision - n, 0, 0);
14300 return n;
14301 }
14302
14303 /* Pad to FIELD_WIDTH. */
14304 if (field_width > 0 && n < field_width)
14305 {
14306 if (frame_title_ptr)
14307 n += store_frame_title ("", field_width - n, 0);
14308 else if (!NILP (mode_line_string_list))
14309 n += store_mode_line_string ("", Qnil, 0, field_width - n, 0, Qnil);
14310 else
14311 n += display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, field_width - n,
14312 0, 0, 0);
14313 }
14314
14315 return n;
14316 }
14317
14318 /* Store a mode-line string element in mode_line_string_list.
14319
14320 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
14321 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
14322
14323 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
14324 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
14325 with spaces. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
14326
14327 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
14328 STRING. PRECISION <= 0 means don't truncate the string.
14329
14330 If COPY_STRING is non-zero, make a copy of LISP_STRING before adding
14331 properties to the string.
14332
14333 PROPS are the properties to add to the string.
14334 The mode_line_string_face face property is always added to the string.
14335 */
14336
14337 static int store_mode_line_string (string, lisp_string, copy_string, field_width, precision, props)
14338 char *string;
14339 Lisp_Object lisp_string;
14340 int copy_string;
14341 int field_width;
14342 int precision;
14343 Lisp_Object props;
14344 {
14345 int len;
14346 int n = 0;
14347
14348 if (string != NULL)
14349 {
14350 len = strlen (string);
14351 if (precision > 0 && len > precision)
14352 len = precision;
14353 lisp_string = make_string (string, len);
14354 if (NILP (props))
14355 props = mode_line_string_face_prop;
14356 else if (!NILP (mode_line_string_face))
14357 {
14358 Lisp_Object face = Fplist_get (props, Qface);
14359 props = Fcopy_sequence (props);
14360 if (NILP (face))
14361 face = mode_line_string_face;
14362 else
14363 face = Fcons (face, Fcons (mode_line_string_face, Qnil));
14364 props = Fplist_put (props, Qface, face);
14365 }
14366 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (len),
14367 props, lisp_string);
14368 }
14369 else
14370 {
14371 len = XFASTINT (Flength (lisp_string));
14372 if (precision > 0 && len > precision)
14373 {
14374 len = precision;
14375 lisp_string = Fsubstring (lisp_string, make_number (0), make_number (len));
14376 precision = -1;
14377 }
14378 if (!NILP (mode_line_string_face))
14379 {
14380 Lisp_Object face;
14381 if (NILP (props))
14382 props = Ftext_properties_at (make_number (0), lisp_string);
14383 face = Fplist_get (props, Qface);
14384 if (NILP (face))
14385 face = mode_line_string_face;
14386 else
14387 face = Fcons (face, Fcons (mode_line_string_face, Qnil));
14388 props = Fcons (Qface, Fcons (face, Qnil));
14389 if (copy_string)
14390 lisp_string = Fcopy_sequence (lisp_string);
14391 }
14392 if (!NILP (props))
14393 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (len),
14394 props, lisp_string);
14395 }
14396
14397 if (len > 0)
14398 {
14399 mode_line_string_list = Fcons (lisp_string, mode_line_string_list);
14400 n += len;
14401 }
14402
14403 if (field_width > len)
14404 {
14405 field_width -= len;
14406 lisp_string = Fmake_string (make_number (field_width), make_number (' '));
14407 if (!NILP (props))
14408 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (field_width),
14409 props, lisp_string);
14410 mode_line_string_list = Fcons (lisp_string, mode_line_string_list);
14411 n += field_width;
14412 }
14413
14414 return n;
14415 }
14416
14417
14418 DEFUN ("format-mode-line", Fformat_mode_line, Sformat_mode_line,
14419 0, 3, 0,
14420 doc: /* Return the mode-line of selected window as a string.
14421 First optional arg FORMAT specifies a different format string (see
14422 `mode-line-format' for details) to use. If FORMAT is t, return
14423 the buffer's header-line. Second optional arg WINDOW specifies a
14424 different window to use as the context for the formatting.
14425 If third optional arg NO-PROPS is non-nil, string is not propertized. */)
14426 (format, window, no_props)
14427 Lisp_Object format, window, no_props;
14428 {
14429 struct it it;
14430 int len;
14431 struct window *w;
14432 struct buffer *old_buffer = NULL;
14433 enum face_id face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
14434
14435 if (NILP (window))
14436 window = selected_window;
14437 CHECK_WINDOW (window);
14438 w = XWINDOW (window);
14439 CHECK_BUFFER (w->buffer);
14440
14441 if (XBUFFER (w->buffer) != current_buffer)
14442 {
14443 old_buffer = current_buffer;
14444 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
14445 }
14446
14447 if (NILP (format) || EQ (format, Qt))
14448 {
14449 face_id = NILP (format)
14450 ? CURRENT_MODE_LINE_FACE_ID (w) :
14451 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID;
14452 format = NILP (format)
14453 ? current_buffer->mode_line_format
14454 : current_buffer->header_line_format;
14455 }
14456
14457 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, NULL, face_id);
14458
14459 if (NILP (no_props))
14460 {
14461 mode_line_string_face =
14462 (face_id == MODE_LINE_FACE_ID ? Qmode_line :
14463 face_id == MODE_LINE_INACTIVE_FACE_ID ? Qmode_line_inactive :
14464 face_id == HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID ? Qheader_line : Qnil);
14465
14466 mode_line_string_face_prop =
14467 NILP (mode_line_string_face) ? Qnil :
14468 Fcons (Qface, Fcons (mode_line_string_face, Qnil));
14469
14470 /* We need a dummy last element in mode_line_string_list to
14471 indicate we are building the propertized mode-line string.
14472 Using mode_line_string_face_prop here GC protects it. */
14473 mode_line_string_list =
14474 Fcons (mode_line_string_face_prop, Qnil);
14475 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
14476 }
14477 else
14478 {
14479 mode_line_string_face_prop = Qnil;
14480 mode_line_string_list = Qnil;
14481 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf;
14482 }
14483
14484 push_frame_kboard (it.f);
14485 display_mode_element (&it, 0, 0, 0, format, Qnil, 0);
14486 pop_frame_kboard ();
14487
14488 if (old_buffer)
14489 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
14490
14491 if (NILP (no_props))
14492 {
14493 Lisp_Object str;
14494 mode_line_string_list = Fnreverse (mode_line_string_list);
14495 str = Fmapconcat (intern ("identity"), XCDR (mode_line_string_list),
14496 make_string ("", 0));
14497 mode_line_string_face_prop = Qnil;
14498 mode_line_string_list = Qnil;
14499 return str;
14500 }
14501
14502 len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
14503 if (len > 0 && frame_title_ptr[-1] == '-')
14504 {
14505 /* Mode lines typically ends with numerous dashes; reduce to two dashes. */
14506 while (frame_title_ptr > frame_title_buf && *--frame_title_ptr == '-')
14507 ;
14508 frame_title_ptr += 3; /* restore last non-dash + two dashes */
14509 if (len > frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf)
14510 len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
14511 }
14512
14513 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
14514 return make_string (frame_title_buf, len);
14515 }
14516
14517 /* Write a null-terminated, right justified decimal representation of
14518 the positive integer D to BUF using a minimal field width WIDTH. */
14519
14520 static void
14521 pint2str (buf, width, d)
14522 register char *buf;
14523 register int width;
14524 register int d;
14525 {
14526 register char *p = buf;
14527
14528 if (d <= 0)
14529 *p++ = '0';
14530 else
14531 {
14532 while (d > 0)
14533 {
14534 *p++ = d % 10 + '0';
14535 d /= 10;
14536 }
14537 }
14538
14539 for (width -= (int) (p - buf); width > 0; --width)
14540 *p++ = ' ';
14541 *p-- = '\0';
14542 while (p > buf)
14543 {
14544 d = *buf;
14545 *buf++ = *p;
14546 *p-- = d;
14547 }
14548 }
14549
14550 /* Set a mnemonic character for coding_system (Lisp symbol) in BUF.
14551 If EOL_FLAG is 1, set also a mnemonic character for end-of-line
14552 type of CODING_SYSTEM. Return updated pointer into BUF. */
14553
14554 static unsigned char invalid_eol_type[] = "(*invalid*)";
14555
14556 static char *
14557 decode_mode_spec_coding (coding_system, buf, eol_flag)
14558 Lisp_Object coding_system;
14559 register char *buf;
14560 int eol_flag;
14561 {
14562 Lisp_Object val;
14563 int multibyte = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
14564 const unsigned char *eol_str;
14565 int eol_str_len;
14566 /* The EOL conversion we are using. */
14567 Lisp_Object eoltype;
14568
14569 val = Fget (coding_system, Qcoding_system);
14570 eoltype = Qnil;
14571
14572 if (!VECTORP (val)) /* Not yet decided. */
14573 {
14574 if (multibyte)
14575 *buf++ = '-';
14576 if (eol_flag)
14577 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
14578 /* Don't mention EOL conversion if it isn't decided. */
14579 }
14580 else
14581 {
14582 Lisp_Object eolvalue;
14583
14584 eolvalue = Fget (coding_system, Qeol_type);
14585
14586 if (multibyte)
14587 *buf++ = XFASTINT (AREF (val, 1));
14588
14589 if (eol_flag)
14590 {
14591 /* The EOL conversion that is normal on this system. */
14592
14593 if (NILP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
14594 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
14595 else if (VECTORP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
14596 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
14597 else /* INTEGERP (eolvalue) -- 0:LF, 1:CRLF, 2:CR */
14598 eoltype = (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 0
14599 ? eol_mnemonic_unix
14600 : (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 1
14601 ? eol_mnemonic_dos : eol_mnemonic_mac));
14602 }
14603 }
14604
14605 if (eol_flag)
14606 {
14607 /* Mention the EOL conversion if it is not the usual one. */
14608 if (STRINGP (eoltype))
14609 {
14610 eol_str = SDATA (eoltype);
14611 eol_str_len = SBYTES (eoltype);
14612 }
14613 else if (INTEGERP (eoltype)
14614 && CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (eoltype), 0))
14615 {
14616 unsigned char *tmp = (unsigned char *) alloca (MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH);
14617 eol_str_len = CHAR_STRING (XINT (eoltype), tmp);
14618 eol_str = tmp;
14619 }
14620 else
14621 {
14622 eol_str = invalid_eol_type;
14623 eol_str_len = sizeof (invalid_eol_type) - 1;
14624 }
14625 bcopy (eol_str, buf, eol_str_len);
14626 buf += eol_str_len;
14627 }
14628
14629 return buf;
14630 }
14631
14632 /* Return a string for the output of a mode line %-spec for window W,
14633 generated by character C. PRECISION >= 0 means don't return a
14634 string longer than that value. FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad the
14635 string returned with spaces to that value. Return 1 in *MULTIBYTE
14636 if the result is multibyte text. */
14637
14638 static char lots_of_dashes[] = "--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------";
14639
14640 static char *
14641 decode_mode_spec (w, c, field_width, precision, multibyte)
14642 struct window *w;
14643 register int c;
14644 int field_width, precision;
14645 int *multibyte;
14646 {
14647 Lisp_Object obj;
14648 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
14649 char *decode_mode_spec_buf = f->decode_mode_spec_buffer;
14650 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
14651
14652 obj = Qnil;
14653 *multibyte = 0;
14654
14655 switch (c)
14656 {
14657 case '*':
14658 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
14659 return "%";
14660 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
14661 return "*";
14662 return "-";
14663
14664 case '+':
14665 /* This differs from %* only for a modified read-only buffer. */
14666 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
14667 return "*";
14668 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
14669 return "%";
14670 return "-";
14671
14672 case '&':
14673 /* This differs from %* in ignoring read-only-ness. */
14674 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
14675 return "*";
14676 return "-";
14677
14678 case '%':
14679 return "%";
14680
14681 case '[':
14682 {
14683 int i;
14684 char *p;
14685
14686 if (command_loop_level > 5)
14687 return "[[[... ";
14688 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
14689 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
14690 *p++ = '[';
14691 *p = 0;
14692 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14693 }
14694
14695 case ']':
14696 {
14697 int i;
14698 char *p;
14699
14700 if (command_loop_level > 5)
14701 return " ...]]]";
14702 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
14703 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
14704 *p++ = ']';
14705 *p = 0;
14706 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14707 }
14708
14709 case '-':
14710 {
14711 register int i;
14712
14713 /* Let lots_of_dashes be a string of infinite length. */
14714 if (!NILP (mode_line_string_list))
14715 return "--";
14716 if (field_width <= 0
14717 || field_width > sizeof (lots_of_dashes))
14718 {
14719 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) - 1; ++i)
14720 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '-';
14721 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '\0';
14722 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14723 }
14724 else
14725 return lots_of_dashes;
14726 }
14727
14728 case 'b':
14729 obj = b->name;
14730 break;
14731
14732 case 'c':
14733 {
14734 int col = (int) current_column (); /* iftc */
14735 w->column_number_displayed = make_number (col);
14736 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, col);
14737 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14738 }
14739
14740 case 'F':
14741 /* %F displays the frame name. */
14742 if (!NILP (f->title))
14743 return (char *) SDATA (f->title);
14744 if (f->explicit_name || ! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
14745 return (char *) SDATA (f->name);
14746 return "Emacs";
14747
14748 case 'f':
14749 obj = b->filename;
14750 break;
14751
14752 case 'l':
14753 {
14754 int startpos = XMARKER (w->start)->charpos;
14755 int startpos_byte = marker_byte_position (w->start);
14756 int line, linepos, linepos_byte, topline;
14757 int nlines, junk;
14758 int height = XFASTINT (w->height);
14759
14760 /* If we decided that this buffer isn't suitable for line numbers,
14761 don't forget that too fast. */
14762 if (EQ (w->base_line_pos, w->buffer))
14763 goto no_value;
14764 /* But do forget it, if the window shows a different buffer now. */
14765 else if (BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
14766 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
14767
14768 /* If the buffer is very big, don't waste time. */
14769 if (INTEGERP (Vline_number_display_limit)
14770 && BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b) > XINT (Vline_number_display_limit))
14771 {
14772 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
14773 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
14774 goto no_value;
14775 }
14776
14777 if (!NILP (w->base_line_number)
14778 && !NILP (w->base_line_pos)
14779 && XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos) <= startpos)
14780 {
14781 line = XFASTINT (w->base_line_number);
14782 linepos = XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos);
14783 linepos_byte = buf_charpos_to_bytepos (b, linepos);
14784 }
14785 else
14786 {
14787 line = 1;
14788 linepos = BUF_BEGV (b);
14789 linepos_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
14790 }
14791
14792 /* Count lines from base line to window start position. */
14793 nlines = display_count_lines (linepos, linepos_byte,
14794 startpos_byte,
14795 startpos, &junk);
14796
14797 topline = nlines + line;
14798
14799 /* Determine a new base line, if the old one is too close
14800 or too far away, or if we did not have one.
14801 "Too close" means it's plausible a scroll-down would
14802 go back past it. */
14803 if (startpos == BUF_BEGV (b))
14804 {
14805 w->base_line_number = make_number (topline);
14806 w->base_line_pos = make_number (BUF_BEGV (b));
14807 }
14808 else if (nlines < height + 25 || nlines > height * 3 + 50
14809 || linepos == BUF_BEGV (b))
14810 {
14811 int limit = BUF_BEGV (b);
14812 int limit_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
14813 int position;
14814 int distance = (height * 2 + 30) * line_number_display_limit_width;
14815
14816 if (startpos - distance > limit)
14817 {
14818 limit = startpos - distance;
14819 limit_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
14820 }
14821
14822 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
14823 limit_byte,
14824 - (height * 2 + 30),
14825 &position);
14826 /* If we couldn't find the lines we wanted within
14827 line_number_display_limit_width chars per line,
14828 give up on line numbers for this window. */
14829 if (position == limit_byte && limit == startpos - distance)
14830 {
14831 w->base_line_pos = w->buffer;
14832 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
14833 goto no_value;
14834 }
14835
14836 w->base_line_number = make_number (topline - nlines);
14837 w->base_line_pos = make_number (BYTE_TO_CHAR (position));
14838 }
14839
14840 /* Now count lines from the start pos to point. */
14841 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
14842 PT_BYTE, PT, &junk);
14843
14844 /* Record that we did display the line number. */
14845 line_number_displayed = 1;
14846
14847 /* Make the string to show. */
14848 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, topline + nlines);
14849 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14850 no_value:
14851 {
14852 char* p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
14853 int pad = field_width - 2;
14854 while (pad-- > 0)
14855 *p++ = ' ';
14856 *p++ = '?';
14857 *p++ = '?';
14858 *p = '\0';
14859 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14860 }
14861 }
14862 break;
14863
14864 case 'm':
14865 obj = b->mode_name;
14866 break;
14867
14868 case 'n':
14869 if (BUF_BEGV (b) > BUF_BEG (b) || BUF_ZV (b) < BUF_Z (b))
14870 return " Narrow";
14871 break;
14872
14873 case 'p':
14874 {
14875 int pos = marker_position (w->start);
14876 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
14877
14878 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= BUF_Z (b) - BUF_ZV (b))
14879 {
14880 if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
14881 return "All";
14882 else
14883 return "Bottom";
14884 }
14885 else if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
14886 return "Top";
14887 else
14888 {
14889 if (total > 1000000)
14890 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
14891 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
14892 else
14893 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
14894 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
14895 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
14896 if (total == 100)
14897 total = 99;
14898 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
14899 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14900 }
14901 }
14902
14903 /* Display percentage of size above the bottom of the screen. */
14904 case 'P':
14905 {
14906 int toppos = marker_position (w->start);
14907 int botpos = BUF_Z (b) - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
14908 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
14909
14910 if (botpos >= BUF_ZV (b))
14911 {
14912 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
14913 return "All";
14914 else
14915 return "Bottom";
14916 }
14917 else
14918 {
14919 if (total > 1000000)
14920 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
14921 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
14922 else
14923 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
14924 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
14925 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
14926 if (total == 100)
14927 total = 99;
14928 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
14929 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "Top%2d%%", total);
14930 else
14931 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
14932 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14933 }
14934 }
14935
14936 case 's':
14937 /* status of process */
14938 obj = Fget_buffer_process (w->buffer);
14939 if (NILP (obj))
14940 return "no process";
14941 #ifdef subprocesses
14942 obj = Fsymbol_name (Fprocess_status (obj));
14943 #endif
14944 break;
14945
14946 case 't': /* indicate TEXT or BINARY */
14947 #ifdef MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT
14948 return MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT (b);
14949 #else
14950 return "T";
14951 #endif
14952
14953 case 'z':
14954 /* coding-system (not including end-of-line format) */
14955 case 'Z':
14956 /* coding-system (including end-of-line type) */
14957 {
14958 int eol_flag = (c == 'Z');
14959 char *p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
14960
14961 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
14962 {
14963 /* No need to mention EOL here--the terminal never needs
14964 to do EOL conversion. */
14965 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (keyboard_coding.symbol, p, 0);
14966 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (terminal_coding.symbol, p, 0);
14967 }
14968 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (b->buffer_file_coding_system,
14969 p, eol_flag);
14970
14971 #if 0 /* This proves to be annoying; I think we can do without. -- rms. */
14972 #ifdef subprocesses
14973 obj = Fget_buffer_process (Fcurrent_buffer ());
14974 if (PROCESSP (obj))
14975 {
14976 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->decode_coding_system,
14977 p, eol_flag);
14978 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->encode_coding_system,
14979 p, eol_flag);
14980 }
14981 #endif /* subprocesses */
14982 #endif /* 0 */
14983 *p = 0;
14984 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14985 }
14986 }
14987
14988 if (STRINGP (obj))
14989 {
14990 *multibyte = STRING_MULTIBYTE (obj);
14991 return (char *) SDATA (obj);
14992 }
14993 else
14994 return "";
14995 }
14996
14997
14998 /* Count up to COUNT lines starting from START / START_BYTE.
14999 But don't go beyond LIMIT_BYTE.
15000 Return the number of lines thus found (always nonnegative).
15001
15002 Set *BYTE_POS_PTR to 1 if we found COUNT lines, 0 if we hit LIMIT. */
15003
15004 static int
15005 display_count_lines (start, start_byte, limit_byte, count, byte_pos_ptr)
15006 int start, start_byte, limit_byte, count;
15007 int *byte_pos_ptr;
15008 {
15009 register unsigned char *cursor;
15010 unsigned char *base;
15011
15012 register int ceiling;
15013 register unsigned char *ceiling_addr;
15014 int orig_count = count;
15015
15016 /* If we are not in selective display mode,
15017 check only for newlines. */
15018 int selective_display = (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
15019 && !INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display));
15020
15021 if (count > 0)
15022 {
15023 while (start_byte < limit_byte)
15024 {
15025 ceiling = BUFFER_CEILING_OF (start_byte);
15026 ceiling = min (limit_byte - 1, ceiling);
15027 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) + 1;
15028 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte));
15029 while (1)
15030 {
15031 if (selective_display)
15032 while (*cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015 && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
15033 ;
15034 else
15035 while (*cursor != '\n' && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
15036 ;
15037
15038 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
15039 {
15040 if (--count == 0)
15041 {
15042 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
15043 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
15044 return orig_count;
15045 }
15046 else
15047 if (++cursor == ceiling_addr)
15048 break;
15049 }
15050 else
15051 break;
15052 }
15053 start_byte += cursor - base;
15054 }
15055 }
15056 else
15057 {
15058 while (start_byte > limit_byte)
15059 {
15060 ceiling = BUFFER_FLOOR_OF (start_byte - 1);
15061 ceiling = max (limit_byte, ceiling);
15062 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) - 1;
15063 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte - 1) + 1);
15064 while (1)
15065 {
15066 if (selective_display)
15067 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr
15068 && *cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015)
15069 ;
15070 else
15071 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr && *cursor != '\n')
15072 ;
15073
15074 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
15075 {
15076 if (++count == 0)
15077 {
15078 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
15079 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
15080 /* When scanning backwards, we should
15081 not count the newline posterior to which we stop. */
15082 return - orig_count - 1;
15083 }
15084 }
15085 else
15086 break;
15087 }
15088 /* Here we add 1 to compensate for the last decrement
15089 of CURSOR, which took it past the valid range. */
15090 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
15091 }
15092 }
15093
15094 *byte_pos_ptr = limit_byte;
15095
15096 if (count < 0)
15097 return - orig_count + count;
15098 return orig_count - count;
15099
15100 }
15101
15102
15103 \f
15104 /***********************************************************************
15105 Displaying strings
15106 ***********************************************************************/
15107
15108 /* Display a NUL-terminated string, starting with index START.
15109
15110 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
15111 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
15112
15113 If FACE_STRING is not nil, FACE_STRING_POS is a position in
15114 FACE_STRING. Display STRING or LISP_STRING with the face at
15115 FACE_STRING_POS in FACE_STRING:
15116
15117 Display the string in the environment given by IT, but use the
15118 standard display table, temporarily.
15119
15120 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
15121 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
15122 with spaces. If STRING has more characters, more than FIELD_WIDTH
15123 glyphs will be produced. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
15124
15125 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
15126 STRING. PRECISION < 0 means don't truncate the string.
15127
15128 This is roughly equivalent to printf format specifiers:
15129
15130 FIELD_WIDTH PRECISION PRINTF
15131 ----------------------------------------
15132 -1 -1 %s
15133 -1 10 %.10s
15134 10 -1 %10s
15135 20 10 %20.10s
15136
15137 MULTIBYTE zero means do not display multibyte chars, > 0 means do
15138 display them, and < 0 means obey the current buffer's value of
15139 enable_multibyte_characters.
15140
15141 Value is the number of glyphs produced. */
15142
15143 static int
15144 display_string (string, lisp_string, face_string, face_string_pos,
15145 start, it, field_width, precision, max_x, multibyte)
15146 unsigned char *string;
15147 Lisp_Object lisp_string;
15148 Lisp_Object face_string;
15149 int face_string_pos;
15150 int start;
15151 struct it *it;
15152 int field_width, precision, max_x;
15153 int multibyte;
15154 {
15155 int hpos_at_start = it->hpos;
15156 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
15157 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
15158
15159 /* Initialize the iterator IT for iteration over STRING beginning
15160 with index START. */
15161 reseat_to_string (it, string, lisp_string, start,
15162 precision, field_width, multibyte);
15163
15164 /* If displaying STRING, set up the face of the iterator
15165 from LISP_STRING, if that's given. */
15166 if (STRINGP (face_string))
15167 {
15168 int endptr;
15169 struct face *face;
15170
15171 it->face_id
15172 = face_at_string_position (it->w, face_string, face_string_pos,
15173 0, it->region_beg_charpos,
15174 it->region_end_charpos,
15175 &endptr, it->base_face_id, 0);
15176 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
15177 it->face_box_p = face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
15178 }
15179
15180 /* Set max_x to the maximum allowed X position. Don't let it go
15181 beyond the right edge of the window. */
15182 if (max_x <= 0)
15183 max_x = it->last_visible_x;
15184 else
15185 max_x = min (max_x, it->last_visible_x);
15186
15187 /* Skip over display elements that are not visible. because IT->w is
15188 hscrolled. */
15189 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
15190 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, 100000, it->first_visible_x,
15191 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
15192
15193 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
15194 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
15195 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
15196 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
15197
15198 /* This condition is for the case that we are called with current_x
15199 past last_visible_x. */
15200 while (it->current_x < max_x)
15201 {
15202 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
15203
15204 /* Get the next display element. */
15205 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
15206 break;
15207
15208 /* Produce glyphs. */
15209 x_before = it->current_x;
15210 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
15211 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
15212
15213 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
15214 i = 0;
15215 x = x_before;
15216 while (i < nglyphs)
15217 {
15218 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
15219
15220 if (!it->truncate_lines_p
15221 && x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
15222 {
15223 /* End of continued line or max_x reached. */
15224 if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph))
15225 {
15226 /* A wide character is unbreakable. */
15227 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
15228 it->current_x = x_before;
15229 }
15230 else
15231 {
15232 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
15233 it->current_x = x;
15234 }
15235 break;
15236 }
15237 else if (x + glyph->pixel_width > it->first_visible_x)
15238 {
15239 /* Glyph is at least partially visible. */
15240 ++it->hpos;
15241 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
15242 it->glyph_row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
15243 }
15244 else
15245 {
15246 /* Glyph is off the left margin of the display area.
15247 Should not happen. */
15248 abort ();
15249 }
15250
15251 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
15252 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
15253 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
15254 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
15255 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
15256 x += glyph->pixel_width;
15257 ++i;
15258 }
15259
15260 /* Stop if max_x reached. */
15261 if (i < nglyphs)
15262 break;
15263
15264 /* Stop at line ends. */
15265 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
15266 {
15267 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
15268 break;
15269 }
15270
15271 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
15272
15273 /* Stop if truncating at the right edge. */
15274 if (it->truncate_lines_p
15275 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
15276 {
15277 /* Add truncation mark, but don't do it if the line is
15278 truncated at a padding space. */
15279 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->string_nchars)
15280 {
15281 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
15282 {
15283 int i, n;
15284
15285 if (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)
15286 {
15287 for (i = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; i > 0; --i)
15288 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i]))
15289 break;
15290 for (n = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i < n; ++i)
15291 {
15292 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i;
15293 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
15294 }
15295 }
15296 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
15297 }
15298 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
15299 }
15300 break;
15301 }
15302 }
15303
15304 /* Maybe insert a truncation at the left. */
15305 if (it->first_visible_x
15306 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
15307 {
15308 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
15309 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
15310 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
15311 }
15312
15313 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
15314
15315 /* Value is number of columns displayed. */
15316 return it->hpos - hpos_at_start;
15317 }
15318
15319
15320 \f
15321 /* This is like a combination of memq and assq. Return 1/2 if PROPVAL
15322 appears as an element of LIST or as the car of an element of LIST.
15323 If PROPVAL is a list, compare each element against LIST in that
15324 way, and return 1/2 if any element of PROPVAL is found in LIST.
15325 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit.
15326 The return value is 2 if the text is invisible but with an ellipsis
15327 and 1 if it's invisible and without an ellipsis. */
15328
15329 int
15330 invisible_p (propval, list)
15331 register Lisp_Object propval;
15332 Lisp_Object list;
15333 {
15334 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
15335
15336 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
15337 {
15338 register Lisp_Object tem;
15339 tem = XCAR (tail);
15340 if (EQ (propval, tem))
15341 return 1;
15342 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
15343 return NILP (XCDR (tem)) ? 1 : 2;
15344 }
15345
15346 if (CONSP (propval))
15347 {
15348 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
15349 {
15350 Lisp_Object propelt;
15351 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
15352 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
15353 {
15354 register Lisp_Object tem;
15355 tem = XCAR (tail);
15356 if (EQ (propelt, tem))
15357 return 1;
15358 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
15359 return NILP (XCDR (tem)) ? 1 : 2;
15360 }
15361 }
15362 }
15363
15364 return 0;
15365 }
15366
15367 \f
15368 /***********************************************************************
15369 Cursor types
15370 ***********************************************************************/
15371
15372 /* Value is the internal representation of the specified cursor type
15373 ARG. If type is BAR_CURSOR, return in *WIDTH the specified width
15374 of the bar cursor. */
15375
15376 enum text_cursor_kinds
15377 get_specified_cursor_type (arg, width)
15378 Lisp_Object arg;
15379 int *width;
15380 {
15381 enum text_cursor_kinds type;
15382
15383 if (NILP (arg))
15384 return NO_CURSOR;
15385
15386 if (EQ (arg, Qbox))
15387 return FILLED_BOX_CURSOR;
15388
15389 if (EQ (arg, Qhollow))
15390 return HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR;
15391
15392 if (EQ (arg, Qbar))
15393 {
15394 *width = 2;
15395 return BAR_CURSOR;
15396 }
15397
15398 if (CONSP (arg)
15399 && EQ (XCAR (arg), Qbar)
15400 && INTEGERP (XCDR (arg))
15401 && XINT (XCDR (arg)) >= 0)
15402 {
15403 *width = XINT (XCDR (arg));
15404 return BAR_CURSOR;
15405 }
15406
15407 if (EQ (arg, Qhbar))
15408 {
15409 *width = 2;
15410 return HBAR_CURSOR;
15411 }
15412
15413 if (CONSP (arg)
15414 && EQ (XCAR (arg), Qhbar)
15415 && INTEGERP (XCDR (arg))
15416 && XINT (XCDR (arg)) >= 0)
15417 {
15418 *width = XINT (XCDR (arg));
15419 return HBAR_CURSOR;
15420 }
15421
15422 /* Treat anything unknown as "hollow box cursor".
15423 It was bad to signal an error; people have trouble fixing
15424 .Xdefaults with Emacs, when it has something bad in it. */
15425 type = HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR;
15426
15427 return type;
15428 }
15429
15430 /* Set the default cursor types for specified frame. */
15431 void
15432 set_frame_cursor_types (f, arg)
15433 struct frame *f;
15434 Lisp_Object arg;
15435 {
15436 int width;
15437 Lisp_Object tem;
15438
15439 FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) = get_specified_cursor_type (arg, &width);
15440 FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f) = width;
15441
15442 /* By default, set up the blink-off state depending on the on-state. */
15443
15444 tem = Fassoc (arg, Vblink_cursor_alist);
15445 if (!NILP (tem))
15446 {
15447 FRAME_BLINK_OFF_CURSOR (f)
15448 = get_specified_cursor_type (XCDR (tem), &width);
15449 FRAME_BLINK_OFF_CURSOR_WIDTH (f) = width;
15450 }
15451 else
15452 FRAME_BLINK_OFF_CURSOR (f) = DEFAULT_CURSOR;
15453 }
15454
15455
15456 /* Return the cursor we want to be displayed in window W. Return
15457 width of bar/hbar cursor through WIDTH arg. Return with
15458 ACTIVE_CURSOR arg set to 1 if cursor in window W is `active'
15459 (i.e. if the `system caret' should track this cursor).
15460
15461 In a mini-buffer window, we want the cursor only to appear if we
15462 are reading input from this window. For the selected window, we
15463 want the cursor type given by the frame parameter or buffer local
15464 setting of cursor-type. If explicitly marked off, draw no cursor.
15465 In all other cases, we want a hollow box cursor. */
15466
15467 enum text_cursor_kinds
15468 get_window_cursor_type (w, width, active_cursor)
15469 struct window *w;
15470 int *width;
15471 int *active_cursor;
15472 {
15473 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
15474 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
15475 int cursor_type = DEFAULT_CURSOR;
15476 Lisp_Object alt_cursor;
15477 int non_selected = 0;
15478
15479 *active_cursor = 1;
15480
15481 /* Echo area */
15482 if (cursor_in_echo_area
15483 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)
15484 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window))
15485 {
15486 if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window))
15487 {
15488 *width = FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f);
15489 return FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f);
15490 }
15491
15492 *active_cursor = 0;
15493 non_selected = 1;
15494 }
15495
15496 /* Nonselected window or nonselected frame. */
15497 else if (w != XWINDOW (f->selected_window)
15498 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
15499 || f != FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame
15500 #endif
15501 )
15502 {
15503 *active_cursor = 0;
15504
15505 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w) && minibuf_level == 0)
15506 return NO_CURSOR;
15507
15508 non_selected = 1;
15509 }
15510
15511 /* Never display a cursor in a window in which cursor-type is nil. */
15512 if (NILP (b->cursor_type))
15513 return NO_CURSOR;
15514
15515 /* Use cursor-in-non-selected-windows for non-selected window or frame. */
15516 if (non_selected)
15517 {
15518 alt_cursor = Fbuffer_local_value (Qcursor_in_non_selected_windows, w->buffer);
15519 return get_specified_cursor_type (alt_cursor, width);
15520 }
15521
15522 /* Get the normal cursor type for this window. */
15523 if (EQ (b->cursor_type, Qt))
15524 {
15525 cursor_type = FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f);
15526 *width = FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f);
15527 }
15528 else
15529 cursor_type = get_specified_cursor_type (b->cursor_type, width);
15530
15531 /* Use normal cursor if not blinked off. */
15532 if (!w->cursor_off_p)
15533 return cursor_type;
15534
15535 /* Cursor is blinked off, so determine how to "toggle" it. */
15536
15537 /* First look for an entry matching the buffer's cursor-type in blink-cursor-alist. */
15538 if ((alt_cursor = Fassoc (b->cursor_type, Vblink_cursor_alist), !NILP (alt_cursor)))
15539 return get_specified_cursor_type (XCDR (alt_cursor), width);
15540
15541 /* Then see if frame has specified a specific blink off cursor type. */
15542 if (FRAME_BLINK_OFF_CURSOR (f) != DEFAULT_CURSOR)
15543 {
15544 *width = FRAME_BLINK_OFF_CURSOR_WIDTH (f);
15545 return FRAME_BLINK_OFF_CURSOR (f);
15546 }
15547
15548 /* Finally perform built-in cursor blinking:
15549 filled box <-> hollow box
15550 wide [h]bar <-> narrow [h]bar
15551 narrow [h]bar <-> no cursor
15552 other type <-> no cursor */
15553
15554 if (cursor_type == FILLED_BOX_CURSOR)
15555 return HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR;
15556
15557 if ((cursor_type == BAR_CURSOR || cursor_type == HBAR_CURSOR) && *width > 1)
15558 {
15559 *width = 1;
15560 return cursor_type;
15561 }
15562
15563 return NO_CURSOR;
15564 }
15565
15566 \f
15567 /***********************************************************************
15568 Initialization
15569 ***********************************************************************/
15570
15571 void
15572 syms_of_xdisp ()
15573 {
15574 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
15575 staticpro (&Vwith_echo_area_save_vector);
15576
15577 Vmessage_stack = Qnil;
15578 staticpro (&Vmessage_stack);
15579
15580 Qinhibit_redisplay = intern ("inhibit-redisplay");
15581 staticpro (&Qinhibit_redisplay);
15582
15583 message_dolog_marker1 = Fmake_marker ();
15584 staticpro (&message_dolog_marker1);
15585 message_dolog_marker2 = Fmake_marker ();
15586 staticpro (&message_dolog_marker2);
15587 message_dolog_marker3 = Fmake_marker ();
15588 staticpro (&message_dolog_marker3);
15589
15590 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
15591 defsubr (&Sdump_frame_glyph_matrix);
15592 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_matrix);
15593 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_row);
15594 defsubr (&Sdump_tool_bar_row);
15595 defsubr (&Strace_redisplay);
15596 defsubr (&Strace_to_stderr);
15597 #endif
15598 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
15599 defsubr (&Stool_bar_lines_needed);
15600 #endif
15601 defsubr (&Sformat_mode_line);
15602
15603 staticpro (&Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
15604 Qmenu_bar_update_hook = intern ("menu-bar-update-hook");
15605
15606 staticpro (&Qoverriding_terminal_local_map);
15607 Qoverriding_terminal_local_map = intern ("overriding-terminal-local-map");
15608
15609 staticpro (&Qoverriding_local_map);
15610 Qoverriding_local_map = intern ("overriding-local-map");
15611
15612 staticpro (&Qwindow_scroll_functions);
15613 Qwindow_scroll_functions = intern ("window-scroll-functions");
15614
15615 staticpro (&Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions);
15616 Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions = intern ("redisplay-end-trigger-functions");
15617
15618 staticpro (&Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks);
15619 Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks = intern ("inhibit-point-motion-hooks");
15620
15621 QCdata = intern (":data");
15622 staticpro (&QCdata);
15623 Qdisplay = intern ("display");
15624 staticpro (&Qdisplay);
15625 Qspace_width = intern ("space-width");
15626 staticpro (&Qspace_width);
15627 Qraise = intern ("raise");
15628 staticpro (&Qraise);
15629 Qspace = intern ("space");
15630 staticpro (&Qspace);
15631 Qmargin = intern ("margin");
15632 staticpro (&Qmargin);
15633 Qleft_margin = intern ("left-margin");
15634 staticpro (&Qleft_margin);
15635 Qright_margin = intern ("right-margin");
15636 staticpro (&Qright_margin);
15637 Qalign_to = intern ("align-to");
15638 staticpro (&Qalign_to);
15639 QCalign_to = intern (":align-to");
15640 staticpro (&QCalign_to);
15641 Qrelative_width = intern ("relative-width");
15642 staticpro (&Qrelative_width);
15643 QCrelative_width = intern (":relative-width");
15644 staticpro (&QCrelative_width);
15645 QCrelative_height = intern (":relative-height");
15646 staticpro (&QCrelative_height);
15647 QCeval = intern (":eval");
15648 staticpro (&QCeval);
15649 QCpropertize = intern (":propertize");
15650 staticpro (&QCpropertize);
15651 Qwhen = intern ("when");
15652 staticpro (&Qwhen);
15653 QCfile = intern (":file");
15654 staticpro (&QCfile);
15655 Qfontified = intern ("fontified");
15656 staticpro (&Qfontified);
15657 Qfontification_functions = intern ("fontification-functions");
15658 staticpro (&Qfontification_functions);
15659 Qtrailing_whitespace = intern ("trailing-whitespace");
15660 staticpro (&Qtrailing_whitespace);
15661 Qimage = intern ("image");
15662 staticpro (&Qimage);
15663 Qmessage_truncate_lines = intern ("message-truncate-lines");
15664 staticpro (&Qmessage_truncate_lines);
15665 Qcursor_in_non_selected_windows = intern ("cursor-in-non-selected-windows");
15666 staticpro (&Qcursor_in_non_selected_windows);
15667 Qgrow_only = intern ("grow-only");
15668 staticpro (&Qgrow_only);
15669 Qinhibit_menubar_update = intern ("inhibit-menubar-update");
15670 staticpro (&Qinhibit_menubar_update);
15671 Qinhibit_eval_during_redisplay = intern ("inhibit-eval-during-redisplay");
15672 staticpro (&Qinhibit_eval_during_redisplay);
15673 Qposition = intern ("position");
15674 staticpro (&Qposition);
15675 Qbuffer_position = intern ("buffer-position");
15676 staticpro (&Qbuffer_position);
15677 Qobject = intern ("object");
15678 staticpro (&Qobject);
15679 Qbar = intern ("bar");
15680 staticpro (&Qbar);
15681 Qhbar = intern ("hbar");
15682 staticpro (&Qhbar);
15683 Qbox = intern ("box");
15684 staticpro (&Qbox);
15685 Qhollow = intern ("hollow");
15686 staticpro (&Qhollow);
15687 Qrisky_local_variable = intern ("risky-local-variable");
15688 staticpro (&Qrisky_local_variable);
15689 Qinhibit_free_realized_faces = intern ("inhibit-free-realized-faces");
15690 staticpro (&Qinhibit_free_realized_faces);
15691
15692 list_of_error = Fcons (intern ("error"), Qnil);
15693 staticpro (&list_of_error);
15694
15695 last_arrow_position = Qnil;
15696 last_arrow_string = Qnil;
15697 staticpro (&last_arrow_position);
15698 staticpro (&last_arrow_string);
15699
15700 echo_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1] = Qnil;
15701 staticpro (&echo_buffer[0]);
15702 staticpro (&echo_buffer[1]);
15703
15704 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
15705 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[0]);
15706 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[1]);
15707
15708 Vmessages_buffer_name = build_string ("*Messages*");
15709 staticpro (&Vmessages_buffer_name);
15710
15711 mode_line_proptrans_alist = Qnil;
15712 staticpro (&mode_line_proptrans_alist);
15713
15714 mode_line_string_list = Qnil;
15715 staticpro (&mode_line_string_list);
15716
15717 DEFVAR_LISP ("show-trailing-whitespace", &Vshow_trailing_whitespace,
15718 doc: /* Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace.
15719 The face used for trailing whitespace is `trailing-whitespace'. */);
15720 Vshow_trailing_whitespace = Qnil;
15721
15722 DEFVAR_LISP ("inhibit-redisplay", &Vinhibit_redisplay,
15723 doc: /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay.
15724 This is used for internal purposes. */);
15725 Vinhibit_redisplay = Qnil;
15726
15727 DEFVAR_LISP ("global-mode-string", &Vglobal_mode_string,
15728 doc: /* String (or mode line construct) included (normally) in `mode-line-format'. */);
15729 Vglobal_mode_string = Qnil;
15730
15731 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-position", &Voverlay_arrow_position,
15732 doc: /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text.
15733 This must be the beginning of a line in order to work.
15734 See also `overlay-arrow-string'. */);
15735 Voverlay_arrow_position = Qnil;
15736
15737 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-string", &Voverlay_arrow_string,
15738 doc: /* String to display as an arrow. See also `overlay-arrow-position'. */);
15739 Voverlay_arrow_string = Qnil;
15740
15741 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-step", &scroll_step,
15742 doc: /* *The number of lines to try scrolling a window by when point moves out.
15743 If that fails to bring point back on frame, point is centered instead.
15744 If this is zero, point is always centered after it moves off frame.
15745 If you want scrolling to always be a line at a time, you should set
15746 `scroll-conservatively' to a large value rather than set this to 1. */);
15747
15748 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-conservatively", &scroll_conservatively,
15749 doc: /* *Scroll up to this many lines, to bring point back on screen.
15750 A value of zero means to scroll the text to center point vertically
15751 in the window. */);
15752 scroll_conservatively = 0;
15753
15754 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-margin", &scroll_margin,
15755 doc: /* *Number of lines of margin at the top and bottom of a window.
15756 Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines
15757 of the top or bottom of the window. */);
15758 scroll_margin = 0;
15759
15760 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
15761 DEFVAR_INT ("debug-end-pos", &debug_end_pos, doc: /* Don't ask. */);
15762 #endif
15763
15764 DEFVAR_BOOL ("truncate-partial-width-windows",
15765 &truncate_partial_width_windows,
15766 doc: /* *Non-nil means truncate lines in all windows less than full frame wide. */);
15767 truncate_partial_width_windows = 1;
15768
15769 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mode-line-inverse-video", &mode_line_inverse_video,
15770 doc: /* nil means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face.
15771 Any other value means to use the appropriate face, `mode-line',
15772 `header-line', or `menu' respectively. */);
15773 mode_line_inverse_video = 1;
15774
15775 DEFVAR_LISP ("line-number-display-limit", &Vline_number_display_limit,
15776 doc: /* *Maximum buffer size for which line number should be displayed.
15777 If the buffer is bigger than this, the line number does not appear
15778 in the mode line. A value of nil means no limit. */);
15779 Vline_number_display_limit = Qnil;
15780
15781 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit-width",
15782 &line_number_display_limit_width,
15783 doc: /* *Maximum line width (in characters) for line number display.
15784 If the average length of the lines near point is bigger than this, then the
15785 line number may be omitted from the mode line. */);
15786 line_number_display_limit_width = 200;
15787
15788 DEFVAR_BOOL ("highlight-nonselected-windows", &highlight_nonselected_windows,
15789 doc: /* *Non-nil means highlight region even in nonselected windows. */);
15790 highlight_nonselected_windows = 0;
15791
15792 DEFVAR_BOOL ("multiple-frames", &multiple_frames,
15793 doc: /* Non-nil if more than one frame is visible on this display.
15794 Minibuffer-only frames don't count, but iconified frames do.
15795 This variable is not guaranteed to be accurate except while processing
15796 `frame-title-format' and `icon-title-format'. */);
15797
15798 DEFVAR_LISP ("frame-title-format", &Vframe_title_format,
15799 doc: /* Template for displaying the title bar of visible frames.
15800 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)
15801 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),
15802 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set
15803 \(see `modify-frame-parameters'). */);
15804 DEFVAR_LISP ("icon-title-format", &Vicon_title_format,
15805 doc: /* Template for displaying the title bar of an iconified frame.
15806 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)
15807 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),
15808 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set
15809 \(see `modify-frame-parameters'). */);
15810 Vicon_title_format
15811 = Vframe_title_format
15812 = Fcons (intern ("multiple-frames"),
15813 Fcons (build_string ("%b"),
15814 Fcons (Fcons (empty_string,
15815 Fcons (intern ("invocation-name"),
15816 Fcons (build_string ("@"),
15817 Fcons (intern ("system-name"),
15818 Qnil)))),
15819 Qnil)));
15820
15821 DEFVAR_LISP ("message-log-max", &Vmessage_log_max,
15822 doc: /* Maximum number of lines to keep in the message log buffer.
15823 If nil, disable message logging. If t, log messages but don't truncate
15824 the buffer when it becomes large. */);
15825 Vmessage_log_max = make_number (50);
15826
15827 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-size-change-functions", &Vwindow_size_change_functions,
15828 doc: /* Functions called before redisplay, if window sizes have changed.
15829 The value should be a list of functions that take one argument.
15830 Just before redisplay, for each frame, if any of its windows have changed
15831 size since the last redisplay, or have been split or deleted,
15832 all the functions in the list are called, with the frame as argument. */);
15833 Vwindow_size_change_functions = Qnil;
15834
15835 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-scroll-functions", &Vwindow_scroll_functions,
15836 doc: /* List of Functions to call before redisplaying a window with scrolling.
15837 Each function is called with two arguments, the window
15838 and its new display-start position. Note that the value of `window-end'
15839 is not valid when these functions are called. */);
15840 Vwindow_scroll_functions = Qnil;
15841
15842 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-resize-tool-bars", &auto_resize_tool_bars_p,
15843 doc: /* *Non-nil means automatically resize tool-bars.
15844 This increases a tool-bar's height if not all tool-bar items are visible.
15845 It decreases a tool-bar's height when it would display blank lines
15846 otherwise. */);
15847 auto_resize_tool_bars_p = 1;
15848
15849 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons", &auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p,
15850 doc: /* *Non-nil means raise tool-bar buttons when the mouse moves over them. */);
15851 auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p = 1;
15852
15853 DEFVAR_LISP ("tool-bar-button-margin", &Vtool_bar_button_margin,
15854 doc: /* *Margin around tool-bar buttons in pixels.
15855 If an integer, use that for both horizontal and vertical margins.
15856 Otherwise, value should be a pair of integers `(HORZ . VERT)' with
15857 HORZ specifying the horizontal margin, and VERT specifying the
15858 vertical margin. */);
15859 Vtool_bar_button_margin = make_number (DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN);
15860
15861 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-relief", &tool_bar_button_relief,
15862 doc: /* *Relief thickness of tool-bar buttons. */);
15863 tool_bar_button_relief = DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF;
15864
15865 DEFVAR_LISP ("fontification-functions", &Vfontification_functions,
15866 doc: /* List of functions to call to fontify regions of text.
15867 Each function is called with one argument POS. Functions must
15868 fontify a region starting at POS in the current buffer, and give
15869 fontified regions the property `fontified'. */);
15870 Vfontification_functions = Qnil;
15871 Fmake_variable_buffer_local (Qfontification_functions);
15872
15873 DEFVAR_BOOL ("unibyte-display-via-language-environment",
15874 &unibyte_display_via_language_environment,
15875 doc: /* *Non-nil means display unibyte text according to language environment.
15876 Specifically this means that unibyte non-ASCII characters
15877 are displayed by converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters
15878 according to the current language environment. As a result, they are
15879 displayed according to the current fontset. */);
15880 unibyte_display_via_language_environment = 0;
15881
15882 DEFVAR_LISP ("max-mini-window-height", &Vmax_mini_window_height,
15883 doc: /* *Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.
15884 If a float, it specifies a fraction of the mini-window frame's height.
15885 If an integer, it specifies a number of lines. */);
15886 Vmax_mini_window_height = make_float (0.25);
15887
15888 DEFVAR_LISP ("resize-mini-windows", &Vresize_mini_windows,
15889 doc: /* *How to resize mini-windows.
15890 A value of nil means don't automatically resize mini-windows.
15891 A value of t means resize them to fit the text displayed in them.
15892 A value of `grow-only', the default, means let mini-windows grow
15893 only, until their display becomes empty, at which point the windows
15894 go back to their normal size. */);
15895 Vresize_mini_windows = Qgrow_only;
15896
15897 DEFVAR_LISP ("cursor-in-non-selected-windows",
15898 &Vcursor_in_non_selected_windows,
15899 doc: /* *Cursor type to display in non-selected windows.
15900 t means to use hollow box cursor. See `cursor-type' for other values. */);
15901 Vcursor_in_non_selected_windows = Qt;
15902
15903 DEFVAR_LISP ("blink-cursor-alist", &Vblink_cursor_alist,
15904 doc: /* Alist specifying how to blink the cursor off.
15905 Each element has the form (ON-STATE . OFF-STATE). Whenever the
15906 `cursor-type' frame-parameter or variable equals ON-STATE,
15907 comparing using `equal', Emacs uses OFF-STATE to specify
15908 how to blink it off. */);
15909 Vblink_cursor_alist = Qnil;
15910
15911 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-hscroll-mode", &automatic_hscrolling_p,
15912 doc: /* *Non-nil means scroll the display automatically to make point visible. */);
15913 automatic_hscrolling_p = 1;
15914
15915 DEFVAR_INT ("hscroll-margin", &hscroll_margin,
15916 doc: /* *How many columns away from the window edge point is allowed to get
15917 before automatic hscrolling will horizontally scroll the window. */);
15918 hscroll_margin = 5;
15919
15920 DEFVAR_LISP ("hscroll-step", &Vhscroll_step,
15921 doc: /* *How many columns to scroll the window when point gets too close to the edge.
15922 When point is less than `automatic-hscroll-margin' columns from the window
15923 edge, automatic hscrolling will scroll the window by the amount of columns
15924 determined by this variable. If its value is a positive integer, scroll that
15925 many columns. If it's a positive floating-point number, it specifies the
15926 fraction of the window's width to scroll. If it's nil or zero, point will be
15927 centered horizontally after the scroll. Any other value, including negative
15928 numbers, are treated as if the value were zero.
15929
15930 Automatic hscrolling always moves point outside the scroll margin, so if
15931 point was more than scroll step columns inside the margin, the window will
15932 scroll more than the value given by the scroll step.
15933
15934 Note that the lower bound for automatic hscrolling specified by `scroll-left'
15935 and `scroll-right' overrides this variable's effect. */);
15936 Vhscroll_step = make_number (0);
15937
15938 DEFVAR_LISP ("image-types", &Vimage_types,
15939 doc: /* List of supported image types.
15940 Each element of the list is a symbol for a supported image type. */);
15941 Vimage_types = Qnil;
15942
15943 DEFVAR_BOOL ("message-truncate-lines", &message_truncate_lines,
15944 doc: /* If non-nil, messages are truncated instead of resizing the echo area.
15945 Bind this around calls to `message' to let it take effect. */);
15946 message_truncate_lines = 0;
15947
15948 DEFVAR_LISP ("menu-bar-update-hook", &Vmenu_bar_update_hook,
15949 doc: /* Normal hook run for clicks on menu bar, before displaying a submenu.
15950 Can be used to update submenus whose contents should vary. */);
15951 Vmenu_bar_update_hook = Qnil;
15952
15953 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-menubar-update", &inhibit_menubar_update,
15954 doc: /* Non-nil means don't update menu bars. Internal use only. */);
15955 inhibit_menubar_update = 0;
15956
15957 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-eval-during-redisplay", &inhibit_eval_during_redisplay,
15958 doc: /* Non-nil means don't eval Lisp during redisplay. */);
15959 inhibit_eval_during_redisplay = 0;
15960
15961 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-free-realized-faces", &inhibit_free_realized_faces,
15962 doc: /* Non-nil means don't free realized faces. Internal use only. */);
15963 inhibit_free_realized_faces = 0;
15964
15965 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
15966 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-try-window-id", &inhibit_try_window_id,
15967 doc: /* Inhibit try_window_id display optimization. */);
15968 inhibit_try_window_id = 0;
15969
15970 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-try-window-reusing", &inhibit_try_window_reusing,
15971 doc: /* Inhibit try_window_reusing display optimization. */);
15972 inhibit_try_window_reusing = 0;
15973
15974 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-try-cursor-movement", &inhibit_try_cursor_movement,
15975 doc: /* Inhibit try_cursor_movement display optimization. */);
15976 inhibit_try_cursor_movement = 0;
15977 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
15978 }
15979
15980
15981 /* Initialize this module when Emacs starts. */
15982
15983 void
15984 init_xdisp ()
15985 {
15986 Lisp_Object root_window;
15987 struct window *mini_w;
15988
15989 current_header_line_height = current_mode_line_height = -1;
15990
15991 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
15992
15993 mini_w = XWINDOW (minibuf_window);
15994 root_window = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (mini_w)));
15995
15996 if (!noninteractive)
15997 {
15998 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (root_window)));
15999 int i;
16000
16001 XWINDOW (root_window)->top = make_number (FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f));
16002 set_window_height (root_window,
16003 FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f),
16004 0);
16005 mini_w->top = make_number (FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1);
16006 set_window_height (minibuf_window, 1, 0);
16007
16008 XWINDOW (root_window)->width = make_number (FRAME_WIDTH (f));
16009 mini_w->width = make_number (FRAME_WIDTH (f));
16010
16011 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = scratch_glyphs;
16012 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA + 1]
16013 = scratch_glyphs + MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS;
16014
16015 /* The default ellipsis glyphs `...'. */
16016 for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
16017 default_invis_vector[i] = make_number ('.');
16018 }
16019
16020 {
16021 /* Allocate the buffer for frame titles.
16022 Also used for `format-mode-line'. */
16023 int size = 100;
16024 frame_title_buf = (char *) xmalloc (size);
16025 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + size;
16026 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
16027 }
16028
16029 help_echo_showing_p = 0;
16030 }
16031
16032